Gotzian, J. St. Helena, California January 1, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in 1MR 332-333; 5MR 111. Mrs. J. Gotzian
Madison, Tennessee Dear Sister Gotzian:
I have read your letter, and I thank you for your interest. I desired very much to be at the meeting at Nashville, but I felt that I could not attend this meeting and go to Washington as well.
(24LtMs, Lt 2, 1909, 1)
I have just had to hire fifteen hundred dollars from the bank in order to relieve Elder Haskell in a situation that was forced upon him. It related to a business transaction connected with the Buena Vista property. A lot containing over seventeen acres of land, situated next to the school property, one of our worker was thinking of purchasing for the purpose of establishing a cripples’ home, but was not willing to pay more than fifteen hundred dollars for it. The land could not be secured for less than two thousand. After the purchase was made, Brother Vaughan felt that he could not pay more than fifteen hundred dollars, and so the property was left on Elder Haskell’s hands. We felt that we could not let this piece of land go back into the hands of unbelievers, and Elder Haskell asked me if I would not buy it. I consented to do this, and the place is now in my name. To do this I have hired fifteen hundred dollars from the bank at eight per cent. Now Elder Haskell’s mind will be relieved, and he will not need to worry any longer. We do not know for what this piece of land will be used. It would make a splendid site for a church, but that matter can be decided later.
(24LtMs, Lt 2, 1909, 2)
I understand that you have not seen this property at Sonoma. It is a large tract of land on which stands a large, beautiful building called “The Castle.” The building has three stories and basement, with twelve spacious rooms on each floor. The property is a mile or two from the town of Sonoma, and some distance from any house. I have paid one visit to this place, but at that time could not go any further than the second floor. I hope to visit it again as soon as the brethren have secured the abstract, giving them the right to take possession. Then I hope to drive over from St. Helena to Buena Vista and spend some time there.
(24LtMs, Lt 2, 1909, 3)
We have been having new water pipes laid to the house from our spring on the hillside above the schoolhouse. This spring is on my own land and gives us an abundant supply of water. We have hired to help on the farm a Brother Merton who owns a small place in this valley. This brother is anxious to sell, that he may take his wife to a more favorable climate. We are hiring from this brother pasture land for our cattle. And now in addition to this outlay of means, I am borrowing money from the bank for the purchase of the lot at Buena Vista. We thank you for your offer in behalf of the Sonoma school. We need help just now.
(24LtMs, Lt 2, 1909, 4)
Reports have just reached us of the awful earthquake in Italy, and of the thousands that have perished in the disaster. This is that of which Christ warned His disciples when He said that before His coming there would be earthquakes in divers places. This terrible destruction is only the beginning of sorrows. I feel sure that San Francisco and Oakland will again be visited with the judgments of God. O that the mighty power of God that is being revealed in the earth would make His enemies fear and tremble before Him.
(24LtMs, Lt 2, 1909, 5)
The presentation in our schools should not now be as it has been in the past in introducing many things as essential that are only of minor importance. The light given me is that the commandments of God, the will of the Lord regarding each individual, should be made the chief study of every student who would be fitted for the higher grades of the school above. They are to gain a spiritual experience that will prepare them for the coming of Christ in the clouds of heaven.
(24LtMs, Lt 2, 1909, 6)
“In that day shall this song be sung in the land of Judah: We have a strong city; salvation will God appoint for walls and bulwarks. Open ye the gates, that the righteous nation which keepeth the truth may enter in. Thou wilt keep him in perfect peace whose mind is stayed on Thee, because he trusteth in Thee. Trust ye in the Lord forever; for in the Lord Jehovah is everlasting strength.” [Isaiah 26:1-4.]
(24LtMs, Lt 2, 1909, 7)
All the Lord’s counsels for His covenant-keeping people are faithfulness and truth. It is the narrowness of our vision that prevents us from discerning His loving-kindness in the discipline to which He subjects His church.
(24LtMs, Lt 2, 1909, 8)
I see so much for me to be thankful for in this my advanced age. My hours for sleep are limited; but when the nights seem long, I repeat the Lord’s words of comfort and hope and courage. We all need to grasp more firmly the encouragement and assurances He gives. We need to believe Him with all the heart.
(24LtMs, Lt 2, 1909, 9)
I will close now. Be of good courage; be hopeful. Take firm hold of the promises of God; increase in faith and hope and cheerfulness. God bless you and strengthen you, is my prayer.
(24LtMs, Lt 2, 1909, 10)
Lt 4, 1909
White, J. E.; White, Emma St. Helena, California December 29, 1908 Portions of this letter are published in 6Bio 182. + Elder J. E. White
Nashville, Tennessee My children Edson and Emma:
I wish to respond to the letter I received from Edson. I am so thankful that the Lord is manifesting His grace and transforming power upon your mind. Praise the Lord for this.
(24LtMs, Lt 4, 1909, 1)
The reports have just reached us of the terrible earthquake in Italy, laying the land desolate and causing such fearful loss of life. I have traveled much in Italy, and I can understand the awful scenes that must have taken place in the narrow streets with the earth giving way, houses tottering and falling, and the cities being swept by flood. I hope that none of our workers have lost their lives; but if this is so, they have lost their lives in carrying the message of truth to those who are in darkness and error.
(24LtMs, Lt 4, 1909, 2)
Each time that I visited Italy, the Lord gave me special power to speak the word of truth. I was helped in a special manner to set the truth clearly before the people. My heart aches for those who are passing through such suffering, and for those who have perished in their sins.
(24LtMs, Lt 4, 1909, 3)
We know not how soon our own cities will be visited with just such calamities as have come to Italy. San Francisco and Oakland have still another opportunity to turn to the Lord. O for the deep movings of the Holy Spirit on the hearts of God’s people, that this message, the last message of warning, may be given without delay. Let us seek the Lord with full purpose of heart. I know that the Lord will accept your labors if self is sanctified by the grace of God. It is time that the people of God united to verify to men the truth that the law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul.
(24LtMs, Lt 4, 1909, 4)
How zealous should we be as we see the signs of the times fulfilling around us. The end is nearer than when we first believed. Let us follow on to know the Lord and to do His will, that we may see of His salvation.
(24LtMs, Lt 4, 1909, 5)
You will meet Willie at Nashville. I pray that you and he will enjoy much of the rich blessing of God. I did not dare to attend the meeting at Nashville, for I have promised to attend the conference in Washington in the spring, if God wills. Then too, I am anxious to see the conference school firmly established at Buena Vista. When this matter is settled, I shall be more willing to move.
(24LtMs, Lt 4, 1909, 6)
The school property is about thirty or thirty-five miles from St. Helena. When arrangements are made so that we can take possession, I hope to drive over in our team and spend some time there. I should be pleased to see this school matter settled before we leave for the General Conference. We have been waiting for the abstract to be made out, but there is a delay as important papers were destroyed at the time of the San Francisco earthquake. We hope soon to see the matter finally settled.
(24LtMs, Lt 4, 1909, 7)
Willie has sent me several postcards on his journey to Nashville, that I may know he is safe and well. One I have just received reads: “Have had a good rest and a good breakfast from my box furnished from Loma Linda. The day is fine, and the accommodations good.—W. C. White.”
(24LtMs, Lt 4, 1909, 8)
I will not write more tonight, for I have had a trying day, and lately have spent some sleepless nights. Yet the Lord sustains me in a remarkable manner. I hope to see you soon after you can arrange to leave Nashville. Be sure, my children, that I shall be very pleased to see you whenever you can come. We will give you the best accommodations the house affords. And I pray that you may be greatly blessed at this meeting at Nashville. May the Lord strengthen you is my prayer. O that the hearts of all assembled might bow in humility at the feet of Jesus. We need more humility and a large increase of faith.
(24LtMs, Lt 4, 1909, 9)
Lt 6, 1909
White, W. C. St. Helena, California January 1, 1909 This letter is published in entirety in 20MR 395-397. + Elder W. C. White
Nashville, Tennessee My Son:
I have words to speak to our brethren in the southern field. All through the South there is a decided work to be done that is not being done. For many years appeals for the South have come before our people, but men in authority have blocked the way. They have piled up difficulties and have made determined efforts that means should not come to the workers in the South.
(24LtMs, Lt 6, 1909, 1)
Means must be called for to sustain the workers in the southern field. This is no more than is due to the workers in any field, that they may have opportunity to become laborers together with God. The men who have been entrusted with the flock of God need to make the Lord their dependence. They need to humble themselves before Him. They should labor in unity with their brethren, bearing their responsibilities in the fear of God.
(24LtMs, Lt 6, 1909, 2)
I have had many burdens to bear for the southern field. I have presented the needs of this field before our men of responsibility; yet the South is neglected. The work that should have been done is not done. More than ten years ago I was shown that the Lord would open the way before them, if our men in responsibility would place themselves where the Lord could use them. The workers are not to depend upon the men at the head of the work to set their burdens for them. They are to look to the Lord for an understanding of their responsibilities. He is to be their life and their eternal dependence.
(24LtMs, Lt 6, 1909, 3)
The Lord gave me a message for Brother Washburn, instructing him to take up the work in Memphis. It was a hard battle for Brother Washburn to fight his desire to remain in Nashville. But he obeyed the word of the Lord, and he has reported excellent success in his work in Memphis.
(24LtMs, Lt 6, 1909, 4)
I am instructed to say to our people throughout the cities of the South: Let everything be done under the direction of the Lord. The work is nearing its close. We are nearer the end than when we first believed. Satan is doing his best to block the way to the progress of the message. He is putting forth efforts to bring about the enactment of a Sunday law, which will result in slavery in the southern field and will close the door to the observance of the true Sabbath which God has given to men to keep holy. The law which He came down from heaven to Mt. Sinai to proclaim is to be observed by all who would identify themselves with the people of God. Please read and re-read the fourth chapter of Deuteronomy. The whole chapter should be given careful study by those who would be numbered with God’s covenant-keeping people.
(24LtMs, Lt 6, 1909, 5)
I am very anxious that we shall begin the new year by consecrating our whole being to God. Let every church member offer himself a humble offering to the Lord. Parents, bring your children to the Lord. Be determined to seek God with all the heart, and make a full surrender of yourselves to Him. Pray, and believe the promises of God. Seek for the grace of Christ, that you may be taught His way and His will. As fathers and mothers, a sacred work is yours to remove every stumbling block from the path of your children. Then the Lord can work. My brethren and sisters, labor for your own souls, and for the souls of others, that you may be accounted laborers together with God.
(24LtMs, Lt 6, 1909, 6)
When church members are fully decided to be Christian, which means to be Christlike in all humility, in purity, in honesty, the Lord will manifest Himself by His Holy Spirit. Now is the time to do the work that needs to be done. It is self-esteem that leads men and women away from God, and away from the ones who need their help and tender sympathy.
(24LtMs, Lt 6, 1909, 7)
The story is told of Garibaldi, that at one time he sent out his servants to search for a lamb that was lost. They searched until midnight without success, and then returned to report their failure and to ask permission to give up the search. Then Garibaldi himself took the lantern and went in search of the lamb until he found it. In the morning when Captain Garibaldi, who was an early riser, did not appear as usual, his servants went to his chamber to inquire the reason. They found their master asleep in his bed, with the lamb in his bosom.
(24LtMs, Lt 6, 1909, 8)
A true shepherd will care for the sheep and lambs of his flock; and the love of Christ, filling his own heart, will flow through him to them. He will watch and guard them carefully. His tender love for his charge is well represented in a picture I have seen representing the true shepherd. The shepherd is leading the way, while the flock follow closely behind him. Carried in his arms, and enfolded with his robe, is a helpless lamb, while its mother walks trustingly by his side. The prophet Isaiah says of the work of the true shepherd, “He will gather the lambs with his arm, and carry them in his bosom.” [Isaiah 40:11.] The lambs need more than daily food. They look to the shepherd for protection. They need watchcare and are to be as tenderly guarded as the mother guards her child. If one goes astray, it must be faithfully searched for until it is restored to the fold. The figure is a beautiful one and well represents the faithful, loving service that the undershepherd of the flock of Christ is to give to those under his protection and care.
(24LtMs, Lt 6, 1909, 9)
Lt 8, 1909
McReynolds, C. St. Helena, California January 5, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 463. + Elder C. McReynolds
Grand Rapids, Wisconsin Dear Brother:
I have received and read your letter in reference to the purchase of the Doswell farm in Virginia.
(24LtMs, Lt 8, 1909, 1)
I am deeply interested in what you have written, but I do not feel free at present to say decidedly what your duty is in reference to the matters of which you write. I have for many years kept before our people the importance of doing a great work in the southern field, but the efforts put forth have not been so great as the importance of the field demands. Therefore I can look only with favor upon any enterprise that will be a means of spreading the message of truth in any of the southern states.
(24LtMs, Lt 8, 1909, 2)
We rejoice that the Lord is working and going before our laborers in many new fields. Our work has extended into all parts of the world. We know that the expense of maintaining our foreign missions is so great that our General Conference brethren find it difficult to meet the expense of a large work in the needy South. Our brethren need great wisdom to know how to apportion the means in the treasury in order to get the truth before men of all nationalities.
(24LtMs, Lt 8, 1909, 3)
Sometimes we must walk by faith and not by sight. When the Lord calls decidedly for the doing of a certain work, we cannot always wait until all the necessary means is in the treasury. If the Master calls us, we are to obey as faithfully as did the disciples whom Jesus called from their vocations.
(24LtMs, Lt 8, 1909, 4)
“The land of Zabulon, and the land of Nephthalim, by the way of the sea, beyond Jordan, Galilee of the Gentiles; the people which sat in darkness saw great light; and to them which sit in the region and shadow of death light is sprung up. From that time Jesus began to preach, and to say, Repent: for the kingdom of heaven is at hand.
(24LtMs, Lt 8, 1909, 5)
“And Jesus, walking by the sea of Galilee, saw two brethren, Simon called Peter, and Andrew his brother, casting a net into the sea: for they were fishers. And He said unto them, Follow Me, and I will make you fishers of men. And they straightway left their nets, and followed Him. And going on from thence, He saw other two brethren, James the son of Zebedee, and John his brother, in a ship with Zebedee their father, mending their nets; and He called them. And they immediately left the ship and their father, and followed Him.
(24LtMs, Lt 8, 1909, 6)
“And Jesus went about all Galilee, teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing all manner of sickness, and all manner of disease among the people. And His fame went throughout all Syria: and they brought unto Him all sick people that were taken with divers diseases and torments, and those which were possessed with devils, and those which were lunatic, and those that had the palsy; and He healed them. And there followed Him great multitudes of people from Galilee, and from Decapolis, and from Jerusalem, and from Judea, and from beyond Jordan.” [Matthew 4:15-25.]
(24LtMs, Lt 8, 1909, 7)
For twenty years it has been kept before our people that they must do a special work in the southern states. When the Lord repeatedly sends messages to His people, it is because He desires them to follow the light He gives. We are not to work in the same place over and over again, leaving unworked many places where the last message of warning has not yet been proclaimed. Those who believe the truth should earnestly seek to give the light to those who are unwarned. They should extend their labors into the great cities and make them radiant with the light of truth. Memphis, New Orleans, and other cities in the South are calling for workers filled with the power of the Spirit. I cannot roll off the burden of these great unworked cities, and the many places where help should be given. Often I am unable to sleep at night. I am writing this letter by lamplight in the early morning. My left eye is bandaged. The strain of using my eyes so much at night has been such that I must now give them a rest.
(24LtMs, Lt 8, 1909, 8)
But I must do my best in bearing to our people the message that the Lord has honest souls in all our cities, and that they must be sought out. The Lord is not pleased with the showing we have made. Many cities still remain practically untouched. Those who engage in the work of warning the inhabitants of our great cities will obtain an education in winning souls to Christ. The Lord will go before them as He went before Israel, when He was enshrouded by day in the pillar of cloud and by night in the pillar of fire. During all the journey of the Israelites, they were receiving an education. The character was to be molded according to God’s plan, and they were individually to become an educating power.
(24LtMs, Lt 8, 1909, 9)
Our people have not yet done their full duty by the southern field. The work that must be done there has only begun, as it were. Many who ought to understand the workings of divine providence seem to be unable to comprehend God’s will and way. As a people, we need yet to learn what it means to fill our place as missionaries among a people who know not the truth for this time. The Lord Jesus has done His part. He has died for the souls of men, but how shall they hear of His saving grace unless through the messengers of Jesus Christ? How shall they be converted unless they have truth set before them diligently, line upon line, precept upon precept? Every city in the southern states, and every town and village, must have earnest work done for it. That field will be missionary soil until many churches are raised up.
(24LtMs, Lt 8, 1909, 10)
The workers must not spend their time in going over and over the ground among churches that are already confirmed in the truth, while on every hand are many who have never had the truth explained to them.
(24LtMs, Lt 8, 1909, 11)
I have received words of encouragement for our workers at Madison who are trying to give their students a practical education, while establishing them in the principles of our faith. The students are learning how to till the soil and how to build plain, simple houses. And these students are encouraged to go out and establish other industrial schools, where they in turn can educate their students how to plant and how to build.
(24LtMs, Lt 8, 1909, 12)
My brother, I would counsel you to continue to seek the Lord earnestly, and then to walk in the best light you have. There is today in behalf of the southern field an urgent call for workmen who will “come up to the help of the Lord, to the help of the Lord against the mighty.” [Judges 5:23.]
(24LtMs, Lt 8, 1909, 13)
Lt 10, 1909
McReynolds, C. St. Helena, California January 5, 1909 Previously unpublished. + Elder C. McReynolds Dear Brother:
I have again read your letter, written at Grand Rapids, Wisconsin. I will write a few lines more. The particulars you give are very remarkable, and I believe the Lord is working in your behalf. I would encourage you to do what you can to bring to the people of neglected portions of the South a knowledge of the truth for this time.
(24LtMs, Lt 10, 1909, 1)
Light has been given me that in connection with our schools there should be land. This is in harmony with the instruction given regarding the Avondale School in Australia. Through the industry of man, the land is to be educated, as well as the children. Many of the southern people have lessons to learn in regard to the proper treatment of land. As our teachers and students care for the land intelligently, they have opportunities to teach lessons on land culture, and the grace of Christ will be with them in all their efforts.
(24LtMs, Lt 10, 1909, 2)
As matters have been presented before me, I know that most valuable lessons can be learned through contact with the real things of life in connection with a study of books. The acquirement of properties, such as the one mentioned in your letter, gives our people an opportunity to train the physical nature of children, as well as to develop the mental and the moral natures. The possession of land in connection with our schools brings most precious advantages to teachers and students—advantages that all our schools should have, in order to be prepared to give proper instruction.
(24LtMs, Lt 10, 1909, 3)
Where students are blessed with an opportunity to combine mental and moral training with the training of their physical being, the Lord’s plan, as instituted in Eden, may be carried out. In Genesis we read: “The Lord God planted a garden eastward in Eden; and there He put the man whom He had formed. And out of the ground made the Lord God to grow every tree that is pleasant to the sight, and good for food; the tree of life also in the midst of the garden, and the tree of knowledge of good and evil.... And the Lord God took the man, and put him into the garden of Eden to dress it and to keep it.” [Genesis 2:8, 9, 15.]
(24LtMs, Lt 10, 1909, 4)
From this passage of Scripture we learn that suitable employment was given the first human beings that God formed on this earth. He gave them an opportunity to employ their physical powers in the work of dressing the garden and of keeping it.
(24LtMs, Lt 10, 1909, 5)
After their fall, through disobedience, the Lord sent Adam and Eve out from the garden of Eden; and Adam was instructed to till the ground from whence he had been taken. God wisely provided that a portion of their time and strength should be used in manual work. This was one of His appointed means of aiding them in recovering that which they had lost by their fall.
(24LtMs, Lt 10, 1909, 6)
“And Abel was a keeper of sheep, but Cain was a tiller of the ground.” [Genesis 4:2.] Read carefully the fourth chapter of Genesis. In this Scripture the whole story is told. And in the chapters that follow we are told of the work of God in destroying the world because of a departure from His plain commands, which resulted in the world’s being filled with transgression and sin.
(24LtMs, Lt 10, 1909, 7)
Thus we see that God provided for the healthful employment of the physical powers of man even in Eden; and that immediately after the fall, our first parents were given an industry—the tilling of the soil. After the earth was cursed, it brought forth thistles, and thus increased the work of those who till the soil. But the ground was to be tilled by our first parents, and thus one of the purposes of God in creating the earth was fulfilled—the wise employment of the physical powers of its occupants.
(24LtMs, Lt 10, 1909, 8)
The Lord would have the members of the human family today perform useful labor in the exercise of brain, bone, and muscle. The mind, the hands, the whole physical being must act their appointed part in the lifework. And so, in planning for the establishment of new schools along right lines, we must so arrange matters that the brain power of the students will be developed and strengthened by means of manual training. Thus the muscles and nerves of the body will be trained to obey the action of a healthful brain, and men and women will become workers together with God, the Maker of the world.
(24LtMs, Lt 10, 1909, 9)
I am very much pleased, my brother, in the presentation you have given regarding this opportunity in Virginia to establish an industrial school; and I sincerely hope that the Lord will guide you in every decision that may be made; and that if He indicates that you should engage in this enterprise, you may be prospered in planning wisely for its advancement. Yes; it does seem as if this opportunity may be one of the Lord’s opening providences.
(24LtMs, Lt 10, 1909, 10)
Be assured that if you, as workers together with God, follow on in the way of the Lord’s leadings, He will graciously bless you.
(24LtMs, Lt 10, 1909, 11)
Brother McReynolds, I believe that enterprises like the one you have outlined in your letter give us excellent opportunities for creating a sound, sensible influence in needy communities in the Southland. In establishing schools, we must study to qualify students for the highest possible efficiency in the Master’s service. We must seek to have them soundly converted to the idea of combining mental effort with physical training. Manual labor, properly brought into the daily life of the student, is one of the greatest of blessings that could come to a youth in training for field service. By this means, young men and young women are given an all-round experience and are qualified to become true, industrious missionaries in any place where they may be called to labor—whether in foreign fields or in fields nearer home.
(24LtMs, Lt 10, 1909, 12)
Those who have been trained in a practical way will be able to teach others how to build houses and how to educate properly the land so that it will produce its treasures. This is the reason that, in our search for a site suitable for our school in Northern California, we have been hunting diligently for land that can be worked, and for a place where houses—not costly, but neat—may be built to accommodate the humble people who are trying to do missionary work by sending their children to school. The students, who during their school life learn how to build houses that will accommodate other students, have acquired a most valuable experience. By all means, let us encourage students to learn how to build their own houses.
(24LtMs, Lt 10, 1909, 13)
I think I have said all I need to say. Today I am weary, and my eyes are in need of rest.
(24LtMs, Lt 10, 1909, 14)
Lt 12, 1909
Irwin, G.A. Refiled as Lt 382, 1908.
Lt 14, 1909
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California January 12, 1909 Previously unpublished. + Elder S. N. Haskell
Oakland, California Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
We will be glad to see you any time you feel free to come. Miss Hannaford has told me that you are coming. She too is always pleased to have you come.
(24LtMs, Lt 14, 1909, 1)
I have been very near being sick with heart difficulty. The past two nights I have slept very little after twelve o’clock.
(24LtMs, Lt 14, 1909, 2)
I shall not write more, for Minnie has just come to give me a salt glow. She has taken me in charge while Sara has been away. But I will repeat that any time you can come to us, we shall be very pleased to see you. We can make you very comfortable, and I really desire to see you when you can come.
(24LtMs, Lt 14, 1909, 3)
Lt 16, 1909
Peck, Sarah St. Helena, California January 11, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in 8MR 60-62. + Miss S. E. Peck
College View, Nebraska Dear Sister Peck:
I thank you very much for your excellent letter. I have commenced several letters to you. One I came across while searching for other writings, which had been laid aside unfinished that I might attend to something demanding immediate attention. You must not suppose that because you have not received letters from me, that I have lost interest in you; for this is not so.
(24LtMs, Lt 16, 1909, 1)
I have been having a rather bad attack with my heart the past few days, and for a number of nights have slept very little. Last night I did not sleep after eleven o’clock, and after lying awake until three, trying in vain to sleep, I concluded that it would not be best to try longer. I arose, kindled my fire, and began to write. We have had rain every day for more than a week until yesterday. Yesterday the weather was cold, but pleasant. We had a very heavy frost the night before. Today again is very cold. The nights are clear moonlight.
(24LtMs, Lt 16, 1909, 2)
My health is not so good as I could desire. I have had to carry many perplexities, and my heart has been heavily burdened for some time. Yet there are times of relief and success, and joy in many lines of the work.
(24LtMs, Lt 16, 1909, 3)
The school question has been for some time, and still is, a matter of perplexity. But now there is hope that this matter will not much longer be a heavy burden to us. If we will wait patiently a while longer, we can secure, we believe, a clear title to the land. When we are sure of the title, we can begin our preparations for school work, but we cannot accept the property until we are assured of the title and know that it is without a flaw.
(24LtMs, Lt 16, 1909, 4)
I cannot give you here a description of this property. I have not inspected it very thoroughly yet. I was very weary on the day we visited Buena Vista and was unable to go through the entire building. But I regard this as a wonderful opening for our school work, and I know that the Lord has wrought in order for us to obtain it. It is just such a place as has been presented to me we should have. We shall be very thankful when we have the title and can take possession.
(24LtMs, Lt 16, 1909, 5)
We should be glad, were you free from other engagements, to have you unite with us in making this school what it should be—a school after the Lord’s order. How would you feel in regard to this? I will not now invite you to take hold of this work that you are so well acquainted with; but if in the future we meet with no drawbacks, it may be that you would choose to unite with the educational work at Buena Vista.
(24LtMs, Lt 16, 1909, 6)
This school is not to copy after the plan on which many of our schools have been conducted in the introduction of worldly customs and ideas. Physical, mental, and spiritual powers are to be combined to make this school like the schools of the prophets. The study of the Bible is to occupy a large place; its precepts and principles are to be prayerfully and daily studied, that teachers and students may be prepared for the higher school in the heavenly courts.
(24LtMs, Lt 16, 1909, 7)
Both teachers and students are to strive to become true educators, following the heavenly plan that Christ carried out in His lifework. All the instruction given should be based on the principles revealed in the life and teachings of Christ. This is the time to follow in every phase of our experience the plan of Christ for the inculcation of the Word of God—principles that men can carry with them into the future life.
(24LtMs, Lt 16, 1909, 8)
There are many studies introduced in our schools, and to which are given much taxing labor, that are wholly unnecessary. We have the Word of God, the teachings of Christ, by which to prepare for the higher school of the courts above. These principles we are to study and to teach. The Word of God is to be its own expositor. The very lessons that Christ taught to His disciples are the lessons which every student must bring into his life practice, if he would be qualified for service here and have a full preparation for that life that measures with the life of God.
(24LtMs, Lt 16, 1909, 9)
Everlasting life! O if we can comprehend this in the lessons that Christ gave to His disciples and to the crowds that daily followed Him! The questions which the disciples brought to the Saviour after the crowds had dispersed, and the teachings that He then explained more fully to His disciples, are essential for the multitudes today to understand and to practice. Practical godliness must be learned in this lower trial school by the students who are preparing to enter the higher school. Those who study and practice the teachings of Christ will gain an essential education in belief and practice of Bible truth. By Bible truth, by the Word of God, every student will be measured by the greatest Teacher this world ever knew. Let those who attend our schools make the lessons of Christ their chief study; for He came from heaven to teach the human family the principles of the kingdom of heaven. Belief of the grand truths He presented will work a reformation in all who truly receive them, fitting them to graduate to the higher life and to meet the great examination of God, the Creator of every human being, and the Maker of every desirable thing.
(24LtMs, Lt 16, 1909, 10)
The love of the truth as it is in Jesus means the love of all that is comprised in the truth Christ taught. The Son of God came to our world, humbling Himself to take human nature, that He might give us an example of what human nature may be if we will follow the teachings of His Word. He was tempted in all points as we are tempted, yet He was not overcome by sin. He is our pattern in all things. We are to express to the world His perfection of character in all our experiences.
(24LtMs, Lt 16, 1909, 11)
I did not intend to write all this when I took up my pen to answer your letter. I meant simply to tell you that we love you and would be pleased to see you. Now I will write no more except to inquire how your health is. Do you feel that you need a change? Let me know how you are situated, for I feel that I have a right to know this. Let me know what your plans for the future are. I have not lost my interest in you, be sure of this. Do not interpret my silence so. I have an interest in you just as verily as I ever had.
(24LtMs, Lt 16, 1909, 12)
Lt 18, 1909
White, J. E.; White, Emma St. Helena, California January 1909 Portions of this letter are published in 8MR 21; 11MR 167. + Elder J. E. White
Nashville, Tennessee Dear Children Edson and Emma:
I received your letter, Edson, and from what you write I feel sure that you are being led and taught by the Lord. These letters have been a great relief to me; their simplicity has brought me joy. They have the right ring to them. Let me assure you that your brother Willie needs your help. Together you can accomplish an excellent work in getting the truth contained in my writings before the people. If you will unite your efforts, you will advance the work.
(24LtMs, Lt 18, 1909, 1)
You are acquainted with the workers in the office. These are Clarence Crisler, Dores Robinson, Miss Steward, Miss Hawkins, and Miss Graham. I find Miss Steward an excellent worker. I can talk freely with her at any time. She lives close by in the little cottage, for which she pays five dollars a month rent. Minnie Hawkins is also a good worker. She will remain with me a while longer. I hope that you both will come to us as soon as possible.
(24LtMs, Lt 18, 1909, 2)
We have recently purchased some land close by the Buena Vista property, a lot containing over seventeen acres. One of our workers thought of purchasing it for the purpose of establishing a cripples’ home, but was not willing to pay more than fifteen hundred dollars for it. The land could not be secured for less than two thousand. After the purchase was made, Brother Vaughan felt that he could not pay more than the fifteen hundred, and so the property was left on Elder Haskell’s hands. We felt that we could not let this land go back into the hands of unbelievers, and Elder Haskell asked me if I would not buy it. I consented to do this. We do not know for what this piece of land will be used. It would make a splendid site for a church, but that matter can be decided later.
(24LtMs, Lt 18, 1909, 3)
There has been some delay in getting the title to the Buena Vista property. We are looking forward to having the matter settled soon. This is an excellent site for a school. As soon as I saw it I was sure that it would make an ideal place for the carrying on of our educational work; for we can combine physical work on the farm with the study of books. Here the students can be taught to build and to engage in many useful lines of labor, as the students at Madison are being taught to do. There should also be sanitarium facilities in connection with the school; for I have been shown that wherever we have a training school, we should have a sanitarium where the students can receive instruction in caring for the sick and suffering.
(24LtMs, Lt 18, 1909, 4)
We are now waiting to secure the papers before taking possession. We feel that this is just the place we should have. We do not like to have so long a delay in settling the business, but there seems to be no help for it.
(24LtMs, Lt 18, 1909, 5)
January 9, 1909
I hoped to get a letter to you before this in reply to the precious letter you wrote me. I have not changed my mind at all in regard to your connecting with my work. The Lord will bless you and us in our united labors. I cannot allow my mind to be constantly at work, and yet there are important matters that must come before the people. We are doing our best, but there are so many questions about which to counsel and advise; and in trying to answer them, I am kept in constant weariness and perplexity.
(24LtMs, Lt 18, 1909, 6)
My son, I long to see you free in the Lord, and trusting wholly in God. You and W. C. White ought to stand perfectly united. When you both stand as one, having a living connection with God, I shall feel that I can die in peace. I shall pray that no unwise moves may be made. We need the grace of God every moment. Do not allow your mind to become confused. Walk in the light as Christ is in the light; then no darkness will cloud your pathway. It may be that you will meet with unexpected drawbacks, but do not let these discourage you.
(24LtMs, Lt 18, 1909, 7)
I am not able to write more in this letter. I have spent some sleepless nights lately, and today I am so weak that I can hardly hold up my head. I have been reading some of the testimonies, but have been compelled to stop because of the pain in my heart. Yet the Lord is blessing me with clearness of mind, for which I am thankful. I will hold on as best I can, trusting that you will succeed in connecting with your brother in my work.
(24LtMs, Lt 18, 1909, 8)
I have written to Willie but once since he left, though I have heard from him several times.
(24LtMs, Lt 18, 1909, 9)
We have had gentle rains for nearly a week, but today the sun is shining, and the day is pleasant.
(24LtMs, Lt 18, 1909, 10)
Lt 20, 1909
Hare, Metcalfe St. Helena, California January 14, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in 2SM 301. + Mr. M. Hare
Nashville, Tennessee Dear Brother Hare:
I am very sorry indeed to learn of your wife’s illness. I will no longer urge you to remain in a place that is detrimental to the health of either or both of you. I would be pleased to recommend to you some climate that would be favorable, but there are few places where, at this season of the year, one who is troubled as your wife is can expect the best of health. I know but little about the climate in Southern California in the winter time, and therefore cannot advise you about going there.
(24LtMs, Lt 20, 1909, 1)
I would not expect the best of health in any place at this season of the year. We have had continuous rains here for nearly a week, and with the exception of a few days, the weather for three weeks has been unsettled. I have had a good deal of physical suffering this winter, but this has been largely due to anxiety and burdens in connection with my work, which I cannot well avoid.
(24LtMs, Lt 20, 1909, 2)
I think I have already told you the remedy I use when suffering from difficulties with my throat. I take a glass of boiled honey, and into this I put a few drops of eucalyptus oil, stirring it in well. When the cough comes on, I take a teaspoonful of this mixture, and relief comes almost immediately. I have always used this with the best of results. I ask you to use the same remedy when you are troubled with the cough. This prescription may seem so simple that you feel no confidence in it, but I have tried it for a number of years and can highly recommend it.
(24LtMs, Lt 20, 1909, 3)
Again, take warm footbaths, into which have been put the leaves from the eucalyptus tree. There is great virtue in these leaves; and if you will try this, you will prove my words to be true. The oil of the eucalyptus is especially beneficial in cases of cough and pains in the chest and lungs. I want you to make a trial of this remedy which is so simple, and which costs you nothing.
(24LtMs, Lt 20, 1909, 4)
For the past week I have been suffering with pains in my heart, and I have been sleeping very little, sometimes sleeping only until twelve, after which I could sleep no more. But my wakeful hours I spent in reflection and in earnest prayer to my Father in heaven. My working in writing and speaking continues, and I have ill health to battle with at times; but in all this I can put my trust in God. Let us all put our trust in Him and walk carefully and prayerfully before Him.
(24LtMs, Lt 20, 1909, 5)
I do not urge you to remain where you are; but I think if your wife will follow the prescription I have given, using it faithfully and persistently, her cough will not be so severe, and may be entirely relieved. It is your privilege to go to the Physician who has never lost a case. Call together those in whom you have confidence, and ask them to pray for you. Faith in the Mighty Healer will do wonders. The prayer of faith will save the sick, and the Lord will raise them up. Christ ever liveth to make intercession for us. Let us take our case to Him, believing in Him with heart and soul. Let us take Him at His word.
(24LtMs, Lt 20, 1909, 6)
Now I have presented to you the best ideas I have for you. I ask you to follow the light and seek the Lord with heart and soul. This is all you can do.
(24LtMs, Lt 20, 1909, 7)
Lt 22, 1909
Belden, Vina St. Helena, California January 11, 1909 Previously unpublished. + Dear Sister Belden:
Do not think that I have forgotten you, for I have not. But I am always as busy as I can be. I have just written a letter to Brother Metcalfe Hare of Australia, who is connected with the health food work in Nashville. He writes me that his wife suffers a great deal with asthma. I will send you a copy of the letter I have written him.
(24LtMs, Lt 22, 1909, 1)
You will remember Minnie Hawkins who worked for me in Cooranbong. She has been with me in America now more than two years. You will remember that Maggie Hare left us to be married to Harold Bree, to whom she was engaged for a number of years. They have one child. We have work here for Maggie to do, but she has her home and family now to care for.
(24LtMs, Lt 22, 1909, 2)
I have entered upon my eighty-second year, and yet I am still up early in the mornings before the rest of my family. Often I am up writing at two o’clock, and often I cannot sleep after twelve. I am writing to you now at an early hour.
(24LtMs, Lt 22, 1909, 3)
We are having a very dark morning. The rain has fallen continuously all night, and for a week we have had no fine weather; but we have had only a few really cold days. On the cold days I keep a bright fire in my fireplace and enjoy the comfort of it.
(24LtMs, Lt 22, 1909, 4)
I spend the greater part of my time in my office where my books and writings are. I have kept a diary of much of my public labors, and you would be surprised to see how much I have copied that tells of my experiences.
(24LtMs, Lt 22, 1909, 5)
We hope soon to have a school established at Buena Vista, close to the town of Sonoma. We are waiting now to obtain the title to the place before taking possession. This property consists of a very large mansion, called The Castle, settled among the hills. There are some fruit trees on the place and an abundant supply of wood and water. This water is carried by means of pipes to all parts of the property that has been brought under cultivation. I shall be very thankful when we can have full possession of the place, and can begin our school work. We hope to make this school a school after the Lord’s order.
(24LtMs, Lt 22, 1909, 6)
I pray that the Lord will give you health. I shall be glad to hear from you at any time and will respond when I can.
(24LtMs, Lt 22, 1909, 7)
I hope to attend the General Conference in May if the Lord spares my life. The truth is going to many countries, and new missionary fields are constantly opening. The work of the Holy Spirit is being plainly revealed. I pray that the Lord will continue to reveal His power to His people. We need an increase of faith and the presence of the Spirit of God to guide us every moment.
(24LtMs, Lt 22, 1909, 8)
I hope we shall hear from you soon. Have faith in God. He will do great things for us if we will put our trust in Him.
(24LtMs, Lt 22, 1909, 9)
Lt 24, 1909
Scriver, Sister St. Helena, California January 19, 1909 Previously unpublished. + My Sister Scriver:
I have read your letter and am sorry that you are, as you say, receiving letters that perplex you. I would say to you that I will not write you any begging letter or make one call upon you. I would have you preserve your peace of mind. I am sorry to have any perplexity come to you. Do not allow your mind to be troubled. May the Lord give you His rich grace, that you may understand your duty and His will.
(24LtMs, Lt 24, 1909, 1)
Look constantly to God, and He will teach you what course to pursue. I am so thankful that we have such a precious Saviour. Do not let the calls that are made upon you disturb your mind. Lay all your burdens upon the Burden-bearer.
(24LtMs, Lt 24, 1909, 2)
Recently I hired fifteen hundred dollars from the bank to secure a piece of land in connection with the Buena Vista estate, the property which we expect will be the site for the California Conference school. I was thankful that the bank was willing to let me have this means. There were seventeen acres of land in the lot, and this had been purchased for the purpose of erecting a cripples’ home upon it; but after it was bought, the brother who had the enterprise in hand felt that he could not pay the price that had been given for it. Rather than have this piece of land go back into the hands of unbelievers, I hired the money from the bank and secured the property in my own name. For this loan I am having to pay eight per cent interest; but I do not regret that I made this move. I should have been very sorry to see this piece of land go out of our hands.
(24LtMs, Lt 24, 1909, 3)
So you see I have moved out in faith, and I believe that the Lord means we shall have this property for our school. He understands all about the situation, and I shall not worry about it. I have had faith all along to believe that the Lord would enable us to secure this place. I am anxious that a school shall be established among us that will define correctly what is the higher education. I am trying now to write upon this subject.
(24LtMs, Lt 24, 1909, 4)
I trust that the Lord will lead us at every step. I know if we obtain the Buena Vista property for our school, we will secure the very best of locations, where teachers and students can unite in bringing into exercise the mental and physical powers. Thus an all-round education will be gained. All who visit the place bear the same testimony regarding its advantages, which are of the highest value, not only for the students, but for those who will have the management of the work. With suitable instructors, the students can be taught how to cultivate the soil, and how to erect buildings that will be needed for the accommodation of the students and for the work of the school.
(24LtMs, Lt 24, 1909, 5)
Buena Vista is some distance from the town of Sonoma, in which place we must make known the light of present truth. Some time ago a brother pitched a tent in Sonoma and gave a course of lectures, making a beginning in the proclamation of the message. As a result of his efforts, the chorister of one of the churches embraced the truth. How many others have been benefited we do not know, but the efforts made in the future will reveal this. There are intelligent people in the town of Sonoma who are temperance advocates, and these should be given an opportunity to know the truths of the third angel’s message. The towns and villages as well as the cities are to be worked. Into “the highways and the byways” the Saviour commanded that the message of the gospel should be preached. [Luke 14:23.]
(24LtMs, Lt 24, 1909, 6)
I am so thankful that the Lord has made it possible for us to secure this place. And we have felt that Providence was directing in the matter of the delay there has been in getting the deeds of the property. This delay has given our brethren more time in which to raise the means needed for the purchase. Had we been compelled to pay this money at once, I fear we could not have done it; yet all things are possible with God. We have called on our brethren in California to help us to have the means ready when the deeds are ready for us. We are accepting freewill offerings and gifts, but not loans demanding interest. The Healdsburg school was in debt for years, but this debt we hope will now be cleared off.
(24LtMs, Lt 24, 1909, 7)
I feel that we need to put our entire trust in the Lord. There will be tests and trials of our faith, but the Lord will open ways before us if we will put unwavering faith in Him. The angels of the Lord encamp about those who rely upon His care; and whatever their circumstances, if they fear Him, and walk in His ways, they will be instructed of the Lord. We read that Enoch walked with God; and if Enoch walked with God, the angels of God walked with Enoch. Paul declares, speaking of the ministry of the angels, “Are they not all ministering spirits, sent forth to minister unto them that shall be heirs of salvation.” [Hebrews 1:14.]
(24LtMs, Lt 24, 1909, 8)
Now, my sister, be of good courage in the Lord. Do not allow yourself to become troubled or confused. I have no disposition to ask you to loan me money. I would not tax you with any burden, so be perfectly at rest as far as I am concerned. I want you to use your means according to your own judgment. I am trusting the Lord to place this property, unencumbered, in our hands, and I am leaving the matter with Him. I have no words with which to censure you. I want you to move in a way that will be satisfactory to yourself, and according to the will of the Lord. Then your mind will be at rest. I shall put my trust in the Lord, knowing that He understands all about our experiences.
(24LtMs, Lt 24, 1909, 9)
Lt 26, 1909
White, W. C. St. Helena, California January 24, 1909 Previously unpublished. Elder W. C. White My dear Son:
I thought I had sent letters to you, but I may find that I have written them and laid them aside, and so they have not been mailed. I have had all that I wished to do in writing and in reading the MSS. that have been copied.
(24LtMs, Lt 26, 1909, 1)
It has rained almost constantly for three weeks. I think in that time we have had not more than four days of clear weather.
(24LtMs, Lt 26, 1909, 2)
Yesterday I began a letter to you and Mabel, but did not have strength to finish it. I could not sleep after eleven o’clock, but I thought I would lie in bed until daylight. I spent the time in prayer and meditation. Then I arose and bathed my hands and face. The water was very cold, but I thought nothing of this, for my hands seldom remain cold. But soon my flesh began to feel strangely cold even to the bone. Miss Hannaford brought me a hot water bag, but even with this I did not get warm. I went to bed and covered myself up warmly, but still the ice-cold feeling remained. I could not understand it, and thought that perhaps I was dying; for I had never before had such an experience.
(24LtMs, Lt 26, 1909, 3)
It was Sabbath, but the water tank had to be heated; and about noon I took a hot bath, and then returned to bed. This seemed to do me some good; but it was a long time before I felt quite natural. I lay down most of the day.
(24LtMs, Lt 26, 1909, 4)
I cannot give the reason for this experience. From the time I awoke until about two hours after I was dressed, I was comfortable and happy. Then came this strange sensation, as though I were packed in ice. But this is past now, and among the things I may never be able to explain.
(24LtMs, Lt 26, 1909, 5)
On Sabbath morning we had a little sunshine, and for a time we could see the snow on the mountains in the distance. But later in the day the rain began to fall again, and it has rained all night. The weather is cold. I did not sleep after two this morning, but I was warm and very comfortable, and lay in bed until after seven. I am thankful that it is no worse with me today than it is. I cannot write much. I shall be glad to see you at home again; it seems a long time since you left.
(24LtMs, Lt 26, 1909, 6)
I am somewhat anxious about the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. Dr. Cummings writes that several who have had their money in the institution are withdrawing it. I think that perhaps those who have been trying to steal away our help may be in this withdrawal of means from the institution. Such things will meet the rebuke of God. What does it mean that notwithstanding all the testimonies that have been given, regarding this institution, some are so blinded that they will carry on such a work as this. But so it is, and we must expect to meet such things right in our sanitariums. It is because men have blinded their spiritual eyesight, that they fail to discern between righteousness and unrighteousness, underhand work. Whoever has done this thing, the rebuke of the Lord will be upon them.
(24LtMs, Lt 26, 1909, 7)
We are straining every nerve in the interests of the school. As soon as we can get a clear title to the Buena Vista estate, we shall go in and take possession. This school must be conducted on a much higher spiritual plane than our conference school has hitherto been carried. I am trusting the Lord that He will be our wisdom, our sanctification, and our righteousness. We will now wait for Him and place our hope and trust in Him. We need to move under the direction of the Holy Spirit.
(24LtMs, Lt 26, 1909, 8)
I could not do otherwise than trust in the Lord; He seems so near to me. I could not for a moment doubt that He is leading us. We will go forward as He commands.
(24LtMs, Lt 26, 1909, 9)
Lt 28, 1909
Rasmussen, Anna St. Helena, California January 15, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in 11MR 166. + My dear Sister Rasmussen:
I have not heard from you for some time, and I would be glad to know how you are. I would be pleased to have you make some report of yourself frequently, that we may know how you are prospering.
(24LtMs, Lt 28, 1909, 1)
We have had almost continuous rains for weeks. Perhaps we have had four days of sunshine in three weeks, and the rain is still gently falling. We have had some wind, though not much. The land needs these gentle rains we are having, and we thank the Lord that He gives the blessing of rain in its season. Yet we will be glad to see the sunshine once more.
(24LtMs, Lt 28, 1909, 2)
In Portland, Oregon, there have been snow storms, making it impossible to travel in some parts. Some serious accidents have happened, but so far as we know, the Lord has not permitted harm to come to any of our people.
(24LtMs, Lt 28, 1909, 3)
We are now seeking to raise means to establish at Buena Vista, near the town of Sonoma, our conference school which has heretofore been conducted at Healdsburg. For about a year before we found this place, we had been looking for a location where we could have land to cultivate, and where the students could get the manual training necessary to an all-round education. In the Buena Vista estate, which is about two miles from the town of Sonoma, and about thirty-five miles from St. Helena, we have a location which is in every way adapted for a site for our school.
(24LtMs, Lt 28, 1909, 4)
The Buena Vista property is a very fine one. There is an abundance of clear water, which is piped from the hills, and pipes convey water to all parts of the building and to the grounds surrounding the house. The building itself has three stories with twelve spacious rooms on each floor, with a large basement, and a large cupola. Those who designed the place evidently had an abundance of money, for no means seem to have been spared in making this an ideal dwelling place. The death of the original owners has left it in the hands of those who wish to dispose of it.
(24LtMs, Lt 28, 1909, 5)
The town of Sonoma is surrounded with orchard lands, and the fruit here is said to be superior. There are some fruit trees on the Buena Vista property; and in the care of these and in the cultivation of the soil, we hope to give the students a practical education, which, combined with their mental studies, will fit them for useful service when they shall go forth to labor in other fields.
(24LtMs, Lt 28, 1909, 6)
For years I have had in view just such a place as the Buena Vista estate as a location for our school. When I saw this property I felt at once that this was the place we should have. And others who have seen it realize that we will have great advantages here. There are about 2,900 acres in the estate. We have entered into negotiations to secure the property, and in the meantime the brethren are doing all in their power to raise the means necessary to complete the purchase, which is fifty thousand dollars. We want to take possession as soon as the papers are made out, giving us a legal right to the property. When the title is ready for us, we want to have the money on hand.
(24LtMs, Lt 28, 1909, 7)
Now, my sister, I do not ask you for means, for you have already loaned me means; but I ask you to interest those whom you can to help us in this matter. I have written you some of the particulars regarding the property, and I hope you will present the case to those whom you think will help. It may be that some can make gifts, and others can loan money at a low rate of interest. Ask them to use their means in helping us to purchase this property. Here is a field for missionary effort just as verily as in far-off lands. About two miles from Buena Vista, in the town of Sonoma, there is a work to be done in giving the people the message of warning. I ask you to read this letter to the church, and ask the brethren and sisters if they will not help in this emergency. I have hired fifteen hundred dollars from the bank in order to purchase some land in connection with the estate, upon which, it is possible, we may erect a modest house of worship in the future.
(24LtMs, Lt 28, 1909, 8)
For many years we have been shown the need of establishing our schools away from the cities. This place is in a retired locality, belted by mountains and hills. Here we will have opportunity to train the muscles to work as well as the brain to think. For years the light has been presented to us, out of the cities. Our students must be taught how to plant, how to build, how to harvest, how to become acceptable missionary workers. By their knowledge of practical industries, they will often be enabled to break down prejudice; often they will be able to make themselves so useful that the truth will be recommended by the knowledge they have and which they can impart to those who are ignorant.
(24LtMs, Lt 28, 1909, 9)
This school is not to be a place where book learning merely is imparted, but where an all-round education may be obtained. Our ministers are to be trained to use the physical as well as the mental powers. Then they will have various positions of trust assigned them, as had Joseph in Egypt. The education received is to be after the order of that received in the schools of the prophets. Certain books which have been brought into our schools as textbooks, because teachers deemed these essential to a complete education, are to be exchanged for those books that will educate the students in lines that will fit them to graduate to the higher school of the courts above, where Christ will lead His people and instruct them in a deeper knowledge of His Word.
(24LtMs, Lt 28, 1909, 10)
True education means a great deal to every human being. Christ usually began His instruction to the few who collected to hear Him, and then, journeying to some retired place, He would continue His lessons from the Word. Those who gathered to hear Him were astonished at His doctrine. To many, but not to all, it was something new and strange.
(24LtMs, Lt 28, 1909, 11)
Study the thirteenth and fourteenth chapters of Matthew. Here is an example of Christ’s teachings and the manner of His work. His lessons have been faithfully reported by His believing disciples. They should leave their impression on the hearts of all believers to the end of time. Let all who believe the truth for these last days follow the teachings of Christ, study His instructions, and bring into their ministry of the Word those teachings that Christ recognized as essential to higher education. I am pained as I see books presented for the study of the students that will not impart the higher education. I have been shown that One chosen of God and precious has given in His teachings the principles that underlie true education. There cannot proceed from human minds or lips instruction higher than His.
(24LtMs, Lt 28, 1909, 12)
Read the twenty-first to the twenty-eighth verses of the fifteenth chapter of Matthew. Here Christ taught His disciples a needed lesson by acting out for a time the ideas and sentiments that controlled the lives of many who were then following Him. “Jesus went thence, and departed into the coasts of Tyre and Sidon. And behold a woman of Canaan came out of the same coasts, and cried unto Him, saying, Have mercy on me, O Lord, Thou son of David; my daughter is grievously vexed with a devil. But He answered her not a word. And His disciples came and besought Him, saying, Send her away, for she crieth after us. But He answered and said, I am not sent but unto the lost sheep of the house of Israel. Then came she and worshiped Him, saying, Lord, help me. But He answered and said, It is not meet to take the children’s bread, and cast it to dogs. And she said, Truth, Lord, yet the dogs eat of the crumbs that fall from their Master’s table. Then Jesus answered and said, O woman, great is thy faith: be it unto thee even as thou wilt. And her daughter was made whole from that hour.
(24LtMs, Lt 28, 1909, 13)
“And Jesus departed from thence, and came nigh unto the sea of Galilee; and went up into a mountain and sat there. And great multitudes came unto Him, having with them those that were lame, blind, dumb, maimed, and many others, and cast them down at Jesus’ feet, and He healed them all; insomuch that the multitude wondered, when they saw the dumb speak, the maimed to be whole, the lame walk, and the blind to see: and they glorified the God of Israel.
(24LtMs, Lt 28, 1909, 14)
“Then Jesus called His disciples unto Him, and said, I have compassion on the multitude, because they continue now with Me three days, and have nothing to eat: and I will not send them away fasting, lest they faint in the way. And the disciples said unto Him, Whence should we have so much bread in the wilderness, as to fill so great a multitude? And Jesus said unto them, How many loaves have ye? And they said, Seven, and a few little fishes. And He commanded the multitude to sit down on the ground. And He took the seven loaves and the fishes, and gave thanks, and brake them, and gave to His disciples, and the disciples to the multitude. And they did all eat, and were filled: and they took up of the broken meat that was left seven basketsful. And they that did eat were four thousand men besides women and children.” [Verses 21-38.]
(24LtMs, Lt 28, 1909, 15)
Here Jesus gave a lesson for His people today. The work He performed in healing the sick and ministering to the wants of the needy, we are to have a part in. The work of healing the sick we are to do in connection with our health institutions. We did not have these institutions in the early days of the message, but now a change has come.
(24LtMs, Lt 28, 1909, 16)
The disciple John writes, concerning the mission of Christ, “In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God.... All things were made by Him, and without Him was not anything made that was made. In Him was life; and the life was the light of men. And the light shineth in darkness, and the darkness comprehendeth it not.” [John 1:1, 3-5.] Read this first chapter of the gospel of John. There are wonderful lessons presented here for our thought and study.
(24LtMs, Lt 28, 1909, 17)
I am instructed to tell, in every way possible, how to discern the meaning of true higher education. Many of our teachers talk of higher education, but they do not realize what higher education really comprehends. This is the only education that is of saving value. The first chapter of John, with the third chapter, plainly defines higher education. Take these words of inspiration and read them carefully. Read them verse by verse thoughtfully and prayerfully. The instruction here given is only feebly comprehended by us; and no man can understand its full import until he is born again. Said Christ to Nicodemus, “Verily I say unto you, Except a man be born of water and of the Spirit he cannot see the kingdom of God.” [John 3:5, 3.] Christ has given us definite instruction regarding the nature of true education, but we can only receive this instruction through sanctification of the Spirit of God. Christ declared, “Verily, verily I say unto you, We speak that we do know, and testify that we have seen; and ye receive not our witness. If I have told you earthly things, and ye believe them not, how shall ye believe, if I tell you of heavenly things? And no man hath ascended up into heaven, but He that came down out of heaven, even the Son of man which is in heaven.” [Verses 11-13.]
(24LtMs, Lt 28, 1909, 18)
“As Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, even so also must the Son of man be lifted up; that whosoever believeth on Him should not perish, but have eternal life. For God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life. For God sent not His Son into the world to condemn the world; but that the world through Him might be saved.
(24LtMs, Lt 28, 1909, 19)
“He that believeth on Him is not condemned; but he that believeth not, is condemned already; because he hath not believed on the name of the only begotten Son of God. And this is the condemnation, that light is come into the world, and men loved darkness rather than light, because their deeds were evil. For every one that doeth evil hateth the light, neither cometh to the light; lest his deeds shall be reproved. But he that doeth truth cometh to the light, that his deeds may be made manifest that they are wrought in God.” [Verses 14-21.]
(24LtMs, Lt 28, 1909, 20)
Lt 30, 1909
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California January 27, 1909 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
I write to ask you if, should it continue as cloudy and rainy as it has been the past three weeks, you think it advisable for me to come to Oakland to attend the conference. I am a little perplexed over the matter, for the time is drawing near when I should decide whether or not I will go. It is not raining in St. Helena today, but the sky is cloudy.
(24LtMs, Lt 30, 1909, 1)
January 28
I laid this aside in order to do some reading of other letters, and now, a day later, take up my pen to finish my letter to you. Yesterday I rode out, the first time in weeks. The weather has been so wet, that it has been impossible for me to go out with safety.
(24LtMs, Lt 30, 1909, 2)
Last night I had an ill turn some time after retiring. I believe it was caused by getting chilled. I was put at once into a very hot bath and obtained relief. This morning I did not leave my bed until half-past four. I feel much better.
(24LtMs, Lt 30, 1909, 3)
We received from Dr. Maxson an invitation for our family to stay at his sanitarium during the conference, but I do not feel that I can do this. Your house is close to the church, and it would be less taxation for me to be there. You can consider that I have accepted your invitation to stay with you. I thank you for your hospitality.
(24LtMs, Lt 30, 1909, 4)
Dores Robinson and W. C. White will be in attendance at the meeting. I hope rooms can be secured for them. Then we have with us a Brother Howell from Cambridge, near Nashville. It is possible that he also will go to the meeting. We would like to have him near us, where we could communicate with him if we wished.
(24LtMs, Lt 30, 1909, 5)
I am thankful that I can be so near to the church. It would be a great taxation if I were obliged to go to and from the meetings on the cars. I appreciate the advantage your house offers. I understand too that it is in a location that brings to you more interruptions in your work than you might otherwise have. You are a man of responsibility and have many duties to occupy your time and attention. Many do not realize this, but we understand it.
(24LtMs, Lt 30, 1909, 6)
Today we have had some wind, and the sky is cloudy, but there has no rain fallen. As I look out through my east window, I can see three patches of deep blue among the clouds that overspread the heavens; but I fear this beautiful blue will soon disappear.
(24LtMs, Lt 30, 1909, 7)
Tomorrow is the Sabbath. I shall not speak to the people, but will preserve my strength for the meetings next week.
(24LtMs, Lt 30, 1909, 8)
Lt 32, 1909
Lindsay, H. W. St. Helena, California January 21, 1909 Previously unpublished. Mr. H. W. Lindsay
Paradise Valley Sanitarium
National City, California Dear Brother Lindsay:
I hope you will not be discouraged, but have faith in God. At times your experience may be hard to understand; but wait upon God; “hope thou in Him.” [See Psalm 42:5.] He understands all about us and His work. Let us have faith in God, and fear not. I entreat you to believe and pray. Seek to work out the Lord’s plans.
(24LtMs, Lt 32, 1909, 1)
There is a large work to be done in San Diego. Many of the souls that are crowding into that territory are to be saved. But I saw some standing in the way and speaking words of discouragement regarding the work. Those who take upon themselves the responsibility of carrying matters after their own human devisings will one day see their actions in a different light.
(24LtMs, Lt 32, 1909, 2)
Influences have been at work to divert means from the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. Influence has also been used to seek to draw Brother and Sister Cummings from their work in that place by sowing the seeds of unbelief and distrust. The work that has been attempted is of a character to confuse the mind by the insinuations of doubt. Men and women who would use their powers for such a work as this need to learn lessons concerning the right use of their capabilities; they need educating regarding the higher life; they need to learn to form characters for the future, immortal life.
(24LtMs, Lt 32, 1909, 3)
The Lord has spoken regarding the Paradise Valley Sanitarium, saying that every hand raised to hinder the work in that place, every action that would weaken confidence in the work there, is counterworking the Lord’s plans and the Lord’s methods for the accomplishment of His work for that part of the field. Some, in order to secure influence to the institution where they were working, have misquoted the words that were spoken to encourage the work in San Diego; and in so doing they have exerted an influence that would tear down that which the Lord would establish and weaken that which he would have gather strength.
(24LtMs, Lt 32, 1909, 4)
God calls upon those who take part in our sanitarium work to labor honestly and unselfishly. God has workers fitted for His work in every place; and He requires that His workers shall act their part faithfully and unselfishly in every institution and in every enterprise. They are to keep themselves under the rule of God. They are not to seek to increase the influence of the institution where they are laboring, and seek to gain glory to themselves, by working against the interests of other institutions. Such actions the Lord regards as fraud, and such He calls it.
(24LtMs, Lt 32, 1909, 5)
Let those who labor in any of our institutions act a noble, honorable part. Seventh-day Adventists are to honor their positions of trust, and live out their faith, exerting continually an influence that is true, and rendering allegiance to the precepts of the law of God. By precept and example, the workers are to instruct those who come within the reach of their influence to obey the words of Christ, teachings that magnified the righteous principles which are the basis of God’s law. By such instruction they will reprove those who see no wrong in defrauding another in order that selfish interests may be advanced.
(24LtMs, Lt 32, 1909, 6)
The children of the workers connected with our institutions are to be trained according to the divine precepts. Like Abraham of old, God’s people today are to command their children and their household after them, to keep the way of the Lord. We need to bear in mind that if we would have our names retained in the book of life, we must maintain a discipline over ourselves that will keep us from indulging selfish propensities. Right action, honest dealing must be seen in our sanitariums and in every enterprise that has for its object the advancement of the work of the third angel’s message. In the place of introducing our own ways, we are to follow the Lord’s way. Righteous plans and actions will be the sure fruit of true godliness. The Judge of all the earth will reward every man according to his works.
(24LtMs, Lt 32, 1909, 7)
I have words to speak to those who would bribe our workers by flattery and by presenting the idea that they are not appreciated where they are. There is need of constant watchfulness and prayer, of self-denial and self-sacrifice on the part of physicians and nurses and helpers. These workers have a sacred work to do for believers and unbelievers, a work whose results will tell for time and for eternity. Self-denial revealed in the lives of professed Christians is a sermon to those who do not believe. Our standard of piety is marked by the world. Righteous acts will be accepted as the unmistakable proofs of our faith. If the truth is held in its purity, true godliness will appear in the lives of all who labor in any line of the work. The truths of the Word of God will exert a sanctifying influence upon the life.
(24LtMs, Lt 32, 1909, 8)
I am instructed to keep these truths before the people. Let not selfish principles be interwoven with the work of those who have a part to act in sanitarium work. It is a work of sacred trust to have a care for the sick. The worker will often stand as the minister of Christ to the patients, to teach them the truths of the Word, and to point them to the love of God. They must not allow themselves to dwell under a cloud. Our religion, if brought into the daily life, will reveal the sacredness of the truths of the Word of God, and this will bring joy and peace and righteousness into the institution. We will be ministers of righteousness, because we have accepted the precious sanctification that there is in the truth of the Word. Not one selfish thread will be drawn into the web that we are weaving for time and for eternity.
(24LtMs, Lt 32, 1909, 9)
We must not suppose that because we are earnestly seeking to practice the virtues of Christ, that we shall always meet with appreciation. We are fighting for a crown of life which, if we are faithful, the enemy cannot take from us; and in the conflict we shall have to meet statements that are unjust and unrighteous. Satan is putting forth every effort to defeat us; he does not want us to gain the victory. But the higher education which it is our privilege to be acquiring daily will strengthen the soul for righteous action. This strife for the crown of life is an individual work. There are many laboring under the delusion that a profession of Christianity is all that is required of them. O that these would come to understand that Christ’s character must appear in the lives of His professed followers, that His children are to represent their faith and exalt the truth by a well-ordered life and a godly conversation. Such lives will have the daily approbation of heaven. The names of these believers will stand forth in the books of heaven accepted; their lives will be justified by their acceptance of the merits of the Redeemer.
(24LtMs, Lt 32, 1909, 10)
I will write no more upon this subject now. You are at liberty to read this to whomsoever you will. Do not allow your mind to become confused.
(24LtMs, Lt 32, 1909, 11)
Lt 34, 1909
Crawford, Marion Stowell St. Helena, California February 14, 1909 See RH 03/11/1909. Mrs. Franklin Crawford Dear Sister:
Your letter has just been placed in my hands by Brother Mason, my bookkeeper. I have read it with interest and will now reply. When your letter came with the money, Brother Mason was able to take up the last note from the bank. I am thankful that you could let me have the money at this time; for there is much work before us.
(24LtMs, Lt 34, 1909, 1)
I have just returned from Oakland, where I have been attending the annual session of the California Conference. On Friday morning I was glad to see my son W. C. White who had just returned from visiting Nashville and Washington and many other places I will not attempt to name.
(24LtMs, Lt 34, 1909, 2)
The conference at Oakland was an important meeting. The question of who should be president of the conference for the year 1909 was decided. Elder Haskell was elected to this office without one dissenting vote. Elder Haskell and his wife work together harmoniously, and their united labors are much appreciated by this conference. The results of their efforts for the past year show that much good has been accomplished in many lines.
(24LtMs, Lt 34, 1909, 3)
I did not attend any of the business meetings, but was able to give advice in some lines. We were much pleased with the spirit of harmony that pervaded the meetings held for counsel and the laying of plans for future work.
(24LtMs, Lt 34, 1909, 4)
On Monday the Lord gave me a wonderful message for His people, and all present had evidence that the voice of the Holy Spirit was in the message I bore in the name of the Lord. I presented before our people principles that were sacred and holy, principles which the Lord expects His people to carry out. This discourse was reported by one of my workers and will appear in print.
(24LtMs, Lt 34, 1909, 5)
We expect to hear at any time now that we have obtained a clear title to the Buena Vista property. How thankful we shall be to have a place where our youth can have an opportunity to be educated in the use of both brain and muscle, and where the spiritual work in education may occupy the highest place, preparing the students to graduate to that higher school to be conducted by Christ our Redeemer.
(24LtMs, Lt 34, 1909, 6)
At the conference meetings I presented to our people that now is the time to pledge ourselves for advance work in our religious experience. God’s people are to seek now, as never before, to become purified and sanctified, a holy people, who, by the exemplification of truth in their words, their purposes, and their actions, communicate their knowledge of truth and do honor to the One who died, that they might be a praise among all people. The grace of Christ alone can bring this about, making believers not only professors of the truth, but men and women who live the truth, and thus reveal the principles of the gospel. God can make His people a praise in the earth only as they allow themselves to be sanctified by their belief of the truth.
(24LtMs, Lt 34, 1909, 7)
The Spirit of the Lord rested upon me and was revealed in the words that were given me to speak. I asked those present who felt the urgency of the Spirit of God, and who pledged themselves to live the truth and to teach the truth to others, and to work for their salvation, to make it manifest by rising to their feet. I was surprised to see the whole congregation rise. I then asked all to kneel down, and I sent up my petition to heaven for that people. I was deeply impressed by this experience. I felt the deep moving of the Spirit of God upon me, and I know that the Lord gave me a special message for His people at this time. I realized that I had with me the presence of Him whom the Jews took and crucified, but who rose from the dead and declared to His followers, “All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore and teach all nations; baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost; ... and lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:18-20.] Praise the Lord, O my soul.
(24LtMs, Lt 34, 1909, 8)
After this meeting I felt that my work was finished, and we decided to return home the following day. Elder Rice drove us to the railway station in his carriage. I carried a cushion with me, thinking to sleep in the cars on the homeward journey; but my mind had been so powerfully wrought upon that I could not sleep; and during the journey I silently offered my prayer to God, asking Him to give me physical and spiritual strength to reach the people with the message of life that Christ has given to His faithful shepherds to proclaim.
(24LtMs, Lt 34, 1909, 9)
Christ declared to His disciples that they were to go into all the world and preach the gospel to every creature. [Mark 16:15.] His life of unselfishness and love was to be copied by them. In His name they were to give to the world unselfish service. The knowledge of His suffering on Calvary’s cross and His unchanging love for mankind was to be made known to all people. And Christ further declared, “Ye shall receive power after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto Me in Jerusalem, and in all Judea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost parts of the earth. But tarry ye in the city of Jerusalem until ye shall be endued with power from on high.” [Acts 1:8; Luke 24:49.]
(24LtMs, Lt 34, 1909, 10)
God’s people are to be constantly reaching up to Him in prayer. It was after the early disciples had spent ten days in supplication, after all differences had been put away, and they had united in deep heart-searching, and in confession and putting away of sins, and in drawing together in holy fellowship, that the Holy Ghost came upon them, and the promise of Christ was fulfilled. There was a wonderful outpouring of the Holy Spirit. Suddenly there came from heaven the sound as of a rushing, mighty wind, and it filled all the house where they were sitting. “And the same day there was added to them about three thousand souls.” [Acts 2:41.]
(24LtMs, Lt 34, 1909, 11)
These disciples did not confine themselves to any class of people or place. “They went everywhere preaching the word, the Lord working with them, and confirming the word with signs following.” [Acts 8:4; Mark 16:20.] Notwithstanding the fierce opposition that the disciples met, in a short time the gospel of the kingdom had been sounded to all the inhabited parts of the earth. In the providence of God great multitudes were gathered at Jerusalem at this time, and many of these were converted. These, returning to their homes, carried the wonderful news to every place.
(24LtMs, Lt 34, 1909, 12)
The commission given to the first disciples is given to those who in these last days have received increased light from heaven. It was God’s desire that all nations should be aroused to repentance and obedience by the working of the Holy Spirit. The message of saving grace is to be preached to all nations and kindreds and tongues and peoples. Let every soul now follow the movings of the Spirit of God; let the truth go forth as a lamp that burneth.
(24LtMs, Lt 34, 1909, 13)
Not all can fill the same place; but every one who yields himself to the consecrating influence of the Holy Spirit will be under the control of Christ; and for consecrated men and women, God has made full provision. Actual service will determine the character of the work of those ordained of God to bring salvation to human hearts and minds.
(24LtMs, Lt 34, 1909, 14)
The work of God needs the gifts and offerings of His people. These are to be bestowed for the advancement of His kingdom. Just as long as men and women will be led and guided by the Holy Spirit for the magnifying of God’s law and the advancement of the kingdom of grace, the work will go forward. Just so surely as they give evidence of the fruits of the Spirit in heart and life and character, souls will be reached and saved. Go to all nations, Christ says, My Spirit shall go with you; and angels of God that excel in strength will be present to aid every soul who by living [faith] will make God his strength.
(24LtMs, Lt 34, 1909, 15)
I pray that every soul may see the necessity of using every capability in wise, earnest work for God. Let none be held back by any forbiddings of men. Seek the Lord with all the heart and with all the soul, and work in the spirit of Christ.
(24LtMs, Lt 34, 1909, 16)
Lt 36, 1909
Cummings, Brother and Sister [R. S.] St. Helena, California January 27, 1909 Previously unpublished. Dr. and Mrs. R. S. Cummings
Paradise Valley Sanitarium
National City, California Dear Brother and Sister Cummings:
I thank you for making me acquainted with the real condition of things at the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. As soon as we can understand the reason for this withdrawal of means from the institution, we will try to do something. In the meantime, encourage those who have means in the sanitarium not to be in a hurry to withdraw their investments.
(24LtMs, Lt 36, 1909, 1)
I hope, Brother and Sister Cummings, that the Lord will graciously grant you wisdom to know how to act in this emergency. I hope that you will keep us informed in regard to the situation. Do the best that you possibly can, and we will do what we can.
(24LtMs, Lt 36, 1909, 2)
You have heard of our efforts to obtain a location for our conference school. We are hoping soon to obtain a clear title to the property at Buena Vista. In the meantime Elder Haskell and others are working to secure the means, in gifts and offerings, from our people, necessary to make the purchase complete. They are doing remarkably well. How soon we shall get the title we cannot say, but we would have been in an embarrassing position had it been ready and had the owners called for the money before we were prepared to pay the amount required. Fifty thousand dollars will be needed to make the purchase, and every effort is being put forth so that we may have the money ready to close the bargain just as soon as the title deeds are ready for us.
(24LtMs, Lt 36, 1909, 3)
I am more or less troubled over what you have written concerning the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. I feel that something must be done in this matter; but I trust that you will not be overtroubled. Bid Brother Lindsay be of good courage.
(24LtMs, Lt 36, 1909, 4)
I have been instructed that the Paradise Valley Sanitarium is to become a helping agency in advancing the medical work in missionary lines. It is to be the means of giving the light of truth to many who are establishing homes in San Diego. Let genuine missionary work be encouraged by the sale and distribution of our books and periodicals. Encourage a genuine spirit of labor among the workers. Teach them how to become acquainted with the people by calling upon them and giving them papers that contain the message of truth. It is just as important that our workers labor for these cities right about us as it is that laborers go forth to work in foreign fields. Those who know the truth are to become thoroughly converted, and to realize that the higher education found in the Word of God is to be given to all, believers and unbelievers.
(24LtMs, Lt 36, 1909, 5)
Let our ministers and physicians do their work intelligently. They can visit the people in their homes and impart religious instruction to them. Let efforts be made for the sale of the books Ministry of Healing and Christ’s Object Lessons. There is an important missionary field lying right at your doors.
(24LtMs, Lt 36, 1909, 6)
Lt 38, 1909
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California February 11, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in 7MR 407. Elder S. N. Haskell
Box 597
Oakland, California Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
I stood the journey home well. I was not weary, and did not lie down any of the way, though the car, it seemed to me, jolted more and made more noise than any I have traveled in for a long time. At St. Helena Brother James met us with the covered carriage, and another wagon for our luggage. When we reached home, Minnie gave me a good bath, and I slept well through the night until my usual hour in the morning.
(24LtMs, Lt 38, 1909, 1)
I am very thankful that I attended the meeting in Oakland. I sincerely hope that you will continue to be blessed and favored by the Lord. The blessing that the Lord gave me on Monday morning as I addressed His people was an assurance of His love and an encouragement regarding the simplicity of the message that we are to give to the people at this time. We are not to flatter any soul, but we are to do all in our power to diffuse the light of truth found in the Word of God.
(24LtMs, Lt 38, 1909, 2)
I am sincerely glad, my brother and sister, that you can work together so successfully for the circulation of our publications. This kind of work is to be appreciated, not only as something that will bring decided benefit to our own people, but because these books and periodicals contain clear presentations of present truth that will win many to the precious faith we hold. I would say to you, Continue to exert your influence for the wider circulation of our publications. Make the truths coming from our press a power in proclaiming the message for this time.
(24LtMs, Lt 38, 1909, 3)
The Saviour was untiring in His work of ministry, traveling on foot day after day, and gathering the multitudes about Him that He might fasten the truths of the Word upon their minds. We are to do all in our power in these last days to diffuse the rays of light.
(24LtMs, Lt 38, 1909, 4)
Last night I seemed to be earnestly addressing congregations of our people, telling them that the messages which have come to them in straightforward discourses were not sent to amuse them, no, no, but to arouse them to give the last gospel message to the world. They were sent to waken up the watchmen, that they might proclaim with power the warning message, even the third angel’s message.
(24LtMs, Lt 38, 1909, 5)
We have the everlasting gospel to preach to all them that dwell upon the face of the earth. It is to go to every nation, kindred, tongue, and people, saying with a loud voice, Fear God, and give glory to Him, for the hour of His judgment is come. All are to be exhorted to worship Him that made heaven and earth, the sea, and the fountains of waters. Now is our time, now is our opportunity.
(24LtMs, Lt 38, 1909, 6)
I seemed to be presenting these things to the people with clearness and power. The time will not be long delayed when a false Sabbath will be exalted and men will be commanded to regard as sacred a day that has no sanctity in it. This spurious Sabbath will be made a testing question with all.
(24LtMs, Lt 38, 1909, 7)
John writes, “I saw another angel fly in the midst of heaven, having the everlasting gospel to preach to them that dwell upon the earth, and to every kindred and tongue and people, saying with a loud voice, Fear God, and give glory to Him, for the hour of His judgment is come; and worship Him that made heaven and earth, and the sea and the fountains of waters. And there followed another angel, saying, Babylon is fallen, is fallen, that great city, because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication.” [Revelation 14:6-8.] How is this done? By forcing men to accept a spurious Sabbath.
(24LtMs, Lt 38, 1909, 8)
In the thirty-first chapter of Exodus we are plainly told which is the day that God has sanctified and blessed. It is the Sabbath given in Eden. After God had created the world in six days, He rested on the seventh and was refreshed. And the Lord set apart the seventh day as the rest day of man. We are not left in ignorance concerning this matter. The keeping of the Sabbath is declared to be the sign between God and His people of their loyalty to Him. God has never changed the day of His rest to the first day of the week.
(24LtMs, Lt 38, 1909, 9)
I wish I could write you all that I seemed to be saying to the people last night. The Spirit of the Lord was upon me.
(24LtMs, Lt 38, 1909, 10)
I advise you now to be careful of your strength. Let not your heart be troubled, neither let it be afraid. The Lord will help you in every emergency, unless you cease to put your trust in Him.
(24LtMs, Lt 38, 1909, 11)
The time has come when I must put my writing aside, for it is growing dark. But I would say in closing, Keep your hearts cheered with joy and gladness. Bear a straightforward message whether men will hear or whether they will forbear.
(24LtMs, Lt 38, 1909, 12)
The Lord is good. Choose as workers men who will carry their responsibilities as a sacred charge, and who will not seek to bring truth into obedience to human authority.
(24LtMs, Lt 38, 1909, 13)
Lt 40, 1909
Those in Charge of the Colored Orphanage St. Helena, California February 16, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in SpTB #12x 2; 8MR 129. To those in charge of the colored orphanage enterprise Dear Brethren:
The question has been asked if the orphanage for colored children ought to be located on the Oakwood school farm.
(24LtMs, Lt 40, 1909, 1)
Long before I visited Huntsville, the Oakwood school farm was presented to me, both as it then was and as it might be in the future, if wisely managed and properly cared for.
(24LtMs, Lt 40, 1909, 2)
The presentation of what the place ought to be included an orphanage and a sanitarium. I was also shown cultivated fields, gardens where vegetables were cultivated, and orchards bearing abundance of fruit.
(24LtMs, Lt 40, 1909, 3)
Instruction was given me that the Lord would have consecrated, unselfish Christian workers connected with the Oakwood School, who would use skilfully the advantages of the Oakwood farm for the benefit of the students in the school and the children in the orphanage. These advantages were to be used wisely in helping to supply the necessities of the orphans and in obtaining for them an education and training that would be pleasing to the Lord.
(24LtMs, Lt 40, 1909, 4)
I have been instructed that for the development of the Oakwood enterprises, the very best class of workers should be secured, because a special work is to be done here in revealing what religious education will do for the orphans and the outcasts through the labors of consecrated and skilful teachers. The teachers connected with the school must bear in mind that they are dealing with the purchase of the blood of Christ, with souls who through earnest, God-fearing labors may become members of the Lord’s family.
(24LtMs, Lt 40, 1909, 5)
This work is not to be despised because the children are colored. Because they are colored, and because they are fatherless and motherless, they are to be brought up with kindness which is revealed in words and actions. There should be no scolding, no extravagant display; none should be treated with indifference, but all should be given respectful treatment, and this will win respectful attention and obedience from them in return.
(24LtMs, Lt 40, 1909, 6)
These children are the purchase of the blood of Christ. Their color is something that they cannot change; but the Lord will co-operate to change the character, if we will work in harmony with Him who gave His life to secure the pardon of every sinner of every land and of different colors.
(24LtMs, Lt 40, 1909, 7)
When this light was given me, I had never seen Huntsville. I was shown that Huntsville would be a place of special interest to those who would act their part to help the colored people.
(24LtMs, Lt 40, 1909, 8)
Lt 42, 1909
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California February 21, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in 4BC 1142-1143, 1148; 7MR 197. + Elder S. N. Haskell
Box 597
Oakland, California Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
I have read your letters, and I wish to speak to you words that I have pondered over the past night as I read the fifty-sixth chapter of Isaiah.
(24LtMs, Lt 42, 1909, 1)
“Thus saith the Lord, keep ye judgment, and do justice; for My salvation is near to come, and My righteousness to be revealed. Blessed is the man that doeth this, and the son of man that layeth hold upon it; that keepeth the Sabbath from polluting it, and keepeth his hands from doing any evil.” [Verses 1, 2.] The truth that is found in the Word of the Lord God is to be our constant assurance.
(24LtMs, Lt 42, 1909, 2)
“Cast ye up,” the Lord declares through His prophet. “Cast ye up, prepare the way; take up the stumblingblock out of the way of My people.” [Isaiah 57:14.] Is not this the very work that the Lord has given us to do in connection with those who see and feel the importance of the work that must be done in the earth that the truth may triumph gloriously? Every man who undertakes to hedge up the way of the servants of God, binding them about by human restrictions, so that they cannot follow the leadings of the Spirit of God, is hindering the advance of the work of God.
(24LtMs, Lt 42, 1909, 3)
The Lord sends the message, “Take up the stumblingblock out of the way of My people.” [Verse 14.] Earnest effort is to be put forth to counterwork the influences that have kept back the message for this time. A solemn work is to be done in a short space of time. “Thus saith the High and lofty One that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is Holy: I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones.” [Verse 15.]
(24LtMs, Lt 42, 1909, 4)
A very strange work has for years been struggling for recognition. Here and there men have exalted themselves and revealed a strong desire for human power. And the Lord has declared that, as His messenger, I must bear my message and rebuke any work of placing of manmade yokes upon the necks of the disciples of Christ.
(24LtMs, Lt 42, 1909, 5)
“I will not contend forever,” God declares, “neither will I be always wroth: for the spirit should fail before Me, and the souls which I have made. For the iniquity of his covetousness was I wroth, and smote him; I hid Me, and was wroth, and he went on frowardly in the way of his own heart. I have seen his ways, and will heal him; I will lead him also, and restore comfort to him and to his mourners. I create the fruit of the lips; peace, peace to him that is afar off, and to him that is near, saith the Lord, and I will heal him. But the wicked are like the troubled sea, when it cannot rest, whose waters cast up mire and dirt. There is no peace, saith my God, to the wicked.” [Verses 16-21.]
(24LtMs, Lt 42, 1909, 6)
In the chapters that follow, the 58th to the 62nd of Isaiah, there is present truth for the people. Study these chapters carefully.
(24LtMs, Lt 42, 1909, 7)
In the seasons of the night I am declaring in earnest terms to our people the word of the Lord. I am pleading with the churches, telling them that the Lord requires us to heed every warning and reproof given by His prophets in the Old Testament and in the New. Both are written for our instruction. To every warning we should give careful heed.
(24LtMs, Lt 42, 1909, 8)
Eternal life is of highest value; its worth cannot be weighed or measured. A life is offered to us that, once obtained, will measure with the life of God. O why are we as a people so dull of comprehension, why so inattentive? Why do we misapply the great treasures that God desires us to appreciate and grasp as our own? It is impossible to find language with which to describe the favor that is offered us in the Word for our acceptance.
(24LtMs, Lt 42, 1909, 9)
In the night season I seemed to be speaking to different congregations, making the application of the truth, and not without effect. I repeated these words to the Oakland church: The church is yet militant in a world that is apparently in midnight darkness, and growing worse and worse. Then I heard testimonies offered by different voices, and the question was asked, How long, O Lord, how long shall a stupor remain upon the church? Then I said, While the requirements of a plain Thus saith the Lord remain unheeded by the worldly element within the church, the voices of God’s faithful people are to be strengthened to give the solemn messages of warning. The works that should characterize the church militant and the works of the church that has had the light of truth for this time do not correspond. The Lord calls upon church members to clothe themselves with the beautiful garments of Christ’s righteousness. Praise and prayer and thanksgiving should now be heard coming daily from converted hearts and lips.
(24LtMs, Lt 42, 1909, 10)
We have a work before us in preparing for the constantly changing scenes of the world’s population. Our church members need to pray more and more. There needs to be a living testimony borne from converted hearts. God is our sufficiency. The church needs to awake to an understanding of the subtle powers of the satanic agencies that must be met. If they will keep on the whole armor, they will be able to conquer all the foes they meet, some of which are not now developed.
(24LtMs, Lt 42, 1909, 11)
Confederacies will increase in number and power as we draw nearer to the end of time. These confederacies will create opposing influences to the truth, forming new parties of professed believers who will act out their own delusive theories. The apostasy will increase, “Some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of devils.” [1 Timothy 4:1.] Those who have started this warfare at their own charges will come more and more to practice the works of Satan.
(24LtMs, Lt 42, 1909, 12)
Satanic agencies in human form will take part in this last great conflict to oppose the building up of the kingdom of God. And heavenly angels in human guise will be on the field of action. Men and women have confederated to oppose the Lord God of heaven, and the church is only half awake to the situation. There needs to be much more of prayer, much more of earnest effort among professed believers.
(24LtMs, Lt 42, 1909, 13)
The two opposing parties will continue to exist till the closing up of the last great chapter in this world’s history. Satanic agencies are in every city. We cannot afford to be off our guard for one moment. The true, staunch believers will pray more and more and will talk less of matters of little consequence. More and more decided testimonies will come from their lips to encourage the weak and needy souls. This is no time for the people of God to be weaklings, neither one thing nor the other. Let all be diligent students of the Word. We must be strong in the Lord and in the power of His might. We cannot live haphazard lives and be true Christians.
(24LtMs, Lt 42, 1909, 14)
With emphasis these words were spoken, “Be strong in the Lord and in the power of His might. Put on the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil. For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. Wherefore take unto you the whole armor of God, that ye may be able to stand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. Stand therefore having your loins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness, and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace, above all taking the shield of faith, wherewith ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the spirit, which is the word of God, praying always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit, and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints.” [Ephesians 6:10-18.]
(24LtMs, Lt 42, 1909, 15)
God has “made known unto us the mystery of His will, according to the good pleasure which He hath purposed in Himself: that in the dispensation of the fulness of the time He might gather together in one all things in Christ, both which are in heaven, and which are on earth, even in Him: in whom also we have obtained an inheritance, being predestinated according to the purpose of Him that worketh all things after the counsel of His will; that we should be to the praise of His glory, who first trusted in Him.” [Ephesians 1:9-12.]
(24LtMs, Lt 42, 1909, 16)
Lt 44, 1909
White, J. E.; White, Emma St. Helena, California February 24, 1909 Previously unpublished. + Elder J. E. White
1713 Cass Street
Nashville, Tennessee Dear Children Edson and Emma:
I will try in the future to send my letters to you as soon as they can be copied and mailed. There are many letters to be read and answered, and many manuscripts to be examined, and sometimes your letters are laid on one side amid the press of work, and for a time are overlooked.
(24LtMs, Lt 44, 1909, 1)
Last night I spent a wakeful night. I have been having a siege of influenza. For two weeks this has been upon me, and I have suffered much discomfort from it. Last night, although I could not sleep much, I suffered no pain. It seemed, when I did lose consciousness in sleep, that I was giving earnest, solemn warnings to our churches concerning the work that is before us. Every soul should now be making decided efforts to come into harmony with that last recorded prayer of Christ’s for His disciples. The whole of this seventeenth chapter of John is of deepest interest. We are instructed to study this chapter, that we may comprehend its teachings. Here is placed before us in clear lines what is the higher education. O how earnest should every one of us who claim to believe the truth for this time be in seeking for a thorough, deep experience in the things of God.
(24LtMs, Lt 44, 1909, 2)
“I pray not that Thou shouldest take them out of the world,” Christ prayed, “but that Thou shouldest keep them from the evil. They are not of the world, even as I am not of the world. Sanctify them through Thy truth; Thy word is truth.”“As Thou hast sent Me into the world, even so have I also sent them into the world; and for their sakes I sanctify Myself, that they also may be sanctified through the truth. Neither pray I for these alone; but for them also which shall believe on Me through their word; that they all may be one; as Thou, Father, art in Me, and I in Thee; that they also may be one in Us; that the world may believe that Thou hast sent Me.” [Verses 15-21.]
(24LtMs, Lt 44, 1909, 3)
“And the glory which Thou gavest Me I have given them; that they may be one, as We are: I in them, and Thou in Me, that they may be made perfect in one; that the world may know that Thou hast sent Me, and hast loved them as Thou hast loved Me.
(24LtMs, Lt 44, 1909, 4)
“Father, I will that they also whom Thou hast given Me be with Me where I am; that they may behold My glory, which Thou hast given Me: for Thou lovedst Me before the foundation of the world.” [Verses 22-24.]
(24LtMs, Lt 44, 1909, 5)
Every verse in this chapter contains instruction of the highest and most essential kind—instruction that every church should have. If there are higher attainments to be reached than are here brought to view, where shall we learn about them. Christ here presents eternal principles for our study, that we may answer His prayer in our own experience.
(24LtMs, Lt 44, 1909, 6)
“Father, the hour is come,” the Saviour prayed, “glorify Thy Son, that Thy Son also may glorify Thee. As Thou hast given Him power over all flesh, that He should give eternal life to as many as Thou hast given Him. And this is life eternal, that they might know Thee, the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom Thou hast sent.
(24LtMs, Lt 44, 1909, 7)
“I have glorified Thee on the earth: I have finished the work that Thou gavest Me to do. And now, O Father, glorify Thou Me with Thine own self with the glory that I had with Thee before the world was. I have manifested Thy name unto the men whom Thou gavest Me out of the world; Thine they were, and Thou gavest them Me; and they have kept Thy word. Now they have known that all things whatsoever Thou hast given Me are of Thee. For I have given unto them the words which Thou gavest Me; and they have received them, and have known surely that I came out from Thee, and they have believed that Thou didst send Me.
(24LtMs, Lt 44, 1909, 8)
“I pray for them; I pray not for the world, but for them which Thou hast given Me; for they are Thine. And all Mine are Thine, and Thine are Mine; and I am glorified in them. And now I am no more in the world, but these are in the world, and I come to Thee. Holy Father, keep through Thine own name those whom Thou hast given Me; that they may be one, as We are.” [Verses 1-11.]
(24LtMs, Lt 44, 1909, 9)
I ask you to read prayerfully every verse of this chapter; and if you are perplexed to know what means the higher education, read these words again, and study the teachings and works of Christ. No higher education can be presented in any educational institution than is comprehended in the prayer of Christ. And this prayer, comprehensive as it is, may be understood by all who seek for knowledge and understanding in spiritual things. O that the teachings of this prayer might be brought more fully into the religious life of our people, and its refining, purifying, unselfish principles be truly appreciated! I am instructed to keep before the people the need of our having high motives and purposes. The aim of Christ’s life was to receive of the Father, that He might give, by precept and by unselfish service, that which would save men and women from sinning and turn the rebellious into paths of righteousness. “For their sakes I sanctify Myself,” He said, “that they also might be sanctified through the truth.” [Verse 19.]
(24LtMs, Lt 44, 1909, 10)
Christ stood before the human race as the representative of God. “He that hath seen Me,” He said, “hath seen the Father.” [John 14:9.] The church of Christ on earth should represent Christ’s character. The Saviour devoted all the powers of His being to the work of redemption. For this He withdrew Himself from the glories of heaven and set His feet in the path of humiliation and trial. He humbled Himself that He might uplift mankind. As He took up His earthly work and saw the duties and trials that confronted Him, He did not fail nor become discouraged. His great desire was to establish the cross between divinity and humanity, that man might be reconciled to God.
(24LtMs, Lt 44, 1909, 11)
Christ declared it His work to fulfil the law and to make it honorable. Those who in their earthly life continue to transgress the law of God cannot promote His glory in the world, and such can have no entrance into that city whose Builder and Maker is God. But the Christian need have no fears for the final outcome of his experience; if he follows the pattern set for him in the life of Christ, his will be eternal life, a life that measures with the life of God.
(24LtMs, Lt 44, 1909, 12)
“I am come,” the Saviour said, “that they might have life, and that they might have it more abundantly.”“God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.”“For God sent not His Son into the world to condemn the world, but that the world through Him might be saved.” [John 10:10; 3:16, 17.] Never was there such depth of meaning in any words as in those of the Saviour as He stood before the world, the cross in view, and declared, “I am come.”“He that sent Me is true.” [John 7:28.] Christ was sent from heaven with the gift of eternal life for all who would receive it. The message was true; and it cost the life of Him who brought it.
(24LtMs, Lt 44, 1909, 13)
The question was put to Christ at one time, If Your doctrine is true, if You are, as You claim, the Son of God, why do You come to the world like this? Had it been possible for men to be redeemed with a smaller sacrifice than was made, the Son of God would not have taken the guilt of the transgressors upon His sinless soul. But the spotless Son of God was the only offering that could atone; none but His life would save the sinner from ruin.
(24LtMs, Lt 44, 1909, 14)
The authority of God is supreme, and He is true. Christ gives all who accept Him power to live the truth under the most trying circumstances. Those who have broken the law are sinners, but God says to them, I gave My only begotten Son to die for sinners. He bore the penalty of the sins of the world. He is sufficient for your redemption. If you will plant your feet upon the platform of obedience, if you will repent, and accept the merits of the Son of God, you may have the hope of eternal life.
(24LtMs, Lt 44, 1909, 15)
There are some of whom Christ says today, Ye will not come unto Me that ye might have life—eternal life which My Father will give to all who believe. I am the Way, the Truth, and the Life. Come unto Me, all ye that labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. The soul who will take God and His Word, and obey His law, may live. To such the assurance is given, “Though your sins be as scarlet, they shall be as white as snow; though they be red like crimson, they shall be as wool.” [Isaiah 1:18.]
(24LtMs, Lt 44, 1909, 16)
The science of overcoming as Christ overcame is the science of salvation to all. If we will unite with Christ in the work of developing Christian character, if we will maintain an unwavering faith in God and in the truths of His Word, we will be given strength to overcome every evil thing in the life.
(24LtMs, Lt 44, 1909, 17)
Christ is grieved today at the manifestation of unchristian spirits and unchristian actions among His professed followers. Many while professing to be His followers bring reproach upon His cause by their unchristlike words and deportment. I am instructed to say to our people, Guard your words and actions. Let every messenger of the Lord comprehend the truth as it is in Jesus; then they will become laborers together with God. It is the power of God and that alone that can soften and subdue our hearts and expel the worldliness and pride that exist among us.
(24LtMs, Lt 44, 1909, 18)
Lt 46, 1909
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California February 26, 1909 This letter is published in entirety in 19MR 62-66. Elder S. N. Haskell
Box 597
Oakland, California Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
I received and read your letter, and would say to you, Let nothing depress you. It will not pay to allow yourself to become cast down. Satan is pleased when he can work his will in this respect. You are to look to the One who has never failed you, who will never leave you. You need not be discouraged, notwithstanding there may be many things of a discouraging nature to meet right among professed believers. Strange things will be revealed, but we are warned in the Word of God that thus it will be.
(24LtMs, Lt 46, 1909, 1)
The Lord has made some remarkable revelations regarding the experiences that His people will pass through, and we have reason to wonder that we have been so well protected thus far from the plottings of the enemy and that his schemes against us have been to such a large degree unsuccessful. Let us gather to our souls the sure encouragements the Lord has given and read often the precious promises of His word. Christ is our Mediator and our Redeemer.
(24LtMs, Lt 46, 1909, 2)
Read in the thirty-fifth chapter of Isaiah the precious promises for the future. The prophet says, “The wilderness and the solitary place shall be glad for them, and the desert shall rejoice, and blossom as the rose. It shall blossom abundantly, and rejoice even with joy and singing: the glory of Lebanon shall be given unto it; the excellency of Carmel and Sharon; they shall see the glory of the Lord, and the excellency of our God. Strengthen ye the weak hands, and confirm the feeble knees.” [Verses 1-3.]
(24LtMs, Lt 46, 1909, 3)
We are given a special message to bear in times of depression and discouragement, “Say unto them that are of a fearful heart, Be strong, fear not: behold, your God will come with vengeance, even God with a recompense; He will come and save you. Then the eyes of the blind shall be opened, and the ears of the deaf shall be unstopped: then shall the lame man leap as an hart, and the tongue of the dumb sing; for in the wilderness shall waters break out, and streams in the desert. And the parched ground shall become a pool, and the thirsty land springs of water.” [Verses 4-7.]
(24LtMs, Lt 46, 1909, 4)
Please read the whole of this chapter with the fiftieth. When you are disappointed because of the spiritual lack you see in the churches and in individuals, read these promising words of inspiration. They are given for the encouragement of our churches and are to be claimed in times of emergency. When you meet with those who are not willing to be helped and strengthened, do not allow yourself to become discouraged; when you find halting and disaffection among the believers, let your faith be strong in God, whom in the past you have proved to be true. I have been shown that evil angels in the form of believers will work in our ranks to bring in a strong spirit of unbelief. Let not even this discourage you; but bring a true heart to the help of the Lord against the powers of satanic agencies. These powers of evil will assemble in our meetings, not to receive a blessing, but to counterwork the influences of the Spirit of God. Take up no remark that they may make, but repeat the rich promises of God, which are yea and amen in Christ Jesus. We are never to catch up the words that human lips may speak to confirm the evil angels in their work, but we should repeat the words of Christ. Christ was the Instructor in the assemblies of these angels before they fell from their high estate, and He came to our world to save the souls who through Satan’s temptations had come under the jurisdiction of the powers of evil.
(24LtMs, Lt 46, 1909, 5)
It is time now that every soul who has a knowledge of present truth come into line and renew his consecration to God. We are to come up to a much higher standard. When there come into our meetings strange spirits, let us not, whatever may be their testimony, repeat their words, but let us repeat the encouraging words that the Lord has given to us. Let us make His Word our strong testimony. We are to learn to lean upon His sure promise, and be ready to communicate our encouragement to others. Let us take hold of the mighty assurances that God has given us in Christ and in His word, and endeavor daily to carry on the work that the Redeemer undertook in behalf of humanity. In the life and death of Christ, we can see what sacrifice heaven was willing to make that we might not perish, but have everlasting life.
(24LtMs, Lt 46, 1909, 6)
Brother and Sister Haskell, we have a wonderful work to do, and we will not find strength for this work in cherishing feelings of dejection. We are to cling to the only power that can make us overcomers in this life and give us the right to claim the overcomer’s reward.
(24LtMs, Lt 46, 1909, 7)
For a few days I have been suffering greatly with pain in my left eye, and at first I thought it impossible to write this letter to you. I have been afflicted also with influenza; but in spite of this, I have kept at work. My pen has been in my hand much of my waking hours. Last night before retiring I took a warm footbath, and spent a comfortable night; but my mind was burdened for hours. In my sleep I seemed to be speaking before large congregations in Oakland and other places. I was reading to them the words found in the fortieth and forty-first chapters of Isaiah, and dwelling upon their significance. The Spirit of the Lord seemed to come upon me in large measure. I knew that holy angels were in the meeting. Although some in the congregation seemed to be indifferent to the words spoken, there were others who were making an effort to be free in Christ. The faces of these were lighted up. The Lord was in our midst.
(24LtMs, Lt 46, 1909, 8)
A great work will be accomplished by the people of God if they will work in unity and unselfishness and with humility of heart. All self-exaltation must be seen and put away. Truth and righteousness alone will stand the test for this time. We need to have the Spirit of God daily with us, that we may be kept from all evil thoughts and unwise actions, from lifting the soul unto vanity. We should fear lest our eyes become blinded to our individual spiritual needs in these perilous times. Many professed believers have been allowing themselves to become absorbed in the upbuilding of selfish interests. We are now to awake out of sleep.
(24LtMs, Lt 46, 1909, 9)
I am pleading earnestly with God in my own behalf that He will give me physical strength to bear my testimony. I am praying that my eyesight may be preserved that I may continue to use my pen in giving the warning message to our people. I would plead with our churches to watch unto prayer, lest they fall under the deceptive arts of Satan. Watch, watch lest the enemy obtain a hold upon your souls. Satan is playing the game of life for every soul, and those who are unguarded will be caught in his snares. These may be men in official positions; they may be ministers of the gospel. They may be physicians in our sanitariums who have not a true sense of their responsibilities, and who are letting precious opportunities slip by unimproved, by which they might speak a word in season to souls who need it.
(24LtMs, Lt 46, 1909, 10)
I speak to the men in responsible positions, warning you of the dangers of negligence. Bear in mind that Satan is playing the game of life for your souls. Holy and perfect trust in the Lord is your only safeguard. Satan is working through agencies that you little suspect.
(24LtMs, Lt 46, 1909, 11)
Ministers of the gospel, Satan is watching for your souls. Some will fall suddenly who have long been tested and tried, but who are unprepared to close up their earthly account with joy. Let our ministering brethren keep their souls guardedly. Those who claim to be children of God should keep the heart with all diligence, guarding every point of attack, lest Satan take us unawares. Temptations will come to every soul.
(24LtMs, Lt 46, 1909, 12)
“Moses verily was faithful in all his house, as a servant, for a testimony of those things which were to be spoken after; but Christ as a Son over His house, whose house are we, if we hold fast the confidence of the rejoicing of the hope firm unto the end. Wherefore as the Holy Ghost saith, Today if ye will hear His voice, harden not your hearts, as in the provocation, as in the day of temptation in the wilderness.... Take heed, brethren, lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief in departing from the living God. But exhort one another daily, while it is called today; lest any of you be hardened through the deceitfulness of sin. For we are made partakers of Christ, if we hold the beginning of our confidence firm unto the end.” [Hebrews 3:5-8, 12-14.]
(24LtMs, Lt 46, 1909, 13)
Lt 47, 1909
Brethren Washington, D. C. June 9, 1909 [Typed May 20, 1910] Portions of this letter are published in MM 304. Dear Brethren:
“Faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen. For by it the elders obtained a good report. Through faith we understand that the worlds were framed by the word of God, so that things which are seen were not made of things which do appear.
(24LtMs, Lt 47, 1909, 1)
“By faith Abel offered unto God a more acceptable sacrifice than Cain, by which he obtained witness that he was righteous, God testifying of his gifts: and by it he being dead yet speaketh.
(24LtMs, Lt 47, 1909, 2)
“By faith Enoch was translated that he should not see death; and was not found, because God had translated him; for before his translation he had this testimony that he pleased God. But without faith it is impossible to please Him: for he that cometh to God must believe that He is, and that He is a rewarder of them that diligently seek Him.” [Hebrews 11:1-6.]
(24LtMs, Lt 47, 1909, 3)
“Wherefore seeing we also are compassed about with so great a cloud of witnesses, let us lay aside every weight, and the sin which doth so easily beset us, and let us run with patience the race that is set before us, looking unto Jesus, the author and finisher of our faith; who, for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross, despising the shame, and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God.
(24LtMs, Lt 47, 1909, 4)
“For consider Him that endured such contradiction of sinners against Himself, lest ye be wearied and faint in your minds. Ye have not yet resisted unto blood, striving against sin. And ye have forgotten the exhortation which speaketh unto you as unto children, My son, despise not thou the chastening of the Lord, nor faint when thou art rebuked of Him: for whom the Lord loveth He chasteneth, and scourgeth every son whom He receiveth. If ye endure chastening, God dealeth with you as with sons; for what son is he whom the father chasteneth not?” [Hebrews 12:1-7.]
(24LtMs, Lt 47, 1909, 5)
I have a special message for Elder Daniells and for the men who have again been placed in positions of responsibility. I have known that unless there was a decided change in the spiritual discernment of the men at the head of the work after the conference meeting in Washington, unless there was a humble seeking of the Lord, there were grave perils before the church. The Lord declares that the reasoning powers of some have not been entirely sanctified and cleansed from every phase of selfishness.
(24LtMs, Lt 47, 1909, 6)
Too much of the time of this important conference has been taken up with purely business matters. In many of the plans, human reasoning was accepted as though it had been divine wisdom. The Lord now calls for decided changes among the workers in Washington. Many of the oft-repeated messages from the Lord seem to be passed by unheeded.
(24LtMs, Lt 47, 1909, 7)
Many of the large cities and towns remain unworked. Means must be appropriated and plans be laid to work these fields in no half-way manner. The inhabitants of every city must hear the message. As I look over the past testimonies, I see that for years the importance of working the cities has been urged. But difficulties have presented themselves to the minds of our brethren, excuses have been made, and this great work has been sadly neglected, while many of our strongest workers have been sent to labor in foreign fields. In our cities are people of all nationalities, many of whom, if earnest effort is put forth, will accept the truth; and these will be specially qualified to carry the message to their own countries. How long shall these teeming centers of population be neglected.
(24LtMs, Lt 47, 1909, 8)
Brother Daniells and Brother Prescott, you need daily to experience the converting power of God in your hearts. The Lord will do His work through humble men. If you are thoroughly converted, you can do a work that will be acceptable to God. He is calling for laborers, and he has specified Elder Prescott as one who should stand with other workers to bear the message in our large cities. Time is rapidly passing, and the Lord is calling upon His people to put forth every effort in their power to prepare people to meet the fearful crisis that is just before us.
(24LtMs, Lt 47, 1909, 9)
Put on the gospel armor, and press the battle to the very gates of the enemy’s stronghold. We have no time to lose. We must all gain an experience that will stand the test of God’s examination.
(24LtMs, Lt 47, 1909, 10)
No longer must the work be retarded as it has been for years in the past. Decided efforts must be put forth in the cities of the East that have been so strangely neglected. There is no change in the messages that God has sent in the past. The work in the cities is the essential work for this time. When the cities are worked as God would have them, the result will be the setting in operation of a mighty movement such as we have not yet witnessed. God calls for self-sacrificing men, converted to the truth, to let their light shine forth in clear, distinct rays.
(24LtMs, Lt 47, 1909, 11)
Read Psalms 71, 72, 73, and 78. Let the words become familiar to your minds, also Psalm 90-93, and 103 and 104.
(24LtMs, Lt 47, 1909, 12)
I would that the views that have been presented to me might be witnessed by all our people. God is waiting to be gracious to all who seek Him with the whole heart. But here are cities close by our homes that have not received our attention, and in them are many souls that have never been warned.
(24LtMs, Lt 47, 1909, 13)
As a people we are not half awake to a sense of our necessities and to the times in which we live. Wake up the watchmen. Our first work should be to search our hearts and to become reconverted. We have no time to lose upon unimportant issues. Wake up, brethren and sisters, and give the trumpet a certain sound.
(24LtMs, Lt 47, 1909, 14)
Lt 48, 1909
Gotzian, J. St. Helena, California February 28, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in 6Bio 189. Dear Sister Gotzian:
I would be very pleased to see you and have some conversation with you in regard to Paradise Valley Sanitarium. From the proof sheets I have read the whole history of this property. This is to be published, and we will send you a copy as soon as we can after it is printed.
(24LtMs, Lt 48, 1909, 1)
I attended the annual session of the California Conference held in Oakland in the early part of February. This was an important meeting. We spent over a week at Brother and Sister Haskell’s, and during that time I spoke three times. The Spirit of the Lord rested upon me at this meeting. The Lord gave me the blessing of His Spirit in large measure while speaking to the believers on Monday forenoon, February 9.
(24LtMs, Lt 48, 1909, 2)
A few days after I reached home, a severe cold came upon me. I was afflicted with a trying cough and frequent sneezing. Sara gave me good treatments, but I could not rest as I should. There were letters to write and much matter that I needed to prepare. Letters were coming in daily which called for consideration and instruction, and these must not be neglected. There must be no haphazard work done. We are to answer these questions in harmony with the teachings of Christ. Truth is to be made clear to the minds of all who are prayerfully inquiring, What is truth? The words of Christ are righteousness and truth. We must take the words of Christ, humbling our hearts to obedience to every requirement.
(24LtMs, Lt 48, 1909, 3)
In the night season I seemed to be conversing with you in regard to matters pertaining to the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. My sister, you and I must stand together to hold up the interests of the sanitarium. We need to act carefully, lest Brother and Sister Cummings become discouraged. We must encourage them in every possible way. Some who have had means invested in the institution have withdrawn their means, and this has brought discouragement to Brother and Sister Cummings and to Brother Lindsay. In no case should we withdraw our support from a place where it is so much needed as it is here. I am doing what I can to help Brother Lindsay to secure means, and thus relieve the situation. If you were here I would say to you that your treasure in the Paradise Valley Sanitarium should increase rather than decrease. The Lord has shown me that you and I should stand united in our interests for this institution. Let us not fail nor be discouraged.
(24LtMs, Lt 48, 1909, 4)
There is a special work to be done In Paradise Valley; and if the Lord spares my life, I hope to speak decided words to our ministers in regard to this field. There is important work to be done in this vicinity. Our workers are not to let go the hold they have obtained in San Diego, but are to increase their efforts to work intelligently for the people of that place. I desire to see the work begun at once in those places that have not heard the last message of mercy for the world. I want to see workers appointed to San Diego who will work after the Lord’s devising.
(24LtMs, Lt 48, 1909, 5)
San Diego is an important missionary field. The population there is increasing, and missionary effort is to be put forth for those who are crowding into this vicinity. If our people will work in faith and humble dependence upon God, the Lord will go before them and make their labors fruitful.
(24LtMs, Lt 48, 1909, 6)
I have a deep interest in the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. I would not, under present conditions, withdraw one dollar of that which I have invested in it. This institution has had discouragement upon discouragement. I hope that you will regard this enterprise as one that has been established to do a good and saving work, and as a missionary field that calls for your support and help. Do not be influenced by any effort to cause you to withdrawn your means from the sanitarium. To do this would be most discouraging to those who have the work in charge. Your money could not be in any place where it will be a greater blessing than right at Paradise Valley; there is no place where help is more greatly needed. I thank the Lord that Brother and Sister Cummings can stand at the head of this institution, and I should be very sorry for anything that would bring discouragement to their souls.
(24LtMs, Lt 48, 1909, 7)
I hope this year to see a series of meetings entered upon in San Diego, that the message of present truth may come to those who have never yet heard it. I hope that I myself can soon visit Paradise Valley. A special work must be done in San Diego and in National City. We should encourage workers of capability to take part in the work of giving the message for this time. God is calling for consecrated workers to labor earnestly in this portion of His vineyard. Different kinds of labor are to be entered upon, that all classes may be reached and souls may be converted to the truth.
(24LtMs, Lt 48, 1909, 8)
Those who labor in the ministry should watch unto prayer and reveal in their labors the same unselfish spirit that was seen in the ministry of Christ. The Son of God left the royal courts of heaven to assume humanity, that He might work out the plan of Jehovah for the human race. Only the Son of God, coming to earth in the form of humanity, and with His humanity combining the strength of divinity, could do the work that was essential for the redemption of the race. And the Word of Christ, believed and accepted, will make the human being partaker of the divine nature, and able to escape the corruptions that are in the world through lust.
(24LtMs, Lt 48, 1909, 9)
There are true, believing souls, whom the Lord will take from the humble walks of life, from the plough and from the business labors of the world, and use for His name’s glory in the proclamation of the truth for this time.
(24LtMs, Lt 48, 1909, 10)
Now I will not write any further. I hope you will consider what I have written in regard to the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. It should have every jot of financial strength that we can give it just now. I am expected to attend the coming conference in Washington, and while on that journey I shall visit Paradise Valley and other important places.
(24LtMs, Lt 48, 1909, 11)
When I meet you again, I will have something to say to you that I can better say than write.
(24LtMs, Lt 48, 1909, 12)
Lt 50, 1909
Sanderson, A. J. St. Helena, California March 3, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 71; MM 25. Dr. A. J. Sanderson
Berkeley California Dear Brother:
As a people we have a special work to do; we have a representation to make before the world that will reveal conformity to the will of God. Every truly converted soul will bear in mind that before the world, and angels, and men, he is to make manifest the attributes revealed in the character of Christ.
(24LtMs, Lt 50, 1909, 1)
Moses prayed to God, saying, “Show me Thy glory.” And the Lord said to him, “I will make all My goodness pass before thee.... And the Lord passed before him and proclaimed, The Lord, the Lord God, merciful and gracious, longsuffering, and abundant in goodness and truth, keeping mercy for thousands, forgiving iniquity and transgression and sin.” [Exodus 33:18, 19; 34:6, 7.]
(24LtMs, Lt 50, 1909, 2)
In this representation the Lord desired to teach the lesson that He requires in His people—purity of character, holiness of life. He desires to see revealed in them toward each other the attributes of mercy and loving kindness and longsuffering, that His people may demonstrate that “the law of the Lord is perfect, converting the soul.” [Psalm 19:7.] The Lord is ready to manifest Himself to us if our hearts are seeking and serving Him. It is ever His desire to impart the richest blessings to those who serve Him with a pure heart. Christ will be our teacher if we will open our hearts to His instruction and obey His voice.
(24LtMs, Lt 50, 1909, 3)
We are to remember that we are doing the last work in this earth’s history—a work whose influence will be felt through all eternity. The judgments of God are hanging over our cities. I am instructed to speak words to our people that will give them courage to do diligently the work that shall come to them in their day of opportunity.
(24LtMs, Lt 50, 1909, 4)
I have been shown that Elder Rice and his wife should be cautious in their movements. The treatment they have received has been of a character to cause them to lose confidence in humanity. If they are obedient to the will of the Lord, He will make their work prosperous, because they have tried to follow on to know the Lord, and to teach the truth to others, laboring in the highways and the byways. It pays to believe the truth and to search for souls, laboring for them as those that must give account. Sacred Bible truth lived and practiced will cause the workers to be respected. The glory of the Lord will go before them, and His righteousness will be their rearward.
(24LtMs, Lt 50, 1909, 5)
I am instructed to say to those who are faithfully heeding the words that God is sending them: All those who follow on in obedience unto perfection of character, until the last conflict between Christ and the enemy of truth has been fought, will have truth so manifest in their lives that they will stand before the world a kingdom of priests unto God. That people who will determine to serve God in righteousness He will make a special people unto Himself.
(24LtMs, Lt 50, 1909, 6)
To Israel God said, “Know therefore that the Lord thy God, He is God, the faithful God, which keepeth covenant and mercy with them that love Him and keep His commandments to a thousand generations.” [Deuteronomy 7:9.] He promised them that if they would keep His covenant, they should be blessed above all people. And the Lord is calling at this time for a people whom He can bless above all people. He will be faithful to His covenant. He declares, “The Lord hath avouched thee ... to be a peculiar people unto Himself, as He hath promised thee, and that thou shouldest keep all His commandments; and to make thee high above all nations which He hath made, in praise, and in name, and in honor; that thou mayest be an holy people unto the Lord thy God, as He hath spoken.” [Deuteronomy 26:18, 19.]
(24LtMs, Lt 50, 1909, 7)
Years ago the Lord gave me special light in regard to the erection of houses of worship and the establishment of health institutions. These institutions are to be conducted on Bible principles, as the Lord’s instrumentalities, that they may be effective agencies in giving the light to the world. His name is to be honored. It is His plan that the institutions established for the relief of the sick and suffering shall become, through scientific ability, a moral and spiritual power in the land, faithful sentinels of reform, and a blessing to all who patronize them. By means of these agencies the Lord would educate men and women in principles of healthful living, and away from habits of selfish indulgence that are an injury to the whole being, body, soul, and spirit. All should respect the principles for which these institutions stand, and should regard the institutions themselves as instrumentalities of heaven for the conversion of souls.
(24LtMs, Lt 50, 1909, 8)
The Lord has instructed us that all our sanitariums are to be conducted, not as if the success of the work done were due to the skill of the physicians, but because of the divine power connected with the physician. The great Healer is to be magnified. It is to be represented that the favor of God is on the institution because the principles of health reform are respected, and because Christ is acknowledged as the Chief Physician. Our sanitariums have in the past, and will continue to be, if rightly conducted, a means of blessing and uplifting to humanity. If the truth is rightly represented, those who patronize our sanitariums will learn much regarding its principles, and many will be converted. These institutions have been represented to me as beacon lights, showing forth the truth as it is in Jesus. The Lord Jesus is the great Minister of healing, and His presence in our institutions has been a savor of life unto life. Christ came to the world as the great Physician of mankind. Our sanitariums, wherever they are established, should be made educational forces. The Lord would be pleased to have you with chosen helpers build up your work to do a more special work in religious lines.
(24LtMs, Lt 50, 1909, 9)
Wonderful has been the working out of God’s plan in the establishment of so many health institutions. Intemperance of every kind is taking the world captive; and those who are true educators at this time, those who instruct along the lines of self-denial and self-sacrifice will have their reward. Now is our time, now is our opportunity to do a blessed work. Let us strengthen one another in the right way. Let us guard our speech, and let all our powers become so many consecrated agencies for the spread of the message of truth.
(24LtMs, Lt 50, 1909, 10)
I will dwell no more on this point, but I speak as one whom the Lord has instructed. Our people need to practice self-denial in the matter of appetite; for by wrong habits of eating many are shortening their years upon the earth, years which should be spent in doing diligent service for God. Our time is precious; our words should be guarded. Let us speak no words that will produce unholy, unhappy feelings. We are to do our work in the world with diligence and faithfulness.
(24LtMs, Lt 50, 1909, 11)
It is the Lord’s will that you should exert a wide influence for good. Have you resolved to be a decided Christian? Then fail not nor be discouraged. Let your work have an uplifting influence, that you may be a laborer together with God. The Lord would have us all glorify His name.
(24LtMs, Lt 50, 1909, 12)
Last night a heavy burden rested upon me in regard to the great work that is to be done. It is a work that calls for the exercise of all the capabilities that men possess. Will you not exercise your capabilities in a way that will bring you into perfect union with Jesus Christ? As parents and teachers we are to co-operate with the divine Teacher. We are to labor to restore to men and women the sense of moral obligation which has been lost. Let every parent now co-operate with the divine plan, and thus become laborers together with God.
(24LtMs, Lt 50, 1909, 13)
All our varied capabilities belong to God. He has bought us by the gift of His only begotten Son, and those who have a sense of their obligation to God will co-operate with the divine purpose. Those who carry responsibilities in this work of giving the third angel’s message to the world are to show a determined purpose to advance the work of God. Heart and soul and voice are to be consecrated to Him, that they may reach the highest degree of excellence—a likeness to the character of God. Every faculty, every attribute with which the Lord has endowed us is to be employed for the uplifting of our fellow men. If we will do our best, working with unselfish spirit, the Lord will accept our service.
(24LtMs, Lt 50, 1909, 14)
Lt 52, 1909
Rice, Brother and Sister [J. D.] St. Helena, California March 2, 1909 Previously unpublished. Elder J. D. Rice
6270 Racine Street
Oakland, California Dear Brother and Sister Rice:
I have not been able to sleep more than two hours of the past night. My mind was clear, and the past experience, in the severe conflict we have passed through, was distinctly impressed upon me. For a long time I have stood by you, because it was my duty to do this, and now I arise at the early hour of 1:30 o’clock to write you further instruction that has been given me regarding you. It is at this time that your danger comes.
(24LtMs, Lt 52, 1909, 1)
It has been represented to me that because of the past conflicts that you have gone through, you would be tempted to respond to the impulse of reaction, and to prefer division rather than unity. But now is the time, my brother and sister, to act out Christlikeness of character, and to heartily respond to the action of those who now wish for union. You are making your record in the presence of the Father and of the Son and of holy angels. If you will be worked by the Holy Spirit you can carry the work that has been committed to you, not in your own way, but after the Lord’s planning. It is your privilege to give evidence to all that you are maintaining a Christlike disposition, and that you are making decided efforts to reform in the matter of preaching long discourses.
(24LtMs, Lt 52, 1909, 2)
When I gave an appointment that I would speak to the Berkeley company on Sabbath and Sunday, I besought the Lord for strength. I was afflicted at the time, how much none but myself and the Lord will know; but the Lord gave me the victory and I was blessed while speaking. In my weakness I was made strong. When a brother spoke lengthily in self-justification, I know that his words were not timely. There is danger at times of striking a note that is not in harmony with the spirit that Christ would have prevail. And this is my fear in your behalf, that you may not always be controlled by the spirit of the Saviour. Now is your time to work in humility, and to give evidence to the congregation that your spirit and the spirit of the heavenly angels are in full accord. No more labor for two churches, but for one church, all humbly striving for peace and harmony.
(24LtMs, Lt 52, 1909, 3)
“Then shall thy light break forth as the morning, and thine health shall spring forth speedily; and thy darkness shall be as the noonday.” [Isaiah 58:8.] If you will put your trust fully in the Lord, and walk and work in Christian simplicity, God will verify this promise to you. I pray that you may unitedly connect yourselves so closely with the Lord, that light will shine forth from you as the morning, and that your spiritual health will spring forth speedily.
(24LtMs, Lt 52, 1909, 4)
You are to give to the people a representation of what the truth, when taught correctly, will accomplish. Work as Christ worked in the simplicity of the gospel. Do not weary the people with lengthy discourses, but labor to create a keen appetite to hear and understand the Word of God. Then your hearers will learn to appreciate a spiritual connection with heaven and will resolve to obey the counsels of God. The Lord will work by His Holy Spirit, and souls will be converted.
(24LtMs, Lt 52, 1909, 5)
Never let self get in the way of the Lord’s working. Watch and pray, and trust in the living Word. We need the power and grace of God. Let the church follow on to know the Lord, that they may know His goings forth are prepared as the morning. I hope that these words will find a place in every heart. Never forget that self is to be brought strictly under discipline to God. Never enter into the work of accusing others; you cannot determine how much harm may thus be done to yourself and to those whom you might otherwise have helped. Speak kindly and truly to one another. Walk trustfully. Speak the truth in love, and let your sympathies go out to poor and needy souls. If you will do this, you will find that your own souls are watered.
(24LtMs, Lt 52, 1909, 6)
Every church and sanitarium that is established for the work of God should possess the choicest talents, because ministers and physicians and church members are learning of the true and living God. I am instructed to say to ministers and physicians, This is a life-and-death question with every one of us. God has been working for San Francisco and Oakland in the judgments that have fallen, that souls may be convicted and converted. And the Lord will show some how great things they will suffer for His name’s glory.
(24LtMs, Lt 52, 1909, 7)
The Lord has represented to me what He will do for His people in Oakland if they will walk humbly with God and work out His will in their lives. And to you I would say, Now is your time and opportunity. Plant your feet on a firm foundation. Be strong, yea, be strong, not in your own strength, but because the Lord is using you to His name’s glory. Let the Lord be magnified. You have tried to do the will of the Lord in opening His Word to those to whom you have had access. Let your work be earnest. As you unite in the work of seeking to reach souls, the Lord will bless your efforts.
(24LtMs, Lt 52, 1909, 8)
The Lord now wants you to work to the point of unity with those who desire to walk in the footsteps of Jesus. You are to cultivate the wisdom that will lead you to depend upon God. You are to carry out God’s purpose in connection with the church, and to act your part in revealing the characteristics of a living Saviour. Ye are laborers together with God. Do not for one moment forget this. God has endowed men and women with power to become partakers of the divine nature and to be molded into the likeness of Christ. This is the higher education.
(24LtMs, Lt 52, 1909, 9)
Lt 54, 1909
Haskell, S. N. St. Helena, California March 7, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 472; TDG 75. Elder S. N. Haskell
Box 597
Oakland, California My Brother and Co-laborer in the Lord:
I do not fully understand your letter concerning the fifteen hundred dollars loaned to me by Mrs. Scriver. I was glad to receive this loan from her to help me in settling for the purchase I made of the corner lot of the Buena Vista property. I was glad to be able to secure this piece of land for the school; it seemed to me a place well suited for a church site. I did not intend to claim the lot for my own advantage. When the time came that fears were entertained lest this piece of property go into other hands, I made the purchase at your request, not because I wanted it for myself, but because I believed the Lord would be pleased to have it secured to our people.
(24LtMs, Lt 54, 1909, 1)
Last Thursday I wrote letters to Elder Rice and Dr. Sanderson, copies of which were sent to you. We shall now seek for unity of action between the two companies at Berkeley. It is time that the brethren and sisters there understood their obligation to God to come into unison.
(24LtMs, Lt 54, 1909, 2)
A large part of last night I seemed in my sleep to be laboring earnestly for our churches, presenting to them strong reasons why the converting power of God should come upon us now as never before.
(24LtMs, Lt 54, 1909, 3)
There should be selected for the work wise, consecrated men who can do a good work in reaching souls. Women also should be chosen who can present the truth in a clear, intelligent, straightforward manner. We need among us laborers who see the need of a deep work of grace to be done in hearts; and such should be encouraged to engage in earnest missionary effort. There has been the need for more of this class of workers. We must pray most earnestly, Lord, help us to help one another. Self must be buried with Christ, and we must be baptized with the Holy Spirit of God. Then will be revealed in speech, in spirit, and in our manner of labor the fact that the Spirit of God is guiding.
(24LtMs, Lt 54, 1909, 4)
We need as workers men and women who understand the reasons of our faith, and who realize the work to be done in communicating truth, and who will refuse to speak any words that will weaken the confidence of any soul in the Word of God or destroy the fellowship that should exist between those of like faith. Now, just now, is our opportunity to open the windows of the soul heavenward and to close the windows earthward. Now is the time for every church member to say, I will close my heart to everything that would hinder my communion with Christ; I will open the windows of my soul heavenward, that I may understand spiritual things.
(24LtMs, Lt 54, 1909, 5)
Believers need to talk with God in regard to their individual need of the Holy Spirit. The Word of God must be their assurance. All heaven is inviting us to receive the bright beams of the Sun of righteousness into our lives. If we will talk faith and hope and courage, our souls will be strengthened, and our hope and courage and faith will increase. Let us seek this great gift of the Sun of righteousness, that it may shine forth in our lives to others. Let us seek the Lord that we may learn how to work His works in the world. This will make us successful missionaries, able to help others to a hopeful, courageous experience.
(24LtMs, Lt 54, 1909, 6)
In our service for the Master, let not the little things be overlooked. Every human being has a life web to weave; and if the pattern is complete and perfected at last, every thread of the pattern must be carefully and faithfully worked. The grace of Christ will enable us to weave skilfully and well. Day by day we are to put forth personal, diligent effort to improve. Every day we are to use our Christian intelligence in the work of strengthening the weak and encouraging the desponding. A great test is coming to every soul. Shall we not then work and watch and pray and praise the Lord? This will give us a most precious experience. Very much has been lost to many believers because they have neglected to seek the Lord with earnestness and with a faith that will not be denied.
(24LtMs, Lt 54, 1909, 7)
Words spoken and works performed in a simple, humble, encouraging way will inspire faith in other hearts. The Lord is soon to come, and the natural heart must be daily converted. We must learn to speak words in the meekness of Christ; our works and our spirit must testify that we are serving the Lord. Then the influence of the lives will be felt by those who want to do the will of God, but who do not know how. If we will give the powers of heart and mind to Jesus, and will work in His simplicity, His Spirit revealed in us will draw souls to the cross.
(24LtMs, Lt 54, 1909, 8)
I am instructed to say to our ministers and to our lay members, When Christ moves upon your hearts to speak, the words spoken will be effective. The sweet influence of the Holy Spirit will be with you, teaching and guiding those to whom you minister, leading them away from indifferent, careless lives to earnest, loving service for God. As you become learners in the school of Christ, you will be taught how to lead other souls into the paths of righteousness.
(24LtMs, Lt 54, 1909, 9)
Many of our church members need to be reconverted; many have backslidden from God. Will not these now begin a work of reformation? Will they not make strong efforts to return? Do they not desire to be clothed with the righteousness of Christ and to become laborers together with God? In the night season I seemed to be pleading for these unconverted ones, saying, Will you not surrender to Christ and make His service your choice and your delight?
(24LtMs, Lt 54, 1909, 10)
Let the question go forth from sincere hearts, “Lord, what wilt Thou have me to do?” [Acts 9:6.] It is the consecrated vessel, the vessel that is cleansed from pride and selfishness, into which is poured the holy oil. It is the soul into whose heart is daily flowing the love and grace of Christ that can impart in large measure of that grace and that love to others
(24LtMs, Lt 54, 1909, 11)
Lt 56, 1909
Cummings, Brother and Sister [R. S.] St. Helena, California March 20, 1909 Previously unpublished. Dr. R. S. Cummings
Paradise Valley Sanitarium
National City, California Dear Brother and Sister Cummings:
I have just received and read your letter, and it has given me courage and relief of mind. I rejoice with you in your success. The Lord has represented to me that the Paradise Valley Sanitarium should do a noble work in relieving the sufferings of humanity through prayerful, careful, skilful ministration, and I greatly desire to see this accomplished. I am pleased with your encouraging letter. We will make every effort we can to encourage you in your work, that the name of the Lord may be glorified.
(24LtMs, Lt 56, 1909, 1)
If you will work in faith and humble simplicity, sending your petitions continually to God for His grace and the guidance of His Holy Spirit, success will surely attend your efforts. Every sanitarium whose work is conducted upon right plans, upholding right principles, in firm reliance upon God, and in faith and confidence in His power to help, will be sustained by help that is divine. We must determine never to fail or to be discouraged. Let us encourage the helpers to hold up before the patients Him who came to our world to save perishing souls. I have been shown that if our workers would keep humble, if they would keep in mind their baptismal vows, by which they pledged themselves to become workers together with God, they would become sanctified by the grace of Christ and consecrated to the work of opening the Scriptures to those who are perishing in their sins.
(24LtMs, Lt 56, 1909, 2)
Let Bible truth be taught in the sanitarium parlors as you meet for worship and whenever opportunity offers. Let the message of present truth be made known in cheerful talks and in simple language. Let precious light from the Sun of righteousness shine forth; and ever keep before helpers and patients the exceeding greatness of our hope in the gospel. We have an influential Friend to plead our case in the courts of God.
(24LtMs, Lt 56, 1909, 3)
Every one of our sanitariums may be made an agency for the conversion of souls to God. As the words of Christ are explained in simplicity, the spirit of Christ will make the truth effectual to the saving of souls. If these workers in the Lord’s great vineyard would speak out their love for Christ in simple language, revealing in their labors Christ’s spirit of humility and His saving grace, angels would work with them to make lasting impressions upon hearts and minds. Let all strive to become one in mind and judgment.
(24LtMs, Lt 56, 1909, 4)
The children are to be taught in kindness and in love. Parents and children need to have the Spirit of Christ manifested in their behalf; they need to learn that Christ is their helper and their exceeding great reward. Let parents be instructed to work for their children in simplicity and in the love of Christ. I pray that the Paradise Valley Sanitarium may become a place where the peace and grace of Christ is the prevailing element, where the children and youth are taught to gain a fitness for a place in the courts of God.
(24LtMs, Lt 56, 1909, 5)
Early in life the children may gain a preparation for missionary work. They may do the simple works that are appropriate to their years in a manner that will express their love for Christ. And if they are properly taught during their early years, they will develop ability to do a broader work in later years. Thus they will be gaining an experience that God would have them obtain. Let this work be done at Paradise Valley in such a way that it can bear the divine approval.
(24LtMs, Lt 56, 1909, 6)
We need to humble our hearts daily if we would be prepared to do the work of the Lord. The Holy Spirit will abide with the true believer who sows the seeds of truth in every place where he has opportunity. The seed is the Word of the living God, of Him who united with Christ in His labors when He stood in the temple or sat in a fisherman’s boat to make known the teachings of the Word. Revelation is the truth made known, and the Word of God becomes such to those whom we teach. The heart of Christ responds to every soul whose mind is open to the reception of truth. He unveils to their understanding immortal truths, that they may be led to accept the sacrifice offered for sin, and to apply to their own souls the remedy for spiritual disease. Christ has made it possible for every soul to appropriate His saving grace. The truths of the living Word, if accepted by faith, will remedy all the evil that sin has caused.
(24LtMs, Lt 56, 1909, 7)
Lt 58, 1909
Payne, Sarah H. St. Helena, California March 14, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in 1NL 59. Mrs. Sarah H. Payne Dear Sister Payne:
I received your communication some days ago. I am sorry I am not able to give you any special light in answer to your request for counsel. If the Lord gives me any message for you, you shall certainly have it.
(24LtMs, Lt 58, 1909, 1)
My sister, do not allow yourself to feel too strongly. You should guard against expressing yourself in too strong terms. Strive to realize that the Lord understands every phase of your character and of your experience.
(24LtMs, Lt 58, 1909, 2)
When I have had counsel to give to some who have been in circumstances similar to yours, I have said to them, Do not allow yourself to give way to feelings of intensity, lest you lead your brothers and sisters to misunderstand you. Bear in mind that the Lord understands all about your feelings; He would have you carefully cherish this thought. Do not doubt His love and care for you. Take everything to the Lord in prayer. “God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] Take this assurance to your soul.
(24LtMs, Lt 58, 1909, 3)
Bear in mind that the time will never come when the shadow of Satan will not be cast athwart our pathway to obstruct our faith and eclipse the light coming from the Sun of righteousness. Our faith must not stagger, but cleave through that shadow. We have an experience that is not to be buried in the darkness of doubt. Our faith is not in feeling, but in truth. None of us need flatter ourselves that while the world is progressing in wickedness we shall have no difficulties. It is these very difficulties that bring us to the audience chamber of the Most High, to seek counsel of the One who is infinite in wisdom. He loves to have us seek Him; He loves to have us trust Him and believe His Word. If we had no perplexities, no trials, we would become self-sufficient and lifted up in ourselves. The true saints will be purified, and made white, and tried.
(24LtMs, Lt 58, 1909, 4)
Let not depression and discouragement mar your representation of Christ. “Ye are a chosen generation, a royal priesthood, an holy nation, a peculiar people; that ye should show forth the praises of Him who hath called you out of darkness into His marvelous light.” [1 Peter 2:9.] Let your light be seen. Educate your heart and lips to speak the praises of God for His matchless love for you. If you will educate your soul to be hopeful, and to see the light shining from the cross of Calvary, you will see His salvation brought near and rejoice in the hope of a glorious immortality.
(24LtMs, Lt 58, 1909, 5)
There is but one power that can bring us into conformity to the likeness of Christ, that can make us steadfast and keep us constant. It is the grace of God that comes to us through obedience to the law of God which is the transcript of the divine character. It is a knowledge of Jesus Christ that we should cultivate to the uttermost of our power, in order that we may be doers of the Word.
(24LtMs, Lt 58, 1909, 6)
Those who have Christ enthroned within will manifest Christlike principles. They will make it evident that the Holy Spirit has imparted a new life to them and that they are nourishing and cherishing that life. Its beginning is found in spiritual union with the Lord Jesus Christ; and as they go on increasing in the knowledge of God, they will manifest a growth in grace and will show Christlike love to others.
(24LtMs, Lt 58, 1909, 7)
We are to be very humble in our work for God. We are to keep all His commandments, that we may live. Let us seek to honor Christ in our daily lives, believing His Word, and following in His footsteps.
(24LtMs, Lt 58, 1909, 8)
I must now close, but I promise you that I will pray my heavenly Father that He will let His grace and His love abide in your heart.
(24LtMs, Lt 58, 1909, 9)
Lt 60, 1909
Washburn, J. S. St. Helena, California March 29, 1909 Previously unpublished. Elder J. S. Washburn
Memphis, Tennessee Dear Brother:
I have just read your letter. I was pleased to get even a few lines from you. In regard to the loan of $300, of which you write, we shall be very glad to receive it. I need means just now and shall be pleased to receive this amount. I thank you for the trouble and interest you have taken.
(24LtMs, Lt 60, 1909, 1)
I am thankful to the Lord for the interest in the message of truth which you say is being manifested at Memphis. The word that souls are giving their hearts to God always brings joy and rejoicing to my heart. I praise His name that over forty souls have signed the covenant in that place. O that many more may be persuaded to believe. I have watched with interest for just such a report as you are now giving of your work in Memphis. The Lord is on the giving hand. Let us praise His holy name.
(24LtMs, Lt 60, 1909, 2)
I will not write a long letter, as I wish this to go in the evening mail.
(24LtMs, Lt 60, 1909, 3)
Lt 62, 1909
Parsons, D. A. St. Helena, California March 28, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in 1SM 128; 1NL 60. + Elder D. A. Parsons
40 Haywood Street
Asheville, North Carolina Dear Brother:
I have received and read your letter. It gives me great pleasure to read of instances where the Lord has used children and youth to present to others the truth in its simplicity. I have been encouraged many times by seeing the Lord’s will worked out in unexpected ways. The experience mentioned in your letter illustrates one of the ways in which the Lord works in giving the message of truth to those who are ready to receive it. The Holy Spirit was working through the young girl who was willing to be led and guided by the Spirit of God. All along the way we shall learn of such instances. The Lord will call the children of today, even as He called the child Samuel, to make known His message of truth to the people.
(24LtMs, Lt 62, 1909, 1)
Representations have been made to me, showing that the Lord will carry out His plans through a variety of ways and instruments. It is not alone the most talented, not alone those who hold high positions of trust, or are the most highly educated from a worldly point of view, whom the Lord uses to do His grand and holy work of soul-saving. He will use simple means; He will use many who have had few advantages to help in carrying forward His work. He will, by the use of simple means, bring those who possess property and lands to a belief of the truth, and these will be influenced to become the Lord’s helping hand in the advancement of His work.
(24LtMs, Lt 62, 1909, 2)
“God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] The Saviour suffered abuse and cruelty at the hands of men who hated the truth. He gave His precious life that He might save the souls who were perishing for the need of a Saviour. O that it were in the hearts of all who have heard and received the Word of truth to live the truth as it is in Jesus. All who take part in the work of the Lord are to be led and guided by Him. Every human ambition is to be merged in Jesus Christ. Our trust is to be in One who is head over all things. The cross must occupy the central place; for “God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.”“For God sent not His Son into the world to condemn the world, but that the world through Him might be saved. He that believed in Him is not condemned, but he that believeth not, is condemned already, because he hath not believed on the name of the only begotten Son of God.” [Verses 16-18.]
(24LtMs, Lt 62, 1909, 3)
Christ’s manner of rule and government is to be established to counterwork the works of Satan, and to bring the world back to its loyalty to God. The Prince of heaven, He who was one with the Father, gave Himself that He might save the fallen race. Satan is actively at work to defeat His purposes. But Christ says, Where Satan has set his throne, there will I establish My cross. The prince of evil shall be cast out, and I will become the center of a world redeemed.
(24LtMs, Lt 62, 1909, 4)
True conversion to the message of present truth embraces conversion to the principles of health reform. “I, if I be lifted up,” said Christ, “will draw all men unto Me.” [John 12:32.] Men who in their unconverted state are controlled by human ambitions and human passions will, through faith in the sacrifice made in their behalf, embrace the terms of discipleship. Human ambitions will be sacrificed; evil passions will be converted; capabilities which through Satan’s influence have been employed to counterwork all good will be turned into channels for the upbuilding of that which once they destroyed.
(24LtMs, Lt 62, 1909, 5)
Satan is so deceiving men that many believe they are doing right in opposing the law of Jehovah. The enemy of God has led them to look upon His righteous law as an arbitrary requirement. All who unite on the side of righteousness in the conflict of good against evil will come into decided conflict with satanic forces; but this should not discourage the servant of God. The Lord declares: My Spirit shall strengthen every right principle in its opposition to evil. I will give power to every soul who will work on the side of righteousness and truth. I have a work for all to do who love me, and who will hold aloft the banner of truth. And heavenly angels will be near to aid every human agency that is sanctified through the truth. All who preserve strict loyalty to God will do a righteous work in the earth in saving perishing souls.
(24LtMs, Lt 62, 1909, 6)
There are few among those who claim to be Christians who realize how deceptive are the wiles of Satan, and are prepared to oppose them firmly. Christ has promised His Spirit to go with those who will yield to His workings, and who will be loyal in opposing unrighteousness in every form. He has given to every human agent a work to do, that he may learn how to work in union with his Redeemer and in connection with heaven. It is the duty of every true Christian to unite the utmost powers of his being with the efforts of Him who made His life an example to mankind of what human agencies may accomplish in His name.
(24LtMs, Lt 62, 1909, 7)
The Lord bears long with man’s perversity and depravity; He is a long-suffering God. The transgressor is very obstinate in his rebellion; but could the impenitent soul be impressed with the long-suffering of God, every barrier would be broken down. Christ came to our world in human form, that He might reveal to the human race the divine nature in contrast with the sinful, human nature. He clothed His divinity with humanity and was tempted in all points, yet without sin. In all His earthly experience He did not lose one jot or tittle of His purity. By faith in Christ, humanity may grasp the divinity that was revealed in His life and character. Through faith in Him, they may obtain grace essential to make them partakers of the divine nature and to escape the corruption that is in the world through lust.
(24LtMs, Lt 62, 1909, 8)
The voice of God speaks to every soul, saying, Return to your center, God. To every man the invitation is given. In His human life Christ lived the law of God, thus making it possible for men of every nation and in every clime, under the sorest temptation, to live a life of true obedience. Accepting God as their Creator, and Christ as their Redeemer, they receive the Holy Spirit of obedience that was revealed in the life of Him who came to make known to men the Father. O the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and knowledge of God.
(24LtMs, Lt 62, 1909, 9)
It was Satan’s design to bring Christ under His control: but in order to do this, he must disqualify Him to stand against temptation. Christ submitted to all the temptations brought against Him, but never would He give the enemy an advantage over Him by entering into controversy. He kept ever to the affirmative, never repeating the words of Satan or allowing Himself to be drawn into argument with the foe. Thus He gave the enemy no chance to misinterpret His words and thus misrepresent Him.
(24LtMs, Lt 62, 1909, 10)
I thank the Lord that the way is opening for you to teach the message of a soon-coming Saviour to the people in Asheville. May the Lord imbue all the workers with His Spirit. I am thankful to hear about the new church and parsonage, and I am glad that provision has been made for the colored people to have a house of worship, and for the education of their children. I am also pleased to know that you have with you Elder Strachan of Washington, and thankful for the words of commendation you write regarding him—that he “loves the truth with all his heart.” God has work for such men. Tell Brother Strachan that I received his greeting. I praise the Lord that our brother is being blessed by the greatest of all physicians—the One who never lost a case. O what a helper we have in Jesus!
(24LtMs, Lt 62, 1909, 11)
My brother, the longing you have for the gentleness of Christ in every conflict is evidence that the Spirit of God is working in your life. This is the grace we must all have if we would obtain the victory. All who ask in faith will be granted this most precious attribute. The Saviour loves you, and He will give you of His abundance, if you will seek Him in faith.
(24LtMs, Lt 62, 1909, 12)
You write in regard to Professor Brownsberger. You may safely link up with him; for he will be a helper in the Lord to encourage and strengthen you. I have confidence in Brother Brownsberger. He is one who has humbled his heart before God, and he will prove a wise counsellor. He loves the truth, and the Lord loves Brother Brownsberger. May his wife also unite to be a helper in her own family and in the church.
(24LtMs, Lt 62, 1909, 13)
We leave St. Helena shortly to begin our journey to Washington. We shall visit several of our churches on the way. I shall hope to meet you at some of our gatherings. I am very grateful to God for the help He has raised up for the work of building up the old waste places. Again and again the Lord has worked to provide for emergencies that have arisen among His people. Let us not be slack, but in faith grasp the promises, which are Yea and Amen in Christ Jesus.
(24LtMs, Lt 62, 1909, 14)
I must close this letter. May the Lord continue to bless you, is my prayer. Every soul who will work in harmony with the Lord, He will enable to do a strong, united work, that will make men laborers together with God.
(24LtMs, Lt 62, 1909, 15)
P. S.—It has been represented to me that a work must shortly be begun in a favorable place in San Diego, and workers selected to labor there who will work wisely and follow the methods of Christ. About seven miles from the city of San Diego our Paradise Valley Sanitarium is situated. Dr. Cummings and his wife and Brother Harmon Lindsay, as business manager, are carrying the responsibilities of this institution. They are well qualified for their work. These workers have been heavily burdened because some who have had means invested in the sanitarium have withdrawn their money. Sister Gotzian has $15,000 in this enterprise, and I $2,500. We would be glad if others felt interested to join us in the carrying forward of the Lord’s work through this instrumentality.
(24LtMs, Lt 62, 1909, 16)
We secured the Paradise Valley Sanitarium for a sum of money much below its original cost. Because of the scarcity of water, which was causing orchards to die, the former owners had become discouraged, and desired to sell. As soon as we secured possession of the place, we determined to dig for water. I was sick at the time and had gone to the sanitarium for rest and treatment. One evening, Brother Palmer and W. C. White came to my room, saying that after digging about ninety feet, they had struck a stream of water as large as a man’s fist. The next morning early they brought the information that there was fifteen feet of water in the well. O how grateful we were for this treasure of water thus supplied to us.
(24LtMs, Lt 62, 1909, 17)
Since this institution has come into our possession, the population of San Diego has greatly increased. The people are coming to understand better the advantages of its healthful climate. For many months the Lord has been impressing my mind with the importance of doing wise, earnest missionary work for the people of San Diego and Coronado. Here are people gathered from all countries and climes. We must work wisely for them.
(24LtMs, Lt 62, 1909, 18)
The Paradise Valley Sanitarium, situated so near to this city, lays increased obligations upon us to do true missionary work in its vicinity. Our work in every line is to demonstrate the saving influence of the cross. Many who have come to the Paradise Valley Sanitarium have been greatly blessed. Several have been won to the truth. I was instructed that we must educate the people in comprehensive and distinct lines; we must treat the sick by rational methods. There is a great, grand work to be done in letting the light shine in clear rays to this increasing population.
(24LtMs, Lt 62, 1909, 19)
Lt 64, 1909
Haskell, S. N. St. Helena, California April 5, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in OHC 35; 1MCP 351-353. + Elder S. N. Haskell
Box 597
Oakland, California Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
I wish to write you a few lines. I earnestly hope and pray that the Lord will encourage and bless you in the carrying out of the plans formed for the advancement of His work.
(24LtMs, Lt 64, 1909, 1)
From the light the Lord has given me from the first to the present time, I have but one testimony to bear in regard to our educational work. We are to make the Word of God the basis of our instruction; for no other book will so ennoble the thoughts and feelings and aspirations as will the Holy Scriptures. In this sacred book the will of God is revealed to men. Here we may learn how to improve the time given to us in this present life. Through a perfect knowledge of His will, we may know what the Lord expects of us, whom He has formed in His image.
(24LtMs, Lt 64, 1909, 2)
Let us give an example of thorough study and belief of the Word. Let us seek to satisfy the questionings of minds and hearts that are seeking to secure, through obedience to the Word, translation to heaven and the association of pure and holy angels. We have need to educate the students continually in an understanding of that wisdom which the Word of God reveals. The Bible is second to no other book; it is without a rival. A knowledge and acceptance of its teachings will impart vigor and health of mind; a comprehension of its teachings requires the student to grasp the knowledge of God’s infinite will. The Word of God teaches men and women how to become the sons and daughters of God. No other book, no other study can equal this; the principles it instills, like the power and nature of its Author, are omnipotent. It is capable of imparting the highest education to which the mortal mind can attain.
(24LtMs, Lt 64, 1909, 3)
Upon the mind of every student should be impressed the thought that education is a failure unless the understanding has learned to grasp the truths of divine revelation, and unless the heart accepts the teachings of the gospel of Christ. The student who, in the place of the broad principles of the Word of God, will accept common ideas, and will allow the time and attention to be absorbed in common-place, trivial matters, will find his mind becoming dwarfed and enfeebled; he will lose the power of growth. The mind must be trained to comprehend the important truths that concern eternal life.
(24LtMs, Lt 64, 1909, 4)
I am instructed that we are to carry the minds of our students higher than it is now thought by many to be possible. Heart and mind are to be trained to preserve their purity by receiving daily supplies from the fountain of eternal truth. The divine Mind and Hand has preserved through the ages the record of creation in its purity. It is the Word of God alone that gives to us an authentic account of the creation of our world. This Word is to be the chief study in our schools. Here we may hold converse with patriarchs and prophets; here we may learn what our redemption has cost the One who was equal with the Father from the beginning, and who sacrificed His life that a people might stand before Him redeemed from every common, earthly thing and renewed in the image of God.
(24LtMs, Lt 64, 1909, 5)
God has a work for everyone to do. I would say to all whose names are on the church books, Are you laborers together with God? Christ left the royal courts and gave His life, that He might save the souls who were perishing in their sins. Yet there are those who profess His name who refuse to act a self-denying, self-sacrificing part. They will not consecrate their lives to the service of Him who gave His life to save sinners. There are many who recognize the work to be done, but they act as many acted at the time of the San Francisco earthquake. They saw the work that needed to be done, but they refused to be inconvenienced in order to meet the issue. They live over again the actions of the priest and Levite who, seeing the poor man wounded and bruised by the roadside, seeing his need of help they could give, passed by on the other side. The Spirit of the Saviour is represented in the action of the good Samaritan. He, when he saw the sufferer, pitied his helplessness and his suffering and rendered him the help he needed. He sought to relieve His sufferings and carefully dressed his wounds. Then, placing him upon his own beast, he took him to an inn for shelter, and, leaving him in the care of the keeper of the inn, paid his expenses, saying, “Whatsoever thou spendest more, when I come again, I will repay thee.” [Luke 10:35.]
(24LtMs, Lt 64, 1909, 6)
All heaven looked upon this scene in which was represented the pity and compassion of Christ and the neglect and false reasoning of the priest and Levite. The Saviour, in His representation of this experience, and His rebuke of the indifference and neglect shown by those who should have been the first to render help, reproves all who are guilty of similar indifference and neglect.
(24LtMs, Lt 64, 1909, 7)
April 11, 1909 Loma Linda, California
I shall be very pleased to see the Buena Vista matter settled. If the Lord will give us understanding how to manage this transaction, we will glorify His name.
(24LtMs, Lt 64, 1909, 8)
On Sabbath morning I spoke under the pepper trees on the sanitarium lawn to the patients and the Loma Linda church members. My voice was strong and could reach to all.
(24LtMs, Lt 64, 1909, 9)
On Monday evening we expect to leave Loma Linda for our journey to College View. The teachers and students have asked that I speak there. From College View we shall go to Nashville, and then to Washington, if the Lord wills.
(24LtMs, Lt 64, 1909, 10)
I have felt greatly burdened by the uncertainty that has been hanging over the Buena Vista purchase. For months I have not had a full night’s rest. But since I have been on this journey, I have slept more than usual. I am praying that the Lord will bring this long delayed business transaction to a favorable settlement. I will not be faithless, but will believe that the Lord is working for us.
(24LtMs, Lt 64, 1909, 11)
I shall hope to hear from you, Brother Haskell, as soon as you learn anything definite regarding the settlement of the Buena Vista purchase. We shall meet you, if the Lord will, at Washington. Let us believe, and let us pray with heartfelt faith.
(24LtMs, Lt 64, 1909, 12)
Lt 66, 1909
Those Assembled at Camp-Meeting Loma Linda, California April 10, 1909 This letter is published in entirety in PUR 05/06/1909. + To those assembled at camp-meeting Dear Brethren:
I am instructed to urge all who shall attend the camp-meeting to make this a special season of repentance and heart-searching, and of cleansing the life from everything that would lead to a course of action that would dishonor the truth or cast a shadow of reproach upon the cause of God. Satan is rallying his forces to contend with the advancing work. He would bring reproach upon the work of God by setting brother against brother, and bringing in the elements of suspicion and evil surmising. I am bidden to say to our people, Do not devise evil one against another. Do not cherish unbelief in your hearts; do not harbor suspicion against your brethren and sisters. This is one of the most successful ways in which Satan works to alienate the hearts of those who should be doing God’s service. Spend much time in earnest prayer for your individual selves. Talk and act as if in the presence of God.
(24LtMs, Lt 66, 1909, 1)
During the past night I seemed to be standing before a large company of believers. I was saying to them, Now, at the very beginning of this meeting, is the time for you individually to search your own hearts and discern your individual needs. Have you committed wrongs and concealed them? If so, you have a work of confession to do. You have not to confess the sins of your neighbor or your brother, but you need to come to God in repentance and confession of your own wrongdoing. Let your hearts be humbled before God. Let your self-confidence be removed, and in a sincere and humble spirit receive the blessings that God desires to give you at this time.
(24LtMs, Lt 66, 1909, 2)
Representations have been made to me of some who have borne witness against a brother or a sister instead of going to the erring one and, in kindness and love, pointing out the wrong that has been done. Because of this the happy union which they once enjoyed is broken up. My brethren and sisters, let everything of this character be put away. Confess your faults one to another, that you may obtain forgiveness and pardon, and that unity and peace may be restored to you. Guard the false tongue. Watch and pray, that ye enter not into temptation. Be kind and courteous to one another. Do not wound Christ in the person of His saints.
(24LtMs, Lt 66, 1909, 3)
Disaffection began in heaven because Satan could not have the place he coveted. Disaffection and distrust had never before entered any heart. When Satan began his evil work, he did not himself see where it would lead. But the thoughts he entertained after a time were expressed in suggestions of evil and these, diffused among the angels, led to the great rebellion which was the beginning of all the woe and misery that has befallen mankind.
(24LtMs, Lt 66, 1909, 4)
To those who are inclined to suspect others of wrongdoing and to charge their brethren with evil, I would say, Please read in the book Great Controversy the chapter entitled “The Origin of Evil.” Bring home its truths to your individual hearts. Remember that it was the spirit of envy and evil surmising, cherished in the heart of the rebel angel, that began the evil work that opened the floodgates of woe upon our world.
(24LtMs, Lt 66, 1909, 5)
Satan is working in every church to spoil the flock of God. He seeks to lead brother to think evil of brother, and in this way he causes a great deal of grief and pain. I am instructed to say to every soul who professes to be a follower of Christ, Keep your tongue from evil, and your lips, that they speak no guile.
(24LtMs, Lt 66, 1909, 6)
Through self-exaltation Satan works to ruin the soul, and his working may be seen in every church. My brethren and sisters, keep strict guardianship over your spirit. Guard your words, lest Satan lead you to repeat his own history.
(24LtMs, Lt 66, 1909, 7)
Guard your thoughts. In these closing days of earth’s history, Satan is working with desperate effort to seduce souls into sin. Keep your tongue as with a bridle. Keep your thoughts upon the Word of the living God. The same spirit that prompted rebellion in heaven is at work in our churches. I am instructed to bring to your attention the light contained in the book Great Controversy. If you have not this book, get it, and read it prayerfully. We are living in the last days of this earth’s history, and Satan is making determined efforts to subvert the mind. O that those, who have for years been at war with the testimonies God has graciously given in warnings to save His people from the snares of Satan, would come into harmony with the requirements of God. Light, precious light has been given.
(24LtMs, Lt 66, 1909, 8)
In dealing with sin, God could employ only methods of righteousness and truth. Satan has sought to falsify the Word of God, to misrepresent His plan of government before angels and men. Satan’s rebellion has been repeated over and over again in the history of our race—a perpetual testimony as to the nature and results of sin and the working out of Satan’s rule. Its sure effects on both men and angels speak loudly as to what will ever be the fruit of setting aside the light God sends and of rejecting His authority.
(24LtMs, Lt 66, 1909, 9)
Lt 68, 1909
Haskell, S. N. Loma Linda, California April 10, 1909 Previously unpublished. Elder S. N. Haskell
Box 597
Oakland, California Dear Brother:
We found much pleasure in meeting our friends in Paradise Valley once more. I was weary in brain and body when I left St. Helena, and it brought encouragement and joy to my heart to see the work at Paradise Valley going forward in progressive lines. We have great hopes for the future of this enterprise.
(24LtMs, Lt 68, 1909, 1)
The day after my arrival I spoke to the patients and helpers, quite a goodly number, assembled in the two large parlors. The Lord gave me a message for them. I had freedom in speaking, and the tender Spirit of the Lord was with me, and the softening influence of God rested upon the hearers.
(24LtMs, Lt 68, 1909, 2)
We could not remain long enough at Paradise Valley to become really rested. On Friday morning, April 9, we left San Diego for a short visit to Loma Linda, where we planned to spend the following Sabbath and Sunday. On Sabbath morning I spoke to the patients and church members gathered under the pepper trees on the sanitarium lawn. There was a large congregation, but my voice was strong, so that it could reach to all. I spoke from the 58th chapter of Isaiah.
(24LtMs, Lt 68, 1909, 3)
From Loma Linda we will pass on to College View, where I expect to speak to the teachers and students at Union College. I pray that the Lord will give me words that will bring help and blessing to those who need help. From College View we go to Nashville, and then to Washington. I am praying that as we visit these different places of interest, the Lord will give me strength to deliver the message He gives me for His people.
(24LtMs, Lt 68, 1909, 4)
I am encouraged in regard to my eyes. The little time I have spent on the cars, in which I could not read or write, has wrought a wonderful change in their condition. I am encouraged to believe that if I am careful not to tax them, I need not suffer with them as I have suffered.
(24LtMs, Lt 68, 1909, 5)
My brother, I would be very pleased to attend the Chico camp-meeting. I had not realized that it was to come off so soon. I hope that you will seek the Lord most earnestly, and that every soul will pray diligently and in faith. Do not allow any kind of selfishness to come in to rule the mind and dishonor God. This would be the saddest thing that could happen. I have had fears, and still have fears, that there will be on the part of some a spirit to stir up strife and dissension. Let the hearts of our leading men be humble; let them seek to become lowly in mind. There needs to be revealed the simplicity of true Christlikeness.
(24LtMs, Lt 68, 1909, 6)
The Lord has favored us in the purchase of the place among the mountains for our school site. We cannot tell what this location will mean to us individually; but the Lord has represented to me the advantages of such places. We can safely say, “For the strength of the hills we bless Thee, O God, our father’s God.” Let us humble heart and soul before the Lord. We have an individual work to do in closing the door to the suggestions of Satan, in humbling our individual selves before God, and in receiving anew the grace of Christ.
(24LtMs, Lt 68, 1909, 7)
Our religious belief is our treasure. It is our inheritance. Let not one thread of selfishness be woven into our religious experience. We are to make the Bible our guidebook, while we contend for the faith once delivered to the saints, given us by Christ in His ministry of the Word. I pray that the Spirit of the great Teacher may abide with all who settle on the Buena Vista estate, that it may become a part of their being through the daily practice of the virtues of Christ. Let each believer constitute himself a guardian of the treasure of truth, which God has committed to His saints. The heavenly character of the truth is to shine forth to the world in clearness and purity. This new property which is coming into our possession is to be regarded by all as a place where the principles of the truth must be faithfully lived out. In all its management are to be revealed the living principles of the Word. These principles are to be seen in the observance of the Sabbath. Let much prayer ascend to the throne of God for that wisdom which heaven alone can bestow.
(24LtMs, Lt 68, 1909, 8)
Do not lose your hold upon the One who has promised to be your strength, your front guard and your rearward. Do not let your heart become discouraged by perplexities. All heaven is pledged to work for your help and your strengthening. Only think of the power that the Lord is waiting to bestow.
(24LtMs, Lt 68, 1909, 9)
Trust not in man nor in the arm of flesh. The Lord is “a God full of compassion and gracious, longsuffering, and plenteous in mercy and truth.”“His foundation is in the holy mountain. The Lord loveth the gates of Zion more than all the dwellings of Jacob. Glorious things are spoken of thee, O city of God.” [Psalm 86:15; 87:1-3.] Read the words of the ninety-first psalm; read them and believe in them. I seemed to be reading these words to you, in accordance with instruction I had received from the Lord.
(24LtMs, Lt 68, 1909, 10)
We must not distrust the Lord. Our prayers are to ascend on high; we must learn to take God at His word. I refer you also to the 105th psalm. The Lord desires that you shall appropriate these words to your own individual experience. The psalmist declares, “O give thanks unto the Lord, for He is good; for His mercy endureth forever. Let the redeemed of the Lord say so.” Let your faith increase, and not diminish. Thank the Lord for His Word; this is to be your stronghold. “O that men would praise the Lord for His goodness, and for His wonderful works to the children of men.” [Psalm 107:1, 2, 8.]
(24LtMs, Lt 68, 1909, 11)
My brother, look on the bright side of circumstances. Say with the psalmist, “O God, my heart is fixed. I will sing, and give praise, even with my glory.” [Psalm 108:1.] Be of good courage. Talk faith. Do not let the clouds and trials quench your faith. Trials we shall all have as long as time shall last. Satan is working to discourage; but have faith.
(24LtMs, Lt 68, 1909, 12)
Lt 70, 1909
Morton, Eliza Loma Linda, California April 12, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in PC 267. Dear Sister Eliza Morton:
I was pleased to receive your letter, and hope to meet you in Washington for more reasons than one. You need to have an intelligent understanding of things, gained by your own observation and the impression of the Holy Spirit upon your mind. I have a great desire to see you. I dare not urge any one, but I will say that by attending the conference at Washington, you may receive rich blessings that you can impart to others. Thus you may increase your usefulness in the cause of God.
(24LtMs, Lt 70, 1909, 1)
We are about to leave Loma Linda for our journey to College View, Nebraska. I have spoken once while here. Last Sabbath the patients and church members assembled on the beautiful grounds of the sanitarium, and I spoke to them from the 58th chapter of Isaiah.
(24LtMs, Lt 70, 1909, 2)
We hope that in the school established at Loma Linda many will be qualified to go forth and impart the knowledge of truth they have here received. A quick work will the Lord do in our world, for Satan is preparing his forces to seek to overcome the remnant people who love God and keep His commandments. He points to the smallness of their numbers and flatters His followers that his larger army can outnumber the believers. We know how powerful are the hosts of Satan; but God is more powerful than they. Our risen Saviour is all-sufficient for our needs.
(24LtMs, Lt 70, 1909, 3)
We need to cultivate the meekness of Christ, that we may properly represent the unpopular truth we hold. In his first epistle to the Thessalonians, Paul declares, “The gospel came not unto you in word only, but also in power, and in the Holy Ghost, and in much assurance; as ye know what manner of men we were among you for your sake. And ye became followers of us, and of the Lord, having received the word in much affliction, with joy of the Holy Ghost.” [1 Thessalonians 1:5, 6.] We are to remain firm in our confession of the truth, even unto persecution and death.
(24LtMs, Lt 70, 1909, 4)
Well, I have little time in which to write you. We are packed ready to start on our journey again. We take the cars at San Bernardino at eleven o’clock this evening. I will close by repeating that I shall be very pleased to see you. Be of good courage in the Lord. I hope you will write to me again. I have left several letters unfinished in order to write these few lines to you.
(24LtMs, Lt 70, 1909, 5)
Lt 72, 1909
Those Buying and Selling Land Near Sonoma California St. Helena, California April 4, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in CS 240-241. To those who are buying and selling land near Sonoma, California Dear Brethren:
While we were at Buena Vista, I was informed that Brother Kellogg had purchased a piece of land. That night a warning was given me regarding the evils that might come in if our brethren engage in land speculation in the vicinity of our Sonoma school. I seemed to be in a room where a meeting was being held, and I asked the question, How much did Brother Kellogg pay for his land? Just then someone else claimed attention, and I received no answer to my question.
(24LtMs, Lt 72, 1909, 1)
Then I was instructed to bear a testimony to our brethren, telling them that they must guard themselves against unfair speculation in connection with the purchase and sale of land near the school property. Every transaction in buying and selling must be characterized by strictest integrity. Selfishness must not be indulged. The principles for which our school shall stand, and which are to be taught the students as part of their education, are to be cultivated and revealed by those who closely connect themselves with the school interest. They must not, by efforts for personal gain, counterwork the principles of Christian education for which this school is to be established.
(24LtMs, Lt 72, 1909, 2)
Day by day we are making our record for time and for eternity. Let every action be just and square, in selling as in buying. Let nothing of an overreaching character be brought in, for that would discourage our brethren and displease God. Large sacrifices have been made by the people in our churches in order that this property might be secured for our school. Let not those who secure advantages for themselves take unfair advantage of their brethren who may need to settle near the school. Some who have the spirit of speculation should be discouraged from coming to Sonoma, because they would not be a blessing to the school, but a hindrance.
(24LtMs, Lt 72, 1909, 3)
Let us remember that we are standing in review before God, and that every unfair action to serve self is recorded against us in the books of heaven. O I entreat our brethren to put away the spirit of commercialism. I pray that none may gather about the school whose chief purpose is to advantage self. Let all seek to excel in spiritual things, that the ambitious spirit may be changed to a spirit of unselfishness. This change must be wrought in us if we would be wholly approved of God.
(24LtMs, Lt 72, 1909, 4)
I pray that these words I have written may be faithfully considered, and acted upon, and that in every line of business transactions we may reveal the grace of God.
(24LtMs, Lt 72, 1909, 5)
Lt 74, 1909
Haskell, S. N. Huntsville, Alabama April 27, 1909 This letter is published in entirety in PCO 116-117. + Elder S. N. Haskell
Box 597
Oakland, California Dear Brother:
We have just arrived in Huntsville, having left Nashville early this morning. I did not think that the journey would be so long and tedious. It made me very weary, and the pain in left eye caused me much suffering. I feel that I should not do more taxing labor during this journey to Washington. I am not displeased with the results of my work at College View and here. I have borne my testimony several times, and I expect that some of these meetings will be reported.
(24LtMs, Lt 74, 1909, 1)
On Sabbath, April 24, I spoke to the people in the Memorial Church. What good will result to our workers in the publishing house, and how the word spoken will be received, we cannot now determine. The Lord gave me largely of His Holy Spirit, and I spoke for about one hour. I feel that a special work needs to be done in the printing office. This has been plainly revealed to me. The workers there are not all in working order. They do not perceive that the work is a sacred one, and one that is essential for the salvation of their own souls, and for the saving work that must be done throughout the world. Unless they themselves are worked by the Holy Spirit’s power, their influence will be of a nature to dishonor God. We are not to make some wonderful effort to do some wonderful thing that will exalt self. I have worked strenuously to correct this evil which is threatening the pure, true work of God. I have been shown that our leading men must know that they are themselves led of the Lord, for unless they are, they will fall into grievous errors.
(24LtMs, Lt 74, 1909, 2)
Night after night I am giving decided messages in my sleeping hours to those who are working in the printing office. The power of God must come upon these workers, or they will be overcome by the temptations of Satan. The enemy is working with intensity to carry out his plans in the arrangements that shall be made; and those who are determined and zealous in carrying out their own plans will not discern what they are bringing about until they have succeeded in harming many souls.
(24LtMs, Lt 74, 1909, 3)
On Sunday, April 25, I was greatly strengthened and blessed while speaking to the colored people in their church on Winter Street. The Lord gave me words to speak, and much satisfaction was expressed because of the blessing that the hearers received. When I had finished, Edson spoke for a short time. At the close of the meeting I went to Madison, where a teachers’ convention was in progress. It seemed to give great pleasure to our workers there that I could have the advantages of their new sanitarium.
(24LtMs, Lt 74, 1909, 4)
I will not write much at this time; but I would say to you, By all means come to the General Conference, and leave the work in the hands of Elders Knox and Cottrell. You and your wife are especially needed at this General Conference. There are many perplexing questions that will come up for decision. Come, both of you, even though it may be difficult to leave the responsibilities of the California work in the hands of others.
(24LtMs, Lt 74, 1909, 5)
In regard to the Buena Vista property, I would say, If a small increase in price is required, advance something on this. It will be better to do this, than to give up all the advantages to be obtained by securing this property. We must work with sanctified perception. It is not at all strange that the enemy should work through these men. I am sure it would be right to advance more means in order to secure a clear title. I write this because I do not want the property to be lost to our work. I hope you will consider what I have written, and reason from cause to effect.
(24LtMs, Lt 74, 1909, 6)
You can place this matter before Brethren Knox and Cottrell. This may appear to you to be a strange proposal, but I would advise you to bring the trade to a conclusion as quickly as possible.
(24LtMs, Lt 74, 1909, 7)
I am trying to be careful of my strength. I do not want that it should be exhausted when I reach Washington. This is a beautiful evening—very like summer.
(24LtMs, Lt 74, 1909, 8)
Now I will say, Goodnight. Remember that we want you at the conference and will not give up this point. You need a change, and the Lord will use you to help the brethren understand the California situation. May the rich blessing of God be upon you.
(24LtMs, Lt 74, 1909, 9)
Lt 76, 1909
Those Gathered for Council at Asheville Asheville, North Carolina May 2, 1909 Previously unpublished. To those gathered for council at Asheville:
It has been presented to me that there are some matters connected with the work in Asheville which need to be set in order. It is very important that everything should be based on a right and true foundation. The work that Sister Rumbough is doing in the donation of property to the cause should stand out straight and distinct, in harmony with her ideas, and not altogether according to the ideas of somebody else.
(24LtMs, Lt 76, 1909, 1)
Sister Rumbough is a woman upon whom you can depend. She has confidence in you. I was shown that our brethren should move very carefully and judiciously and righteously, and thus maintain her confidence. Do not give her reason to feel that she has misjudged you.
(24LtMs, Lt 76, 1909, 2)
Sister Rumbough has donated this property because she has seen the truth, because she believes the truth, and because she desires to help the cause that she believes to be of God. It is not for the benefit of any one individual. It is given for the advantage of the cause. It is right that Sister Rumbough be consulted in regard to the use of this property which she has donated to the cause.
(24LtMs, Lt 76, 1909, 3)
The local conference may feel that this property should be deeded over to its control. But this would not be best. I do not want to see everything under the control of one body of men. It should not be turned over to the local conference.
(24LtMs, Lt 76, 1909, 4)
Sister Rumbough is a woman of good judgment. She understands the truth. She has purity of motive, and she wants the work in this place to be carried on a high level. She wants the property she has donated to the cause to be treated as if it were God’s property. The work in Asheville is not to be carried on according to selfish motives, or to meet the mind of any one man. The injudicious course of one who has worked in Asheville has hurt her faith in this work as the work of God; but if consecrated minds will take the guidance of the work that will be done for the accomplishment of which this property was given, Sister Rumbough desires that it shall be used for the glory of God, that souls right around here may be brought to a knowledge of the truth.
(24LtMs, Lt 76, 1909, 5)
The Lord does not require Elder Parsons to stay in a climate that is deleterious to his health, and might shorten his life. There are other places where he can labor to advantage, and where he can build up his health. Elder Parsons should be given opportunity to take the best care of himself that he may recover. If he remains in a climate that is damp and unfavorable, the result will be injurious to him physically, and his usefulness as a laborer in the cause will be crippled.
(24LtMs, Lt 76, 1909, 6)
Lt 78, 1909
Rasmussen, Anna Takoma Park Station, Washington, D. C. [Takoma Park, Maryland] May 3, 1909 Previously unpublished. Dear Sister Anna Rasmussen:
I received your letter some time ago, and since then I have been constantly engaged in traveling and speaking. This is why I have not responded sooner.
(24LtMs, Lt 78, 1909, 1)
My sister, I want you to regard me as the guardian of your means. I know how hard you have worked, and I know also that you would deprive yourself of the very means that you should have. I want to say to you that you should not place your means in the hands of any one as a gift unless you have clear evidence that in doing this you are doing the will of the Lord.
(24LtMs, Lt 78, 1909, 2)
The means you loan to me I pay you interest for, and it is yours at any time you call for it. I do not accept one penny as a gift. I am your guardian; and when you are not able to work, I want you to remember that I understand the situation and shall be ready to return to you every dollar of your means.
(24LtMs, Lt 78, 1909, 3)
I advise you not to loan your money that you work so hard to obtain without the prospect of having it returned to you at a time when you may need it. Your desire to help the cause will at times lead you to move unadvisedly, and you will suffer in consequence. I am willing to be your banker and will pay you five per cent interest on whatever money you place in my hands. We will try to secure a place for you where your help will be appreciated.
(24LtMs, Lt 78, 1909, 4)
Do not feel that you are not helping the cause unless you make your gifts out and out. I can use your means to good purpose, and when you want any portion of the means, feel perfectly sure that it is yours. I am not willing that your means should be used up in making gifts, when you have no one to help you if you should need help.
(24LtMs, Lt 78, 1909, 5)
Now be of good courage. Work intelligently. Do not be so anxious to help beyond your power, and then regard yourself as one who is good for naught.
(24LtMs, Lt 78, 1909, 6)
We arrived in Washington early this morning. This has been a long journey, and I have labored constantly since we left home. I shall endeavor to write up an account of my travels and work, and you will see it in the Review.
(24LtMs, Lt 78, 1909, 7)
I will write no more now, but will send these few lines of caution in the hope that they will benefit you. Be of good courage in the Lord.
(24LtMs, Lt 78, 1909, 8)
In much love.
(24LtMs, Lt 78, 1909, 9)
Lt 80, 1909
Cottrell, H. W. Loma Linda, California April 11, 1909 Previously unpublished. + Elder H. W. Cottrell
Mountain View, California Dear Brother Cottrell:
In the night season I heard you speak words to Brother Covell that surprised me, and I was instructed to say to you that you are not placing a right and just estimate upon Brother Covell. He has not designed to do injury to anyone. He may have made some moves that seem to be selfish and deserving of reproof, but you should wait before you censure. If Brother Covell has made mistakes, you should be careful not to make a worse mistake by judging unjustly. In this case you have borne down upon Brother Covell with a strong spirit and have treated Brother Covell in a way that he does not deserve.
(24LtMs, Lt 80, 1909, 1)
“All ye are brethren.” [Matthew 23:8.] It is not the privilege of any man to bear down upon another as you have borne down upon Brother Covell. You have misjudged him, and have used strong language regarding his course of action, and have spoken to him in a way that he did not deserve. He was asked to carry certain responsibilities, and this he did.
(24LtMs, Lt 80, 1909, 2)
My brother, your words must be wise words if you would stand as a just and reasonable man before God. If Brother Covell has been led to manifest a spirit that is contrary to truth and righteousness, he will make the wrong right; but it is not for you to give expression to such words as you have spoken, for they offend Christ.
(24LtMs, Lt 80, 1909, 3)
My brother, let what will come, but guard your spirit. Come into line yourself; humble your own soul before God, and manifest a zeal that is according to knowledge. Remember that as you deal toward your brethren, the Lord will deal with you. According to the measure of grace you reveal in your dealings with others will the Lord bestow grace upon you.
(24LtMs, Lt 80, 1909, 4)
There is a crisis before us; there are battles and victories before every soul who is converted, and who confesses and forsakes his sins. I want you at this time to stand on the right side and to be firm as a rock to principle. We need every jot and tittle of your influence. I call upon you in the name of the Lord to stand by Elder Haskell. He needs you. You have done well in that you have stood by him in the past. Will not you and your wife unite in co-operating with him in the work that is yet to be done?
(24LtMs, Lt 80, 1909, 5)
Lt 82, 1909
White, J. E. Takoma Park Station, Washington, D. C., Takoma Park, Maryland May 5, 1909 Previously unpublished. Elder J. E. White
1713 Cass Street
Nashville, Tennessee My dear son Edson:
I have received your letter, and I hardly know how to advise you. I wish you might be situated where you could be free from conditions that distract your mind. We should in these times do our very best to remove differences with our brethren and to live with them harmoniously. If after you have done all in your own power to make peace, after you have conscientiously endeavored to right all your own mistakes, harmony cannot be effected, then leave the matter with the Lord; and if possible, get away from the scenes that continually afflict your soul. If there are persons with whom you cannot harmonize, it will be better for you to sever your connection with them.
(24LtMs, Lt 82, 1909, 1)
I advise Emma and you to come to the General Conference and be ready to do in earnest whatever the Lord counsels you to do. There is a great work to be done in our world; and for your souls’ sake, I entreat you to walk humbly with God and trust Him for guidance and protection.
(24LtMs, Lt 82, 1909, 2)
It has been opened before me that, in your efforts to find relief from a trying situation, you have been brought into a state of mind that has disturbed your peace, and you have sometimes been provoked to anger. You need to learn how to meet in the right spirit whatever may come to you. Let not your mind be so stirred up that it is not susceptible to the influences of the Spirit of God.
(24LtMs, Lt 82, 1909, 3)
The Lord understands your situation. As you look back you may feel that some have been unjust in their dealings with you. If these difficulties cannot be adjusted, and you cannot connect with them in a work that will be after the divine similitude, it will be better for you to separate from them and have as little dealing with them as possible.
(24LtMs, Lt 82, 1909, 4)
It has been represented to me that sometimes when you were in straightened circumstances and knew not which way to turn, you moved rashly and made propositions to men in positions of influence of which they have taken advantage. Because of your urgent need of financial aid, you have put the control of some of your books into the hands of others. I know something of how you feel after you have come to realize what it means for them to hold you to the terms of the agreement, notwithstanding the evidence that it is greatly to your disadvantage. Although it would be right and just for them to deal more liberally with you, they sometimes are unwilling to relinquish the advantages you have given them, which you now see to be unwise and unfair.
(24LtMs, Lt 82, 1909, 5)
If men refuse to do justice and judgment, and to yield the advantages you have given them, take the matter to the Lord and leave it in His hands. He alone is able to deal with such persons.
(24LtMs, Lt 82, 1909, 6)
It is a very sad situation as it is presented to me, and all that I have written has not brought about the reformation that is needed. I would advise you not to remain where your mind is continually annoyed and irritated. It will be better for you to have less connection with the one who has taken unfair advantage of your necessities. Let the Lord deal with the matter.
(24LtMs, Lt 82, 1909, 7)
Unless the Lord lays it upon me, I shall not feel it my duty to undertake to bear a special burden regarding this matter. Be sure that you yourself stand clear of any fraudulent or unjust action. We must do our work for eternity. Only a little time is now left us in which to form characters that will stand the test of the judgment.
(24LtMs, Lt 82, 1909, 8)
Last night, before retiring, I read a scripture that was very precious to my brother Robert: “Behold My servant, whom I uphold; Mine elect in whom My soul delighteth; I have put My Spirit upon Him: He shall bring forth judgment to the Gentiles. He shall not cry, nor lift up, nor cause His voice to be heard in the street. A bruised reed shall He not break, and the smoking flax shall He not quench: He shall bring forth judgment unto truth. He shall not fail nor be discouraged, till He have set judgment in the earth: and the isles shall wait for His law.” [Isaiah 42:1-4.]
(24LtMs, Lt 82, 1909, 9)
“To whom then will ye liken Me, or shall I be equal, saith the Holy One? Lift up your eyes on high, and behold who hath created these things, that bringeth out their host by number: He calleth them all by their names by the greatness of His might, for that He is strong in power; not one faileth.
(24LtMs, Lt 82, 1909, 10)
“Why sayest thou, O Jacob, and speakest, O Israel, My way is hid from the Lord, and my judgment is passed over from my God? Hast thou not known? hast thou not heard, that the everlasting God, the Lord, the Creator of the ends of the earth, fainteth not, neither is weary? There is no searching of His understanding. He giveth power to the faint; and to them that have no might He increaseth strength. Even the youths shall faint and be weary, and the young men shall utterly fall: but they that wait upon the Lord shall renew their strength; they shall mount up with wings as eagles; they shall run, and not be weary; and they shall walk, and not faint.” [Isaiah 40:25-31.]
(24LtMs, Lt 82, 1909, 11)
There is an important work before me at this conference, and I must not allow my mind to be disturbed if it can be avoided. I desire to help you to make a decided surrender to the Lord, and to be daily converted, that you may be under the Holy Spirit’s guidance.
(24LtMs, Lt 82, 1909, 12)
Dear children, let us be daily converted. We need not answer for the defects of character of others, but wherever we are our lives are to be examples of righteousness. We are to work out our salvation with fear and trembling.
(24LtMs, Lt 82, 1909, 13)
Lt 84, 1909
Teachers in Union College Washington, D. C. May 7, 1909 This letter is published in entirety in LLM 404-409. + To the teachers in Union College Dear Fellow Laborers:
Here are the words I spoke to you Monday morning, April 19, with a few paragraphs from a letter written upon the subject a few days before our visit to College View:
(24LtMs, Lt 84, 1909, 1)
“We then, as workers together with Him, beseech you also, that ye receive not the grace of God in vain. (For He saith, I have heard thee in a time accepted, and in the day of salvation have I succored thee: behold, now is the accepted time; behold, now is the day of salvation.) Giving no offense in anything, that the ministry be not blamed: but in all things approving ourselves as the ministers of God, in much patience, in afflictions, in necessities, in distresses, in stripes, in imprisonments, in tumults, in labors, in watchings, in fastings; by pureness, by knowledge, by longsuffering, by kindness, by the Holy Ghost, by love unfeigned, by the word of truth, by the power of God, by the armor of righteousness on the right hand and on the left, by honor and dishonor, by evil report and good report: as deceivers, and yet true; as unknown, and yet well known; as dying, and, behold, we live; as chastened, and not killed; as sorrowful, yet alway rejoicing; as poor, yet making many rich; as having nothing, and yet possessing all things....
(24LtMs, Lt 84, 1909, 2)
“Be ye not unequally yoked together with unbelievers: for what fellowship hath righteousness with unrighteousness? and what communion hath light with darkness? and what concord hath Christ with Belial? or what part hath he that believeth with an infidel? and what agreement hath the temple of God with idols? for ye are the temple of the living God; as God hath said, I will dwell in them, and walk in them; and I will be their God, and they shall be My people. Wherefore come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing; and I will receive you, and will be a father unto you, and ye shall be My sons and daughters, saith the Lord Almighty.” [2 Corinthians 6:1-10, 14-18.]
(24LtMs, Lt 84, 1909, 3)
There is constant danger among our people that those who engage in labor in our schools and sanitariums will entertain the idea that they must get in line with the world, study the things which the world studies, and become familiar with the things that the world becomes familiar with. This is one of the greatest mistakes that could be made. We shall make grave mistakes unless we give special attention to the searching of the Word.
(24LtMs, Lt 84, 1909, 4)
The question is asked, What is the higher education? There is no education higher than that contained in the principles laid down in the words I have read to you from this sixth chapter of Second Corinthians. Let our students study diligently to comprehend this. Through His own chosen messengers God has given us light and instruction as to what constitutes the higher education. There is no higher education to be gained than that which was given to the early disciples, and which is given to us through the Word. May the Holy Spirit of God impress your minds with the truth that there is nothing in all the world in the line of education that is so exalted as the instruction contained in the chapters to which I have referred. Let us advance just as far as the Word will take us. Let us work intelligently for this higher education. Let our righteousness be the sign of our understanding of the will of God committed to us through His messengers.
(24LtMs, Lt 84, 1909, 5)
It is the privilege of every believer to take the life of Christ and the teachings of Christ as his daily study. Christian education means the acceptance, in sentiment and principle, of the teachings of the Saviour. It includes a daily conscientious walking in the footsteps of Christ, who consented to lay off His royal robe and crown and to come to our world in the form of humanity, that He might give to the human race a power that they could gain by no other means. What was that power? It was the power resulting from the human nature uniting with the divine, the power to take the teachings of Christ and follow them to the letter. In His resistance of evil and His labor for others, Christ was giving to men an example of the highest education that it is possible for any one to reach.
(24LtMs, Lt 84, 1909, 6)
The Son of God was rejected by those whom He came to bless. He was taken by wicked hands and crucified. But after He had risen from the dead, He was with His disciples forty days, and in this time He gave them much precious instruction. He laid down to His followers the principles underlying the higher education. And when He was about to leave them and go to His Father, His last words to them were: I am with you always, even unto the end of the world. Christ will not forsake us.
(24LtMs, Lt 84, 1909, 7)
Strong temptations will come to many who place their children in our schools because they desire the youth to secure what the world regards as the most essential education. Who knows what the most essential education is unless it is the education to be obtained from that Book which is the foundation of all true knowledge. Those who regard as essential the knowledge to be gained along the line of worldly education are making a great mistake—one which will cause them to be swayed by individual opinions that are human and erring. To those who feel that their children must have what the world calls the essential education, I would say: Bring your children to the simplicity of the Word of God, and they will be safe. We are going to be greatly scattered before long, and what we do must be done quickly.
(24LtMs, Lt 84, 1909, 8)
The light has been given me that tremendous pressures will be brought upon every Seventh-day Adventist with whom the world can get into close connection. We need to understand these things. Those who seek the education that the world esteems so highly are gradually led further and further from the principles of truth until they become educated worldlings. At what a price have they gained their education! They have parted with the Holy Spirit of God. They have chosen to accept what the world calls knowledge in the place of the truths which God has committed to men through His ministers and prophets and apostles. And there are some who, having secured this worldly education, think that they can introduce it into our schools. But let me tell you that you must not take what the world calls the higher education and bring it into our schools and sanitariums and churches. I speak to you definitely. This must not be done.
(24LtMs, Lt 84, 1909, 9)
Upon the mind of every student should be impressed the thought that education is a failure unless the understanding has learned to grasp the truths of divine revelation, and unless the heart accepts the teachings of the gospel of Christ. The student who, in the place of the broad principles of the Word of God, will accept common ideas, and will allow the time and attention to be absorbed in commonplace, trivial matters, will find his mind becoming dwarfed and enfeebled; he will lose the power of growth. The mind must be trained to comprehend the important truths that concern eternal life.
(24LtMs, Lt 84, 1909, 10)
I am instructed that we are to carry the minds of our students higher than it is now thought by many to be possible. Heart and mind are to be trained to preserve their purity by receiving daily supplies from the fountain of eternal truth. The divine Mind and Hand has preserved through the ages the record of creation in its purity. It is the Word of God alone that give to us an authentic account of the creation of our world. This Word is to be the chief study in our schools. Here we may hold converse with patriarchs and prophets; here we may learn what our redemption has cost that One who was equal with the Father from the beginning, and who sacrificed His life that a people might stand before Him redeemed from every common, earthly thing, and renewed in the image of God.
(24LtMs, Lt 84, 1909, 11)
If we are to learn of Christ, we must pray as the apostles prayed when the Holy Spirit was poured upon them. We need a baptism of the Spirit of God. We are not safe for one hour while we are failing to render obedience to the Word of God.
(24LtMs, Lt 84, 1909, 12)
I do not say that there should be no study of the languages. The languages should be studied. Before long there will be a positive necessity for many to leave their homes and work among those of other languages; and those who have some knowledge of foreign languages will thereby be able to communicate with those who know not the truth.
(24LtMs, Lt 84, 1909, 13)
Some of our people will learn the languages in the countries to which they are sent. This is the better way. And there is One who will stand right by the side of the faithful worker to open the understanding and to give wisdom. If you did not know a word of the foreign languages, the Lord could make your work fruitful. As you go among these people, and present to them the publications, the Lord will work upon their minds, giving them an understanding of the truth. Some who take up the work in foreign fields can teach the Word through an interpreter. As the result of faithful effort, there will be a rich harvest gathered that you do not now understand.
(24LtMs, Lt 84, 1909, 14)
There is another line of work to be carried forward, the work in the large cities. There should be companies of earnest laborers working in the cities. Men should study what needs to be done in the places that have been neglected. The Lord has been calling our attention to the neglected multitudes in the large cities, yet little regard has been given to the matter.
(24LtMs, Lt 84, 1909, 15)
We are not willing enough to trouble the Lord and to ask Him for the gift of the Holy Spirit. And the Lord wants us to trouble Him in this matter. He wants us to press our petitions to the throne. The converting power of God needs to be felt in our ranks. The most valuable education that can be obtained will be found in going out with the message of truth to the places that are in darkness, just as the first disciples went out in obedience to the commission of Christ. The Saviour gave the disciples their directions in a few words. He told them what they might expect. “I send you forth,” He said, “as sheep in the midst of wolves. Be ye therefore wise as serpents, and harmless as doves.” [Matthew 10:16.] These workers were to go forth as the representatives of Him who gave His life for the life of the world.
(24LtMs, Lt 84, 1909, 16)
The Lord wants us to come into harmony with His Spirit. If we will do this, His Spirit can rule our minds. If we have a true understanding of what constitutes the essential education, and endeavor to teach its principles, Christ will stand by us to help us. He promised His followers that when they should stand before councils and judges, they were to take no thought what they should speak. I will instruct you, He said. I will guide you. Knowing what it is to be taught of God, when words of heavenly wisdom are brought to our mind, we will distinguish them from our own thoughts. We shall understand them as the words of God, and we will see in them life and power that is for us.
(24LtMs, Lt 84, 1909, 17)
“I will give you tongue and utterance.” Of all the precious assurances God has given me regarding my work, none has been more precious to me than this, that He would give me tongue and utterance wherever I should go. In places where there was the greatest opposition, every tongue was silenced. I have spoken the plain message to our own people and to the multitude, and my words have been accepted as coming from the Lord.
(24LtMs, Lt 84, 1909, 18)
If we will look to Him, the Lord will help us to understand what constitutes true higher education. It is not to be gained by putting yourself through a long course of continuous study. In such a course you will get some things that are valuable and many things that are not. The Lord would have us become laborers together with Him. He is our helper. He would have us come close to Him and to learn of Him with all humility of mind.
(24LtMs, Lt 84, 1909, 19)
(We are to educate the youth to exercise equally the mental and the physical powers. The healthful exercise of the whole being will give an education that is broad and comprehensive. We had stern work to do in Australia in educating parents and youth along these lines; but we persevered in our efforts until the lesson was learned that in order to have an education that was complete, the time of study must be divided between the gaining of book knowledge and the securing of a knowledge of practical work. Part of each day was spent in useful work, the students learning how to clear the land, how to cultivate the soul, and to build houses in time that would otherwise have been spent in playing games and seeking amusement. And the Lord blessed the students who thus devoted their time to learning lessons of usefulness.)
(24LtMs, Lt 84, 1909, 20)
Do not regard as most essential the theoretical part of your education. Medical students will have to follow the prescribed studies. They will listen to many theories that are contrary to truth. The Lord would have our medical students connect closely with those who believe and teach the truth. And as helpers with them they can learn how to treat the sick and how to become faithful ministers to the sick. There are many ways by which the Lord would have us connect with those who honor and teach His Word, and He will give us, through this connection, a most valuable education.
(24LtMs, Lt 84, 1909, 21)
You may say, The world will not acknowledge us. What if the world will not acknowledge you? It is the power of God that makes the impression upon the human mind. Let it be more and more deeply impressed upon every student that every one of us should have an intelligent understanding of how to treat the physical system. And there are many who would have greater intelligence in these matters if they would not confine themselves to years of study without a practical experience under the instruction of learned physicians and surgeons. The more fully you put yourself under the direction of God, the greater knowledge you will receive from God. As you keep yourself in connection with the Source of all power, and as you minister to the sick, suggestions will come to your mind how you can apply to the case in hand the principles learned in your student days. “Ye are laborers together with God.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] He is to be our chief Instructor.
(24LtMs, Lt 84, 1909, 22)
Lt 86, 1909
White, J. E. Takoma Park Station, Washington, D. C. May 11, 1909 Previously unpublished. + Elder J. E. White
1713 Cass Street
Nashville, Tennessee My dear Son Edson James White:
If you consider it best for Emma to remain in her own home, we will not urge her to come to the General Conference. But if she feels that she would care to come, we shall be very pleased to see her here. I should be very glad to have my family together once more. It is not a tedious journey from Nashville to Washington. I was surprised that I did not feel more wearied than I was. I feel that Emma is the one to decide in this matter, so we leave it with her; but she may not have so good an opportunity again.
(24LtMs, Lt 86, 1909, 1)
I have done little since arriving in Washington besides writing a little and resting. On the way we spent Friday and Sabbath in Asheville, where I spoke on Sabbath afternoon to the white people in the excellent little church building donated by Sister Rumbough. There was an intelligent-looking congregation assembled, and after I had finished speaking opportunity was given for those who wished to speak. Many good testimonies were borne. Following this was a baptismal service, Elder Parsons, the pastor, administering the ordinance.
(24LtMs, Lt 86, 1909, 2)
On Sunday morning I spoke to our colored brethren and sisters in their little church. We found a nice company assembled there, all dressed modestly. Tears were in the eyes of many as they expressed their great pleasure that I was able to meet with them. Brother Strachan, their colored minister, was leading the company in singing when we arrived.
(24LtMs, Lt 86, 1909, 3)
I had much freedom in speaking, and the presence of the Lord was in our midst, blessing the people and blessing me. I was told that I need speak only a few words to these people, but I spoke about [__] minutes. Good testimonies were offered by them at the close of my talk, and the Spirit of God witnessed to the words spoken.
(24LtMs, Lt 86, 1909, 4)
I am very glad that I had opportunity to speak to this congregation in their house of worship. They expressed their gratitude for this, and my own heart was made glad. The children are being trained to use their voices to the praises of God.
(24LtMs, Lt 86, 1909, 5)
Now, my children, if you decide to come to the meeting, I feel sure that you will not find the journey taxing. And when you are here, you can have the advantages of sanitarium treatment. I will pay your expenses for a room at the sanitarium, and for both of you to take treatment. Willie has talked with the Doctors Kress about this, and arrangements have been made. Willie proposed this, and the matter is now settled as far as we are concerned. I hope you will both decide to come and get the advantages of the treatment and the meetings. We are having beautiful sunshine. The mornings are a little cool, but we are able to keep very comfortable.
(24LtMs, Lt 86, 1909, 6)
Lt 88, 1909
Belden, Vina Washington, D. C. May 11, 1909 Previously unpublished. Dear Sister Belden:
Your letter dated March 11 has been received, and I will reply at once. We are now at Washington, attending the General Conference meetings. There is a large pavilion pitched on the ground, and this is literally packed with people. A deep interest prevails. This is the largest gathering of our people that there has been in Washington.
(24LtMs, Lt 88, 1909, 1)
On Sabbath morning I spoke to a large congregation for fifty minutes. My voice was clear and could be heard by all. My talk was reported and was printed in the General Conference Bulletin. I will send you copies of this.
(24LtMs, Lt 88, 1909, 2)
I dreaded having to take this journey to Washington; but the Lord has sustained me wonderfully through it all. We spent a month on the way, visiting San Diego; Loma Linda; College View, Nebraska—where Miss Peck has a part in the manual school work—Nashville, Tennessee; Madison; Huntsville, Alabama; and Asheville, North Carolina.
(24LtMs, Lt 88, 1909, 3)
The morning after my arrival in College View, I spoke to the teachers and students assembled in the school chapel, and at the close of this meeting, spoke for a few minutes to the church school children gathered in another part of the college building. The following day, Sabbath, I addressed two thousand of our people in the College View Church. On Sunday I spoke again to our church people and the next day addressed the school faculty, giving instruction regarding the principles that should underlie all our school work. During our stay we were taken over the school farm.
(24LtMs, Lt 88, 1909, 4)
Union College is a large school. I am in favor of having such schools divided. Unless this school is divided, it will be necessary to erect more buildings in order to carry on the work with profit. But I am confident that changes will be made. Some of the teachers will be appointed to other fields of labor.
(24LtMs, Lt 88, 1909, 5)
On Tuesday afternoon we continued our journey, going to Nashville, and on reaching there were taken to the Nashville Sanitarium, where we had the best of accommodation. During our stay of a few days we visited the Rock City Sanitarium, established in Nashville for work among the colored people, and the Hillcrest School farm, where brethren Staines and Bralliar are seeking to establish a school for the training of colored workers. This school is in a good location, and several cottages are already put up on the place.
(24LtMs, Lt 88, 1909, 6)
I spent Sabbath in Nashville and spoke to our brethren and sisters in their nice church building. I had freedom in speaking. The next morning I filled an appointment to speak to the colored people in their church in the same city. This church building is well located, and in the basement is a room fitted up for a church school. The church was filled with a goodly number of people, intelligent looking and neatly dressed. They expressed deep thankfulness that I was able to speak to them in their own meetinghouse. At the close of the meeting I went to the colored sanitarium, which is situated only a few blocks from the church, and took a cold bath, a precaution I always take after speaking. Elder Blake and his wife were pleased that I could have the convenience of their new sanitarium.
(24LtMs, Lt 88, 1909, 7)
From this place I was taken out to Madison, where Brethren Sutherland and Magan were conducting a school for the training of missionary teachers. We spent a few days here and then continued our journey East.
(24LtMs, Lt 88, 1909, 8)
This is a tremendous gathering at Washington. Our workers are gathered here from all parts of the world. I greatly desire that the Lord will work here with the convicting power of His rich grace. We need to see the deep moving of the Spirit of God on human hearts. The Lord is waiting to be gracious, but there needs to be revealed the heart-searching power of His grace upon the families that are settled here. The Lord will not be glorified at this meeting unless it is seen that the Spirit of Christ is converting the soul.
(24LtMs, Lt 88, 1909, 9)
Lt 90, 1909
Atkinson, Ellen F. Washington, D. C. June 7, 1909 Previously unpublished. Ellen F. Atkinson My dear Niece:
I received your letter and feel sorry and distressed over your case. I have had an interview with the manager of the Loma Linda Sanitarium in Southern California since reading your letter and spoke to him in regard to the matter of your going to that sanitarium. He says that they are pledged not to receive patients who have tubercular trouble, and that if they should do this, their sanitarium would have to be closed up.
(24LtMs, Lt 90, 1909, 1)
Dear Miss Atkinson:
When your Aunt Ellen had written thus far, she was interrupted and handed me the letter, asking me to finish it for her. I wish I might say something by way of encouragement, but I really do not know what to say. I think if I had the case to deal with, I would seek out some dry climate like Mexico and pitch a tent and spend a few months in it, living outdoors, sleeping outdoors, and doing everything possible to regain my health.
(24LtMs, Lt 90, 1909, 2)
We expect to leave here tomorrow and spend a little time in Philadelphia, then New York, from there to Rhode Island, then to New Hampshire, and about July 3 we hope to be in Portland, Maine. A letter sent here to Takoma Park, C/O Sanitarium would be forwarded to us at any time. Yours with love.
(24LtMs, Lt 90, 1909, 3)
Lt 92, 1909
Anderson, Sister Takoma Park Station, Washington, D. C. June 10, 1909 Previously unpublished. Dear Sister Anderson:
I have read your letter, and I would say to you that you have my sympathy. Were I in your place, I would follow my convictions of duty and would go to that place where I felt the Lord desired me to be.
(24LtMs, Lt 92, 1909, 1)
You desire to return to Denmark and take up your work in that country. My sister, I hope you will be free to take up this work, where the people will appreciate the help you can give them. This will give them courage.
(24LtMs, Lt 92, 1909, 2)
Time is very short, and we have little time in which to labor. If you will try to help those whom you can help, the Lord will bless your efforts, and He will give you strength to do your duty. O how I long to see the people warned of the coming of Christ.
(24LtMs, Lt 92, 1909, 3)
Put your trust in the Lord, and He will be to you a present help in every time of need. Never give up to discouragement. Have faith in God, and He will prove a constant Helper.
(24LtMs, Lt 92, 1909, 4)
Lt 94, 1909
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] St. Helena, California January 14, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in 1MR 257; LLM 403-404. + Dear Brother and Sister Kress:
I have received your letter, and thank you for writing the particulars that you sent. I have not felt at liberty to say much for some time, when some of those in responsibility have manifested so little confidence in sanitariums that the Lord has designated should be established in different parts of the field.
(24LtMs, Lt 94, 1909, 1)
The Lord has often instructed me that we should avail ourselves of providential opportunities to secure buildings suitable for sanitarium work in favorable locations away from the cities. I have been shown that the city districts of such places as Los Angeles are unsuitable for sanitarium work. This was pointed out very clearly at the time the workers in Los Angeles were planning, a few years ago, to build a large sanitarium in one of the very busiest and noisiest parts of the city. The light given to me at that time was: Away from the cities! I was shown that if we would watch and search, we should find suitable properties in retired localities.
(24LtMs, Lt 94, 1909, 2)
While the Los Angeles brethren were searching for a property that could be utilized to advantage for sanitarium purposes, our brethren in San Diego called attention to some favorable openings for sanitarium work in the vicinity of that place. Among these was the Paradise Valley property, about six miles to the southward of San Diego. This property included a large, well-planned building that had originally cost in the neighborhood of twenty-five thousand dollars. At first, the entire property was offered us for about twelve thousand dollars, which, in view of the improvements already made on the place, was much less than its natural value. Water had become scarce in that section of the state, and this is why property values were so low at the time.
(24LtMs, Lt 94, 1909, 3)
Finally, as you may remember, we secured this valuable property for less than five thousand dollars, including the buildings. A few weeks later, our brethren in charge, upon digging deep into the earth, came upon a good supply of clear water. This was a source of encouragement to us all.
(24LtMs, Lt 94, 1909, 4)
At the time this property was purchased, it would have been well for us had we secured some additional properties, with buildings, close by. But the unbelief of many led to some hesitation and confusion of sentiment, and opportunities were allowed to pass by unimproved.
(24LtMs, Lt 94, 1909, 5)
The Lord was indeed with us in the establishment of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. The enemy has brought about a series of adverse circumstances; and, as a consequence, the running expenses of this institution have been materially increased; but we will not discard a heaven-born enterprise because of such discouragements. Let us, rather, make the best of the situation. The property is now in excellent shape and is well fitted for the work to which it has been dedicated.
(24LtMs, Lt 94, 1909, 6)
When we desired the Southern California Conference to take control of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium, human devising came in; and terms were made, which, I was instructed, we should in no wise accept, even if we should be forced to hire money at high interest to carry on the work. Justice and truth and righteousness forbade that we should agree to the terms laid down.
(24LtMs, Lt 94, 1909, 7)
Soon after the Paradise Valley Sanitarium had been secured, the brethren at Los Angeles, after long search, decided to purchase a hotel property at Glendale, eight miles from the city. This property was offered at a price below its original cost and within the reach of the conference. As everything seemed favorable, it was secured and has since been refitted and opened as the Glendale Sanitarium. Some additions have been made to the old building.
(24LtMs, Lt 94, 1909, 8)
When we first saw the Glendale property, so unlike some other properties we had visited in the vicinity of Los Angeles, we believed that this was a place that had been providentially reserved for us; and we have had no reason since for changing our minds.
(24LtMs, Lt 94, 1909, 9)
In less than a year after the establishment of the Glendale Sanitarium, the Loma Linda property was purchased. Thus, within a comparatively short period of time, God wrought marvelously in the establishment of three sanitariums within the territory of the Southern California Conference.
(24LtMs, Lt 94, 1909, 10)
During the first two or three years after the Paradise Valley Sanitarium was opened for patients, the institution passed through varied and trying experiences. Many who assisted in carrying on the work for a time were unable to remain. Finally it became necessary to secure a first-class physician and matron to take hold and help to conduct the institution along right lines. Brother and Sister R. S. Cummings responded to the call of the board of managers and connected with the institution late in 1907. Some months afterward, Dr. Cummings was given opportunity to visit Europe in order to perfect his education in certain lines.
(24LtMs, Lt 94, 1909, 11)
We thanked God when relief came in the help of Dr. Cummings and his wife. With these two workers to give counsel and practical assistance, Dr. Cummings as physician and his wife as matron, success should certainly attend the work of the institution, if the workers unite in following the Lord’s instructions.
(24LtMs, Lt 94, 1909, 12)
San Diego must be worked. Ministerial help should be given to this district that the truth may be brought before the people here as soon as possible. Men of wisdom are needed who work in harmony and will use all their capabilities in winning souls to Christ. Much time must not pass before decided efforts are put forth and sufficient help is given to this part of the Lord’s vineyard. A great and good work will be accomplished if the human agencies will work in humility of mind and be guided by the Holy Spirit.
(24LtMs, Lt 94, 1909, 13)
The difficulties that have arisen in the Southern California field have not been of the Lord’s creating, but have been the result, especially in Paradise Valley, of men following human wisdom and leaving the Lord out of their counsel. A course that has revealed the lack of true discernment has been followed, as if this were the mind and will of God. Men came in and confused judgment by their words and actions and made it very hard for those who still tried to carry out the work appointed. Those who have [been founded], by earnest prayer and the humility of heart that Christ recognizes as true humility, will never cater to any man’s mind or will that does not bear the mark of conformity to a “Thus saith the Lord.” When men in responsible positions will receive the higher education, they will lay aside their human ideas for a “Thus saith the Lord.”
(24LtMs, Lt 94, 1909, 14)
In the beginning of the year 1909, let us resolve that truth shall be more fully expressed in our lives. Let it be not a mere sentiment with us, but let it find expression in deeds and words that will make the life fragrant with the will of the divine One. Let time be given to the work of undoing that which has been done in self-confidence. Let the brethren counsel together and seek the Lord in humble, fervent prayer. Let them treat each other with respect even at such times when they must differ. Let the Spirit of Christ come into your midst, leading those who have been wrong to confess their wrongs and be converted. Let the sincere prayer be offered: Give me help from trouble, for vain is the help of man. Through God we shall do valiantly, for He it is that shall tread down our enemies.
(24LtMs, Lt 94, 1909, 15)
We need to cultivate a humble, thankful spirit. Through the psalmist the Lord declares: Whoso offereth praise glorifieth Me; and to him that ordereth his conversation aright will I show the salvation of God. [Psalm 50:23.]
(24LtMs, Lt 94, 1909, 16)
I am instructed to say to all who claim to be Christians: Guard your words. Let there be less pretense and more confidence in God. Let us learn to praise the Lord much more than we do. Our hearts should overflow with thankfulness for the truth we possess.
(24LtMs, Lt 94, 1909, 17)
Lt 94a, 1909
Brethren and Sisters in Washington Washington, D. C. June 6, 1909 This letter is published in entirety in 2SAT 305-313. + Dear Brethren and Sisters in Washington:
The Lord has a solemn and important work for His remnant people to do. There is much faithful missionary work to be done in the highways and byways of the earth, and all who have any part to act in this work must be truly converted at heart. It is not a tame, scientific religion that we advocate, but a religion that will subdue hearts and sanctify and cleanse and refine the life. It is a religion that possesses living power and the spirit of the great Teacher Jesus Christ. We are to reveal in our lives practical, genuine godliness. We are to be drawn out of and away from every selfish action. With the blessing of Christ upon us day by day, we are to be channels for the communication to all around us of heaven’s blessed light and grace.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 1)
The work of the third angel’s message is strengthening and broadening, and I have been instructed that the responsibilities in our large conferences should be divided and that we should not have all our work under the supervision of one group of men. The Lord has shown me that all the means should not be centered in one place. Arrangements should be made to share the responsibilities, and wise, godly men, who will act their part faithfully, should be selected to act a part in bearing responsibilities and to be entrusted with means for their part of the field. We have true and reliable men in various parts of the field, who have ability to carry responsibilities and to give wise counsel. We have reason to put confidence in them as verily as we have reason to trust the responsible men in Washington. These should be trusted to take hold and do a work for the places that have been neglected.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 2)
In all our churches in every conference there is need of a deep heartwork being done both among leaders and laymen. The president of the conference should sense his individual need and by living faith draw from Christ divine power and wisdom and efficiency. Heavenly understanding will surely be given to all who seek for it in humble faith. What we need is an inspiration from the cross of Calvary. This will make men and women laborers together with God.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 3)
During the past few years there have been some experiences in which men have set themselves to watch certain workers, lest they solicit means for the upbuilding in their part of the field of the work that the Lord has instructed us should be built up. The work in the southern field has been hindered, and means which should have gone to advance the work there has been held back because of a spirit of fear lest too much means be diverted to this channel. We ought not to have had this experience of keeping back men from the important work of opening blind eyes to the light of present truth. It was inconsistent with the faith we profess to hold that faithful men, doing a work greatly needed, should be forbidden to receive donations for the assistance of their work.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 4)
There was spread out before me city after city in need of evangelistic labors. If diligent effort had been given to the work of making known the truth for this time in the cities that are unwarned, they would not now be as impenitent as they are. From the light that has been given me, I know that we might have had today thousands more rejoicing in the truth if the work had been carried forward as the situation demands in many aggressive lines.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 5)
There are lessons for us to learn from the experience of Philip and the Ethiopian. Angels of God saw the Ethiopian traveler reading the Scriptures as he rode in his chariot, and one of the disciples was sent to meet him. Philip said to the Ethiopian, “Understandest thou what thou readest? And he said, How can I, except some man should guide me?”Acts 8:30, 31. Then Philip opened to him the Scripture. And when he had heard and believed, the Ethiopian asked, “What doth hinder me to be baptized?”Acts 8:36.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 6)
It was the Spirit of God that led this man’s mind to the study of the Scriptures; and because he could not understand their meaning, the Lord sent one of His servants to enlighten him and make him understand. When the Ethiopian asked, “What doth hinder me to be baptized,” Philip said, “If thou believest with all thine heart, thou mayest. And he answered and said, I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God. And he commanded the chariot to stand still; and they went down both into the water, both Philip and the eunuch, and he baptized him.”Acts 8:37, 38.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 7)
After Philip had given his message, he was caught away by the Spirit, and the eunuch saw him no more. This experience should teach us that we have a God, and that angels, who are ministering spirits, are sent by Him to do a special work in the earth. The man who undertakes to step in between the angels, and one whom God is seeking to instruct is out of his place. He had better stand on one side and let God work. God is able to work on human hearts and to lay upon them the burden of opening the Scriptures to the people.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 8)
Men bearing responsibilities are not faultless. They do not stand where they can make no mistakes. Sometimes they act like children. When we put confidence in self, and do not stop to pray, we are in great danger of marring the sacred work that we are dealing with. The Lord wants His workers to wrestle with Him in prayer. He wants to see the evidences of the working of the Holy Spirit upon human minds.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 9)
The Lord requires that we honor Him more fully in the management of the work than we have done in the past; but He cannot be honored by a course that hinders the advancement of the message of truth. He is dishonored when men set themselves to watch their fellow workers and to criticize them for seeking to obtain means from those who are willing to give for the needs of the advancing work. Such a work as this destroys the confidence of brother in brother. The advance work which we might have seen done, and which would have glorified God, has been hindered, and the message of truth has been retarded. If faithful and willing workers had been encouraged to do individual, personal work for souls in the highways and the byways, many would have been brought into the fold of Christ; but instead of this, some who desired to labor have become discouraged and disheartened and have lost their convictions of duty.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 10)
Every minister of the gospel needs to understand that those whom the Lord chooses to carry forward a special work in needy fields are to have freedom to solicit means from their brethren. I would that there could be opened before the leading men of the conference that which the Lord has presented to me as the result of the spirit of suspecting and watching and binding about. It has brought hindrances to the work which need never have existed. There have been laborers who were working far beyond their strength, and practicing economy in every possible way, who should have been encouraged and supported in their work. But the churches have had sown among them the seeds of suspicion and mistrust against these self-denying missionaries.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 11)
All who have engendered this spirit of suspicion, and have created this lack of confidence in God’s servants, need to be converted. They need to put away fear and jealousy and to cleanse their hearts from the evil seed of unbelief which has corrupted their thoughts and caused distress and forebodings. Some who have had abundant evidence of the good work that is being accomplished did not do what they could for its advancement, but took a course to hedge up the way. When we learn to define aright what sin is and what the righteousness of Christ is, we shall no longer justify such a course of action.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 12)
The heart, as well as the understanding, needs to be enlarged. It is not enough in this time of test and trial to have merely an intellectual knowledge of the truth. Heartwork must be done. “Thus saith the high and lofty One that inhabiteth eternity, whose name is Holy; I dwell in the high and holy place, with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit, to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones.”Isaiah 57:15.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 13)
The soul temple must be cleansed, and the experience of many must be seen in its true light. The buyers and the sellers must be driven out, and the Spirit of God must take possession of heart and mind. Let none question their need of a personal Saviour. The Lord cannot use the worker into whose experience true conversion has not entered. Character must be formed after the divine pattern. We are to work with Christ in the forming of character after the divine similitude.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 14)
The Lord does not accept worldly policies for the carrying forward of His work. This spirit must not come into the management of our conferences. The work given to the human agent is to copy the character of Jesus Christ. Shall worldly policies be allowed to hide the principles of men who claim to be doing the work of God? I say, No; no. The agencies of God and satanic agencies cannot combine. While so many are saying, Who is the Lord, that I should serve Him? while there prevails a lack of faith in God, let those who represent the work of the third angel’s message act like converted men. Let them wrestle with God in prayer. When our men in official positions are fully converted, they will advocate the truth for this time in every line of their work. I am hoping that we may have the satisfaction of seeing a work done that is free from selfishness and that will rapidly advance work in missionary lines.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 15)
Isaiah, speaking of the mission of Christ and His followers, says: “The Spirit of the Lord God is upon me; because the Lord hath anointed me to preach good tidings unto the meek; He hath sent me to bind up the brokenhearted, to proclaim liberty to the captives, and the opening of the prison to them that are bound; to proclaim the acceptable year of the Lord, and the day of vengeance of our God; to comfort all that mourn; to appoint unto them that mourn in Zion, to give unto them beauty for ashes, the oil of joy for mourning, the garment of praise for the spirit of heaviness; that they might be called trees of righteousness, the planting of the Lord, that He might be glorified.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 16)
“And they shall build the old wastes, they shall raise up the former desolations, and they shall repair the waste cities, the desolations of many generations.”Isaiah 61:1-4. “Thou shalt be called, The repairer of the breach; the restorer of paths to dwell in.”Isaiah 58:12.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 17)
If ever there was a time in the history of Seventh-day Adventists when they should arise and shine, it is now. No voice should be restrained from proclaiming the third angel’s message. Let none, for fear of losing prestige with the world, obscure one ray of light coming from the Source of all light.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 18)
It requires moral courage to do the work of God for these last days; but let us not be led by the spirit of human wisdom. The truth should be everything to us. Let those who want to make a name with the world go with the world. The great conflict is right at hand in which all will take sides; in it the whole Christian world will be involved. Daily, hourly, we must be actuated by the principles of the Word of God. Self must be sanctified by the principles of the righteousness, the mercy, and the love of God. At every point of uncertainty, pray, and earnestly inquire: Is this the way of the Lord? With your Bibles before you, consult with God as to what He would have you do. Holy principles are revealed in the Word of God. The source of all true wisdom is found in the cross of Calvary.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 19)
Everywhere we see increasing evidence that the message we have from God is to be the last message of warning to the churches of the world. Yet year after year is passing into eternity, and the churches are unwarned. I am instructed to speak to my brethren and to ask, Are we conscious of the neglect? I have been given message after message for our brethren, encouraging them to begin work in every place where the way shall open. If laborers would go forth to the work, the Lord would bless their own souls and would make their efforts fruitful. As the people hear the reasons of our faith, they will become interested and will be converted. There are many important places open to those who will work for souls. We should not be selfish in seeking to retain workers long in one place, but should be willing to sacrifice that the work may be begun in other cities that need the light of truth.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 20)
Let us urge those who have been converted from error to truth to become missionaries for the extension of the knowledge of truth. Invent some way of becoming acquainted with the people. In many instances you can make your way by presenting the books Christ’s Object Lessons and Ministry of Healing. Tell the people the story of the book and how the means raised by its sale is used for the carrying forward of gospel work. This kind of labor will open the way for you to establish small schools and medical missionary work in our cities.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 21)
Call the attention of the people to the importance of educational work. All may do something in this line. If any of our people are working in that city, connect with them in labor. They may be able to help you in finding ways of disposing of books among the people. If you will work with wisdom, with heart and soul interest, and with earnest prayer to your heavenly Father, you will find access to souls. If you are a minister, you may do a precious work in opening the Scriptures to the people.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 22)
There are places all around Washington in which missionary effort is needed. Right in Washington itself is a small world of unconverted souls, both white and colored. Who is feeling the burden for them? And there are many other important places yet unwarned. When I see this neglect, I feel sore at heart. I am praying night and day that the burden may be rolled onto the men who are acting as leaders in the work. Let those who are already at work open the way for others who desire to labor and who are qualified to take part in missionary effort.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 23)
We are thankful for this good conference we have had. Yet I am distressed to see so much territory in America left unworked. Large donations are sometimes appropriated without considering what should be done to give thorough work to these neglected fields. Workers must be paid, if the field is to be cultivated and seeds of truth sown. We must have houses of worship to accommodate those who shall come out to hear.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 24)
A great amount of strength and a great many advantages are being centered here in Washington. Our leading men should refuse to expend means too largely in this place. They should improve their opportunities and advantages for working in other places. God will honor their service by making them a power in His closing work.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 25)
There are important cities needing labor that are near by Washington, our next door neighbors, as it were. If our brethren and sisters will do earnest missionary work for all with whom they come in contact, new fields of labor right around us will be opened up. The burden to labor for souls will come to many of those settled here, and they will desire to take an active part in the proclamation of the truth.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 26)
We plead that those settled in Takoma Park shall become laborers together with God in planting the standard of truth in unworked territories. Let a part of the large donations called for be used to furnish workers in our cities close by Washington. Let faithful house-to-house work be done. Souls are perishing out of the ark of safety. Let the standard of truth be lifted up by the church members in their neighborhoods. Let ministers pitch their tent and preach the truth to the people with power and then move to another vicinity and preach the truth there. I pray that many at the close of this meeting may take their stand to work as they have never worked before for the spread of a knowledge of present truth.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 27)
My brethren, lose no time in giving the message in the southern field. Dwell upon the Word of God. Let every statement be in harmony with a plain “Thus saith the Lord.” Exalt Bible truth. Show forth its beauty and holiness. None who work in the South can proclaim the truth as boldly and fearlessly as in the North. Men are to labor with watchfulness and much prayer. Be guarded in what you say regarding the work of other denominations; for there are some who would be quick to retaliate. Let no words be spoken against the white people.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 28)
The Lord has seen the struggles and untiring efforts of men in the South to teach the truth. He has counseled these workers in their necessity and has enabled them to work with safety in times of peril, as they have sought Him in earnest prayer and have gone forward with unwavering faith.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 29)
God looks with sadness upon the unworked cities. The message has come to us, Work the cities quickly. The Lord would be pleased to see His messengers go forth as Christ the Son of the living God went forth. He is our example. He would be pleased to see our conferences laying plans for progressive work in our cities, to build up the old waste places. He would be pleased to hear the truth proclaimed wisely by every believer. Lack of faith has greatly hindered the work of God. There are decided reformations to be made. Our cities East and West and North and South are to be given the message of present truth. Companies are to go forth into the highways and the hedges, searching for the scattered sheep.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 30)
A mighty work is to be done by the people who observe the Sabbath of the fourth commandment. The Sabbath truth is to be presented in clear lines. Our platform is to be the law of God. We are to call attention to the Sabbath as the holy of the Lord, honorable. The Sabbath day is set apart by Jehovah as a sign between the Lord and His people. “Verily My Sabbaths ye shall keep,” He says, “for it is a sign between Me and you throughout your generations, that ye may know that I am the Lord that doth sanctify you.”Exodus 31:13.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 31)
There has been some talk of putting up a large building here. The Lord does not want us to erect large buildings. He wants converted men with converted hearts more than anything else. I urge you to go to the places that have been neglected and give the message of warning to the people. The Lord is coming soon, and many are unready, unready. Here is territory all around you, where thorough work should be done to interest souls in the truth for this time. Some can take our books and learn what it means to go to the highways and hedges with the message of truth. Use the gift that you have; impart the light you have received. Repeat the truth over and over again to the people in simplicity and love. Such labor will be greatly appreciated.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 32)
Do not try to weave in a spirit of human wisdom. Do not try to find something new and strange to bring to the people, but speak the truth as it is in Jesus. When the doctrine is presented in the simplicity of true godliness, it will speak to hearts. There is need that all have opportunity to labor for souls. Then their ability will be increased, and they will be qualified to do a greater work.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 33)
Many laborers can work here in Washington, but there are some who are especially qualified to stand in the pulpits in our large cities and preach the truth as they have presented it acceptably for years. This class of work Brother Prescott is well fitted to perform. God wants him out of Washington. He wants him to labor where he can see souls being brought to the truth through his instrumentality. I am instructed to say to Elder Prescott, You are needed in the fields that are opening for evangelistic work; and when you make the Lord your trust, and, like a little child, cast your helpless soul upon your Saviour, He will be your righteousness, He will be your sanctification, He will be your power to reach the people by the messages of truth. Wonderful reformations will be seen, and there will be an awakening and a conversion of many souls who are now ignorant of what is the truth for these last days.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 34)
I am instructed to say to our people: Consider the warnings God has sent regarding the closing up of this earth’s history. It is not now a time for us to make a great display in large buildings. All our efforts for display will not convert one soul. When we consider that we are to be judged by our works, should we not give to the people of the world a representation in works that corresponds with the truths we proclaim? As a people we are to stand before the world to tell that time is soon to end. But our words of warning will be of no special value unless we show our faith by our works. Let us not testify by large and expensive buildings that we do not really believe what we teach. We are to provide simple, well-constructed buildings for the carrying on of our work; but we must not in one place, in the erection of buildings, [use] sums so large that we would have to leave the byways and hedges unwarned of the coming of the Saviour.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 35)
We are delivering sermons in every building we erect, and these things are taken as testimonies borne of our faith, while these very buildings testify that we are not expecting to move soon from this world to the heavenly. As this representation of the matter was presented before me, I could not rest. I determined to present it as it was presented to me and to urge our people to show their faith by their works. If we will work humbly and in the fear of God, He will work with our efforts to impress men and women with the truths of the message, and they in turn will testify to the faith they hold.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 36)
Missionaries are called for to go to foreign countries to present the truth to those who are in darkness. And the cities right around us are unworked and are calling for help. “Ye are My witnesses, saith the Lord,”“to proclaim liberty to the captives, and the opening of the prison to them that are bound; to proclaim the acceptable year of the Lord, and the day of vengeance of our God.”Isaiah 43:10; 61:1, 2. My brethren and sisters, let us not make representations of unbelief, but let the light shine forth to the world in clear, distinct rays.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 37)
My heart is all the time asking the question, How can we reach the people? What can we do to open the blind eyes? There is missionary work to be done right here in this place, just as important as that to be done in foreign countries. Why isn’t it just as important to awaken an interest in the fields right about us as to work for the lands afar off? Oh, I do beseech our people in Washington to represent rightly the religion of Jesus Christ, the intensity of His love for the perishing, and the greatness of His power to save.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 38)
I want to read you a few words concerning Christ’s work of ministry: “When He was come into the house, the blind men came to Him: and Jesus saith unto them, Believe ye that I am able to do this? They said unto Him, Yea, Lord. Then touched He their eyes, saying, According to your faith be it unto you. And their eyes were opened, and Jesus straitly charged them, saying, See that no man know it. But they, when they were departed, spread abroad His fame in all that country.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 39)
“As they went out, behold, they brought to Him a dumb man possessed with a devil. And when the devil was cast out, the dumb spake: and the multitudes marveled, saying, It was never so seen in Israel. But the Pharisees said, He casteth out devils through the prince of the devils. And Jesus went about all the cities and villages, teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing every sickness and every disease among the people.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 40)
“But when He saw the multitudes, He was moved with compassion on them, because they fainted, and were scattered abroad, as sheep having no shepherd.”Matthew 9:28-36.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 41)
In connection with this, let us read Christ’s great commission to His disciples: “Then the eleven disciples went away into Galilee, into a mountain where Jesus had appointed them.... And Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you; and, lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world.”Matthew 28:16-20.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 42)
This instruction given by Christ to His disciples is the true higher education. The highest education in our world is to be found in the teachings of the Word of God. To receive its teachings, to carry its principles into the daily life, is to receive the highest education that man can gain. It is the only education that will secure us an entrance into the city of God.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 43)
When I came to Washington, I thought that, if I could, I would stay all through the meeting. Then there came a time when I felt that I could not stay any longer. I said I would go away. But in the night season, the word came to me: You are My messenger; you must give the message that I give you for the people. I said, I will stay, and if the meeting is prolonged, I will still stay till the close.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 44)
There are great reformations that need to be made here. These reformations are to be made on the right hand and on the left. May God help us to pray as we have never prayed before. We need His guidance and His counsel in all our works.
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 45)
And now let us pray: Heavenly Father, I come to Thee in the name of Thy dear Son. [Copy ends here.]
(24LtMs, Lt 94a, 1909, 46)
Lt 96, 1909
Parsons, D. A. Philadelphia, Pennsylvania June 13, 1909 Portions of this letter is published in 3SM 51. Elder Parsons
Takoma Park Station, Washington, D.C. Dear Brother:
I am not at liberty to write to our brethren concerning your future work, for the Lord has not given me this to do. I have received no instruction regarding the place where you should locate, or what should be your future course. Neither can I specify to others what is their duty toward you.
(24LtMs, Lt 96, 1909, 1)
At the present time my mind is greatly burdened in regard to several letters that I must write. Messages have been given me for certain of our brethren, and these messages must be borne whether those to whom they are sent will hear or will not hear. But concerning your future labors the Lord has given me no instruction.
(24LtMs, Lt 96, 1909, 2)
I dare not even take the responsibility of advising you in this matter. But I would say to you, my brother, You have a counselor in the Lord Jesus. Counsel also with your brethren; they can advise you. If the Lord gives me definite instruction concerning you, I will give it you; but I cannot take upon myself responsibilities that the Lord does not give me to bear.
(24LtMs, Lt 96, 1909, 3)
Lt 97, 1909
Cottrell, H. W. Refiled as Lt 80, 1909.
Lt 98, 1909
White, J. E.; White, Emma “Pennsylvania Sanitarium,” Philadelphia, Pennsylvania June 16, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in TMK 188; MM 88; 3MR 223. Elder J. E. White My Children Edson and Emma:
We have been here at the sanitarium since Friday, June 11. Elder Starr and his wife are with us. W. C. White is as busy as he can be in Washington.
(24LtMs, Lt 98, 1909, 1)
Brother and Sister Starr came the first part of the week, expecting to go with us to New York. They brought us the news that Elder Prescott’s automobile was crushed between two street cars while he was driving through the city. Brother Prescott was the only one in the automobile at the time of the accident, and he escaped unharmed.
(24LtMs, Lt 98, 1909, 2)
On the morning of the day we left Washington, I attended a meeting held in the seminary building and spoke to the brethren assembled some very plain words concerning the destitute fields and the great work that must be done in many places. I urged them not to hold the ministers at Takoma Park, because there is a work to be done all through our cities that have not heard the truths of the third angel’s message. Some did not take willingly to the idea of losing Elder Prescott, but I spoke plainly to them—the last time, perhaps, that I shall speak to them.
(24LtMs, Lt 98, 1909, 3)
The physical creation testifies of God and of Christ as Creator of all things. “All things were made by Him.” [John 1:3.] And He “who commanded the light to shine out of darkness, hath shined into our hearts, to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ.” [2 Corinthians 4:6.] This knowledge, the knowledge of the glory of God, is the highest class of learning that mortals can obtain. And “this treasure we have in earthen vessels that the excellency of the power may be of God, and not of us.” [Verse 7.]
(24LtMs, Lt 98, 1909, 4)
Human fallacies are abundant and specious. Unseen agencies are at work to make falsehood appear as truth; errors are clothed with a deceptive garb, that man may be led to accept them as essential to a higher education. And these fallacies will deceive many of our students unless they are thoroughly guarded, and unless they are led by the Spirit of God to take the grand and holy truths of the Word into their hearts and minds, accepting these as the principles underlying the higher education. No instruction can exceed in value the pure instruction of God, which comes for the enlightenment of all who will be enlightened.
(24LtMs, Lt 98, 1909, 5)
Our students must be educated to understand that there can be no education higher than that which was given by the Great Teacher to the world. We must guard our students from temptation by making the sacred truths of the word of God the basis of their education. This higher knowledge, the knowledge of the glory of God, is to shine into their hearts, that the excellency of the power may be of God and not of men.
(24LtMs, Lt 98, 1909, 6)
I am instructed to say to teachers: You will need to be constantly imbued with the power of the Holy Spirit if you would guard against the deceptive wiles of Satan. Your instructor must be the One who gave Himself to the work of unmasking Satan’s devices. The truths of the Word of God will be covered with the interpretations of men, and these interpretations will be presented as essential for all who would obtain a “higher education.” These representations will be accepted by some minds, because they present such wonderful advantages. They will deceive, if that were possible, the very elect, by making of none effect the warnings of Christ.
(24LtMs, Lt 98, 1909, 7)
Warn every student that he must be wide-awake. Let this truth be firmly fixed upon the mind by our ministers and by all who in faith are acting a part to rid the human mind of error, that there can be no higher education than that which came forth from Him who gave His life that humanity might grasp divinity, and fallen man become one with God. The teacher who is so foolish as to think that he can give to the student a more perfect knowledge than that given by the great Teacher Christ Jesus is ignorant of what constitutes the higher education.
(24LtMs, Lt 98, 1909, 8)
“The voice said, Cry. And he said, What shall I cry? All flesh is grass, and all the goodliness thereof as the flower of the field: the grass withereth, the flower fadeth: because the spirit of the Lord bloweth upon it: surely the people is grass.” [Isaiah 40:6, 7.]
(24LtMs, Lt 98, 1909, 9)
The prophet Isaiah sets forth the work of Christ in the world in the following words:
(24LtMs, Lt 98, 1909, 10)
“He shall not fail nor be discouraged, till He have set judgment in the earth: and the isles shall wait for His law.
(24LtMs, Lt 98, 1909, 11)
“Thus saith God the Lord, He that created the heavens, and stretched them out; He that spread forth the earth, and that which cometh out of it; He that giveth breath unto the people upon it, and spirit to them that walk therein: I the Lord have called thee in righteousness, and will hold thine hand, and will keep thee, and give thee for a covenant of the people for a light of the Gentiles; to open the blind eyes, to bring out the prisoners from the prison, and them that sit in darkness out of the prison house. I am the Lord: that is My name: and My glory will I not give to another, neither My praise to graven images. Behold, the former things are come to pass, and new things do I declare: before they spring forth I will tell you of them.” [Isaiah 42:4-9.]
(24LtMs, Lt 98, 1909, 12)
I ask you to study the 40th to the 42nd chapters of Isaiah. If you will do this prayerfully and carefully, you will receive instruction that will teach you that you need not dishonor God by putting into the minds of students a desire for a worldly education. Men and women bring reproach upon God when they place human instructors before the teachings of the God of heaven. Oh that our people would come to their senses and follow the instruction of their Maker!
(24LtMs, Lt 98, 1909, 13)
“Verily, Thou art a God that hidest Thyself, O God of Israel, the Saviour. They shall be ashamed, and also confounded, all of them: they shall go to confusion together, that are makers of idols. But Israel shall be saved in the Lord with an everlasting salvation: ye shall not be ashamed nor confounded world without end.
(24LtMs, Lt 98, 1909, 14)
“For thus saith the Lord that created the heavens; God Himself that formed the earth and made it; He hath established it, He created it not in vain, He formed it to be inhabited: I am the Lord; and there is none else. I have not spoken in secret, in a dark place of the earth: I said not unto the seed of Jacob, Seek ye My face in vain: I the Lord speak righteousness, I declare things that are right.
(24LtMs, Lt 98, 1909, 15)
“Assemble yourselves and come; draw near together, ye that are escaped of the nations: they have no knowledge that set up the wood of their graven image, and pray unto a god that cannot save. Tell ye, and bring them near; yea, let them take counsel together: who hath declared this from ancient time? Have not I the Lord? And there is no God else beside Me; a just God and a Saviour; there is none beside Me. Look unto Me, and be ye saved, all the ends of the earth: for I am God, and there is none else. I have sworn by Myself; the word is gone out of My mouth in righteousness, and shall not return, That unto Me every knee shall bow, every tongue shall swear.
(24LtMs, Lt 98, 1909, 16)
“Surely, shall one say, In the Lord have I righteousness and strength: even to Him shall man come; and all that are incensed against Him shall be ashamed. In the Lord shall all the seed of Israel be justified, and shall glory.” [Isaiah 45:15-25.]
(24LtMs, Lt 98, 1909, 17)
Study the 50th to the 56th chapters of Isaiah, and also the 60th to the 63rd chapters. They contain precious instruction and assurances. When students’ minds are diverted from the precious truths of the Word of God to the instructions of worldly teachers, in order that they may stand as reliable teachers of others, they are seeking for an education that they do not need. The principles that underlie the teachings of the Word—these are the lessons that should be impressed upon the minds and hearts of the students. They are to be appreciated as the highest instruction there is for them to obtain, whatever may be their age or whatever may be the line of work for which they are preparing.
(24LtMs, Lt 98, 1909, 18)
I am charged to lift up the standard, and to say to our people: At this time, when every conceivable thing is being brought in to confuse the people of God, let your spiritual eyesight be strengthened; let your faith in the Word of God be firm. Know for yourselves that the words and teachings of Christ, which are the words and teachings of Jehovah, contain the highest instruction it is possible for man to gain.
(24LtMs, Lt 98, 1909, 19)
When any would seek to confuse your minds, repeat to them the words of Christ, “No man can serve two masters.” [Matthew 6:24.] Let the Word of the Lord stand forth clearly and distinctly.
(24LtMs, Lt 98, 1909, 20)
We have a work to do, an individual work, that no one can do for us. It is for our eternal interest that we each do our specified work.
(24LtMs, Lt 98, 1909, 21)
I have spoken once in Philadelphia, taking for my Scripture reading the fifteenth chapter of John. I spoke for one hour to a crowded house. I had much freedom in speaking. There were about two hundred people present—a sensible-looking company. But I have been very sick since that day. The meetinghouse was closely packed, and the impurity of the air, caused by the many breaths, poisoned me. This morning I almost decided that I could not speak again in a crowded house; but I understand that in New York there is to be a tent erected, and that will improve the situation.
(24LtMs, Lt 98, 1909, 22)
One day I rode out in an automobile for several hours, and the many automobiles spinning past so affected my eyes that I have been suffering with them ever since.
(24LtMs, Lt 98, 1909, 23)
I am in confusion of mind as to what is my duty. I see a great work to be done, yet I feel unable to represent this in a way that it will be comprehended by the people. My mind is clear and active, but my head troubles me. I am in perplexity. It may be that if I remove to a more healthful climate these difficulties will disappear. I need to be where I can have exercise, but I see no hope of getting this by changing to New York. If I could get to Melrose, I think I could take some treatment and be better.
(24LtMs, Lt 98, 1909, 24)
Thursday
We leave Philadelphia tomorrow. We have been very favorably situated here, but I cannot help feeling that good common sense was lacking when the purchase of this place for a sanitarium was made, where the building would have to be wedged in between other buildings as this is. Our people have had instruction in regard to establishing our sanitariums out of the cities, where there could be plenty of space, and where the patients could be encouraged to spend much time out of doors. A mistake was made in investing money, even though it was a little, in the purchase of this place. It is injustice to the sick to bring them to an institution thus situated. May God help our physicians and our students to learn what is the true higher education, and this it is the privilege of all to obtain.
(24LtMs, Lt 98, 1909, 25)
I must stop now, for writing this letter has tired me very much. I shall be glad to hear from you after we are located in New York. We meet W. C. White there tomorrow.
(24LtMs, Lt 98, 1909, 26)
I have had some relief from pain today, and my eyes are improving. The Lord understands my case, and He can help me.
(24LtMs, Lt 98, 1909, 27)
Lt 100, 1909
Burden, J. A. Washington, D. C. June 9, 1909 This letter is published in entirety in PC 267-269. + Elder J. A. Burden
Loma Linda, California Dear Brother Burden:
In the night season I seemed to be conversing with you, and encouraging you to go forward in the name of the Lord, preparing your school to give the education most needed at this time. The education that is to be given by our people in the large cities of Southern California is set before me day and night. The people in these cities are to be made to understand what constitutes “higher education.” Higher education means conformity to the plan of salvation.
(24LtMs, Lt 100, 1909, 1)
Obtain facilities for your school work. Let the means that shall come to you be used very economically. Do not spend one dollar unnecessarily.
(24LtMs, Lt 100, 1909, 2)
Endeavor to place yourself where you will not be confused by the representations and forbiddings of human agencies who would misinterpret the true meaning of the higher education. Lift up the Man of Calvary. By the work of teaching and by earnest prayer, endeavor to place the students where they will receive the inspiration of heaven. Jesus Christ is to be presented before them as the Source of all light and knowledge. Let none dishonor Him by choosing to accept the world’s interpretation of what the higher education means. Let us leave that to those who do not acknowledge the truths of the Word of God as the source of all true knowledge.
(24LtMs, Lt 100, 1909, 3)
Give to the teachers all the advantages possible, to secure a clear understanding of what constitutes the essential education.
(24LtMs, Lt 100, 1909, 4)
Teach the students to look for wisdom to the One who gave His life for the salvation of the world. Now is your time to work. That same Jesus who walked with His disciples on earth, and who taught them from day to day, will teach His servants in this age.
(24LtMs, Lt 100, 1909, 5)
I would call your attention to the eighth chapter of Acts, in which is related Philip’s experience with the Ethiopian seeker after truth. The record states:
(24LtMs, Lt 100, 1909, 6)
“And the angel of the Lord spake unto Philip, saying, Arise, and go toward the south unto the way that goeth down from Jerusalem unto Gaza, which is desert. And he arose and went: and, behold, a man of Ethiopia, an eunuch of great authority under Candace queen of the Ethiopians, who had the charge of all her treasure, and had come to Jerusalem for to worship, was returning, and sitting in his chariot read Esaias the prophet.
(24LtMs, Lt 100, 1909, 7)
“Then the Spirit said unto Philip, Go near, and join thyself to this chariot. And Philip ran thither to him, and heard him read the prophet Esaias, and said, Understandest thou what thou readest? And he said, How can I, except some man should guide me? And he desired Philip that he would come up and sit with him.
(24LtMs, Lt 100, 1909, 8)
“The place of the scripture which he read was this, He was led as a sheep to the slaughter; and like a lamb dumb before his shearer, so opened He not His mouth: in His humiliation His judgment was taken away: and who shall declare His generation? for His life is taken from the earth....
(24LtMs, Lt 100, 1909, 9)
“Then Philip opened his mouth, and began at the same scripture, and preached unto him Jesus.
(24LtMs, Lt 100, 1909, 10)
“And as they went on their way, they came unto a certain water: and the eunuch said, See, here is water; what doth hinder me to be baptized? And Philip said, If thou believest with all thine heart, thou mayest. And he answered and said, I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God.
(24LtMs, Lt 100, 1909, 11)
“And he commanded the chariot to stand still: and they went down both into the water, both Philip and the eunuch; and he baptized him. And when they were come up out of the water, the Spirit of the Lord caught away Philip, that the eunuch saw him no more: and he went on his way rejoicing. But Philip was found at Azotus, and passing through he preached in all the cities, till he came to Caesarea.” [Verses 26-33, 35-40.]
(24LtMs, Lt 100, 1909, 12)
The whole of the book of Acts should receive careful study. It is full of precious instruction; it records experiences in evangelistic work, the teachings of which we need in our work today. This is wonderful history; it deals with the highest education, which the students in our schools are to receive.
(24LtMs, Lt 100, 1909, 13)
Lt 102, 1909
Sutherland, E. A.; Magan, P. T. Washington, D. C. June 8, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in TDG 168; SpM 447-449. + Brethren Sutherland and Magan:
I am instructed to say to you, Be careful as to what moves you now make. You have had many hindrances to your work, and at times you have been greatly bound about by difficulties, so that at times it seemed almost impossible to advance in the work that the Lord desired you to do. You have had many discouragements, but the Lord’s directing care has been over you. You need now to be careful that you do not take one step in a path where He is not going before you and guiding you. You should not leave your present field of labor unless you have clear evidence that it is the Lord’s will for you to do so.
(24LtMs, Lt 102, 1909, 1)
Brother Magan, your family is precious in the sight of God. Your wife and children should have your care. Your family can work harmoniously together.
(24LtMs, Lt 102, 1909, 2)
I have words to speak to our people in the southern field. Do not confine your work in any one place. The Lord will provide for the carrying forward of the work in many places. The work that Brethren Staines and Bralliar have begun is not to be in any way discouraged. The talents of many workers are to be used wisely and faithfully. “My reward is with Me, to give every man according as his work shall be,” the Saviour declares. [Revelation 22:12.] Let the workers remember that their final reward will be in proportion to their development of Christian character. The Lord expects interest on the talents He has entrusted to His servants—interest in proportion to the gifts He has bestowed.
(24LtMs, Lt 102, 1909, 3)
Christ’s life of humiliation and death of shame has paid the price for the salvation of every soul. Eternal life in the kingdom of God is the highest inducement for consecrated service that He can hold out to men and women.
(24LtMs, Lt 102, 1909, 4)
Capabilities have been entrusted to every soul. These are talents to be improved by faithful service, that Christ at His coming may receive His own with usury.
(24LtMs, Lt 102, 1909, 5)
We hear much of the higher education as the world regards the subject. But those who are ignorant of the higher education, as it was taught and exemplified in the life of Christ, are ignorant of what constitutes the higher education. Higher education means conformity to the terms of salvation. It embraces the experience of daily looking unto Jesus, and of working together with Christ for the saving of the perishing.
(24LtMs, Lt 102, 1909, 6)
Idleness is sin; for there is a world to be labored for. Christ gave His life to the work of uplifting the fallen and the sinful. Though He was the prince of heaven, He lived and suffered and died under the abuse and scorn of fallen men; and this that He might prepare for the human family mansions in the heavenly courts. Christ imparted instruction of the highest order. Can we imagine a higher education than that to be gained in co-operation with Him?
(24LtMs, Lt 102, 1909, 7)
Now is our time to work. The end of all things is at hand; soon the night cometh in which no man can work; this night is much nearer than many suppose. Lift up the Man of Calvary before those who are living in sin. By pen and voice labor to sweep back the false ideas that have taken possession of men’s minds regarding the higher education. To every worker Christ gives the command, Go work today in My vineyard for the glory of My name. Represent before a world laden with corruption the blessedness of true higher education. Light is to shine forth from every believer. The weary, the heavy laden, the brokenhearted, and the perplexed are to be pointed to Christ, the source of all spiritual life and strength.
(24LtMs, Lt 102, 1909, 8)
The word is spoken to you and your students. Be faithful minutemen. Seek for the higher education, which is entire conformity to the will of God, and you will surely reap the reward that comes as the result of its reception. When you hourly place yourselves in that position where you can be the recipients of the blessing of God, the name of the Lord will be magnified through your lives.
(24LtMs, Lt 102, 1909, 9)
Read carefully the fortieth chapter of Isaiah. Those who give their hearts to the Lord, to learn His will and His ways, are receiving the highest education that it is possible for mortals to receive. They are building their experience, not on the sophistries of the world, but on the pure and undefiled principles of the Word of God.
(24LtMs, Lt 102, 1909, 10)
Speaking of the work of the Redeemer, the Lord through the prophet says, “Behold, My Servant, whom I uphold: Mine elect, in whom My soul delighteth; I have put My Spirit upon Him: He shall bring forth judgment to the Gentiles. He shall not cry, nor lift up, nor cause His voice to be heard in the streets. A bruised reed shall He not break, and the smoking flax shall He not quench: He shall bring forth judgment unto truth. He shall not fail nor be discouraged: till He have set judgment in the earth: and the isles shall wait for His law.” [Isaiah 42:1-4.]
(24LtMs, Lt 102, 1909, 11)
In the 40th chapter of Isaiah, referring to the work of God’s messengers in the earth, the prophet writes: “Comfort ye, comfort ye, My people, saith your God. Speak ye comfortably unto Jerusalem, and cry unto her that her warfare is accomplished, that her iniquity is pardoned: for she hath received of the Lord’s hand double for all her sins.
(24LtMs, Lt 102, 1909, 12)
“The voice of him that crieth in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make straight in the desert a highway for our God. Every valley shall be exalted, and every mountain and hill shall be made low: and the crooked shall be made straight, and the rough places plain: and the glory of the Lord shall be revealed, and all flesh shall see it together: for the mouth of the Lord hath spoken it.” [Verses 1-5.]
(24LtMs, Lt 102, 1909, 13)
“O Zion, that bringest good tidings, get thee up into the high mountains; O Jerusalem, that bringest good tidings, lift up thy voice with strength; lift it up, be not afraid; say unto the cities of Judah, Behold your God! Behold, the Lord will come with strong hand, and His arm shall rule for Him: behold, His reward is with Him, and His work before Him. He shall feed His flock like a shepherd: He shall gather the lambs with His arm, and carry them in His bosom, and shall gently lead those that are with young.
(24LtMs, Lt 102, 1909, 14)
“Who hath measured the waters in the hollow of His hand, and meted out heaven with the span, and comprehended the dust of the earth in a measure, and weighed the mountains in scales, and the hills in a balance?
(24LtMs, Lt 102, 1909, 15)
“Who hath directed the Spirit of the Lord, or being His counselor hath taught Him? With whom took He counsel, and who instructed Him, and taught Him in the path of judgment, and taught Him knowledge, and shewed Him the way of understanding? Behold, the nations are as a drop of a bucket, and are counted as the small dust of the balance: behold, He taketh up the isles as a very little thing. And Lebanon is not sufficient to burn, nor the beasts thereof sufficient for a burnt offering. All nations before Him are as nothing; and they are counted to Him less than nothing and vanity.
(24LtMs, Lt 102, 1909, 16)
“To whom then will ye liken God? or what likeness will ye compare unto Him? The workman melteth a graven image, and the goldsmith spreadeth it over with gold, and casteth silver chains. He that is so impoverished that he hath no oblation chooseth a tree that will not rot; he seeketh unto him a cunning workman, to prepare a graven image, that shall not be moved.
(24LtMs, Lt 102, 1909, 17)
“Have ye not known? have ye not heard? hath it not been told you from the beginning? have ye not understood from the foundations of the earth? It is He that sitteth upon the circle of the earth, and the inhabitants thereof are as grasshoppers; that stretcheth out the heavens as a curtain, and spreadeth them out as a tent to dwell in: that bringeth the princes to nothing; He maketh the judges of the earth as vanity. Yea, they shall not be planted; yea, they shall not be sown; yea, their stock shall not take root in the earth: and He shall also blow upon them, and they shall wither, and the whirlwind shall take them away as stubble.
(24LtMs, Lt 102, 1909, 18)
“To whom then will ye liken Me, or shall I be equal? saith the Holy One. Lift up your eyes on high, and behold who hath created these things, that bringeth out their host by number. He calleth them all by names, by the greatness of His might, for that He is strong in power; not one faileth. Why sayest thou, O Jacob, and speakest, O Israel, My way is hid from the Lord, and my judgment is passed over from My God?
(24LtMs, Lt 102, 1909, 19)
“Hast thou not known? hast thou not heard? that the everlasting God, the Lord, the Creator of the ends of the earth, fainteth not, neither is weary? There is no searching of His understanding. He giveth power to the faint; and to them that have no might He increaseth strength. Even the youths shall faint and be weary, and the young men shall utterly fall: but they that wait upon the Lord shall renew their strength; they shall mount up with wings as eagles; they shall run, and not be weary; and they shall walk, and not faint.” [Verses 9-31.]
(24LtMs, Lt 102, 1909, 20)
Lt 104, 1909
Stillman, Brother and Sister Madison, Wisconsin August 17, 1909 Previously unpublished. Brother and Sister Stillman:
I am impressed to write you the words spoken to you while you were here. Do not encourage a line of thought that will bring discouragement to you, both physically and mentally. Do not encourage suspicion, but encourage confidence. We have no need to give the devil an invitation to spoil our lives through surmisings. Let the Holy Spirit into your hearts. My sister, you may resist the impressions that Satan is trying to create in your mind. Dismiss the enemy, and do not make it hard for your soul. We need to press forward to the light.
(24LtMs, Lt 104, 1909, 1)
Do not watch for faults in your husband and spoil his experience. Speak and act confidence. If you allow men to stir up your mind to think evil of your husband, you will spoil his life; and your own heart will be made heavy. Bring all the brightness possible into your life, and do not make it hard for yourself. Do not be desponding, but walk in the light as Christ is in the life.
(24LtMs, Lt 104, 1909, 2)
We are forming characters, my brother and sister, for the future, immortal life. Dismiss the devil. Do not encourage his temptation. Walk humbly with God. We are not to talk trials, but faith; and let pleasant words be spoken to each other. I present these words of encouragement before you. Seek to help and bless one another. Walk in the sunshine of the Lord’s presence, and you will be cheerful and happy.
(24LtMs, Lt 104, 1909, 3)
Lt 106, 1909
Churches in Oakland and Berkeley St. Helena, California September 26, 1909 This letter is published in entirety in 18MR 232-236. + To our churches in Oakland and Berkeley:
I have been instructed to give a message of warning to our churches in Oakland and Berkeley. Many who profess to believe the truth for this time are unconverted in heart. I have been shown that many whose names are on the church books are unprepared for the coming of Christ. There are whole families who are deceived in regard to their spiritual fitness to stand the test of the judgment.
(24LtMs, Lt 106, 1909, 1)
Many who love self-indulgence and who murmur at the straight testimony of the Laodicean message are ignorant of how sinful their actions really are; but in the judgment they will be ashamed of their course of ingratitude and rebellion against the One who has borne so long with them, and who has not cut them off in their sins. No confession, no weeping will then avail for those who have spoiled their record. Many who now claim to be the disciples of Christ will be numbered among those who would not repent, but who have deceived their souls unto their eternal ruin. The evasion of truth will not give courage to any soul in the day of judgment to open his lips in self-defense. Then the books will be opened that bear the record of the works of every individual.
(24LtMs, Lt 106, 1909, 2)
I am instructed to say that the Lord regards false professors as rebels against Him; for their actions bring reproach to His name. O that their murmurings might be turned to self-reproach and their complainings to repentance!
(24LtMs, Lt 106, 1909, 3)
God has sent messages from His Word to the souls who are living careless lives and who are unashamed of their wrong course of action. I heard the words spoken: “Why sayest thou, O Jacob, and why speakest thou, O Israel, My way is hidden from the Lord, and my judgment is passed over from my God. Hast thou not known, hast thou not heard, that the everlasting God, the Creator of the ends of the earth, fainteth not, neither is weary; there is no searching of His understanding.” [Isaiah 40:27, 28.] If the careless, self-indulgent souls would seek the Lord and confess their sins, they would see how their unconverted lives lead others astray, and they would repent and be converted.
(24LtMs, Lt 106, 1909, 4)
Many parents conclude that because their children have been baptized, that they are therefore quite safe. But baptism is not necessarily an evidence that the converting power of God is constantly at work in the daily life of the individual.
(24LtMs, Lt 106, 1909, 5)
I am bidden to lift up my voice like a trumpet, and to speak plainly concerning the perils that surround our children and youth. Satan is actively at work, laying stumbling blocks in the way of their Christian advancement. He has many schemes by which to deceive souls and to destroy the spiritual discernment that evil may be interpreted as righteousness. One of his most successful schemes is to place within their reach the foolish storybook to read, when they need the convicting power of the Word of the living God to impress mind and heart
(24LtMs, Lt 106, 1909, 6)
God is constantly appealing to the human heart, bidding it recognize His love and mercy, and accept His righteousness in the place of the principles of evil. Thus He has pleaded with mankind in all ages. In Noah’s day Christ spoke to men through a human agency and preached to those who were in bondage to sin. He came to Israel enshrouded in a pillar of cloud by day and in a pillar of fire by night. He it was who educated that vast multitude in their wilderness wandering.
(24LtMs, Lt 106, 1909, 7)
Israel needed just the experience that God gave to them, and there was no other power that could deal with them as did Christ through all that long journey in the wilderness. The education of Israel was not entrusted to any human agency; they were taught by One who was infinite in wisdom. They were daily learners of what God required His church on earth to be.
(24LtMs, Lt 106, 1909, 8)
There are many who do not weigh these things sufficiently. The instruction given to Israel should be understood today by every soul living. Man may claim great intelligence, but he needs more than human intelligence in order to grasp the revelations of the gospel, which the Word declares has been hidden for ages. The deceiving works of Satan beguile the conscience in regard to individual weaknesses and sins, and hundreds are caught in his snares.
(24LtMs, Lt 106, 1909, 9)
In Oakland there has been for years a strong influence against the principles of health reform, which has counterworked the messages the Lord has given concerning the use of flesh meats and the use of drugs.
(24LtMs, Lt 106, 1909, 10)
When the Lord sent instruction regarding the principles of health reform, and the dangers attending the use of flesh meats, and the use of drugs, there were physicians standing in our sanitariums who chose to hold to their own ideas, to carry out their own plans for the table. They were opposed to the reforms that were called for, and indulgence of appetite was permitted in the rooms of the patients which was contrary to the principles for the maintenance of which our sanitariums were established.
(24LtMs, Lt 106, 1909, 11)
The Lord gave light outlining a different order of things, but His messages were disregarded, and opposing principles were allowed for a time to rule. Sanitarium work, which is carried on under the name Seventh-day Adventist, should stand clearly for the true principles of health reform; otherwise a complicated condition of things will follow, and the work will be made severely hard for the genuine reformers.
(24LtMs, Lt 106, 1909, 12)
The men chosen by our churches to stand as leaders and burden-bearers should be those who are sound in the faith, and not men whose general influence has been to counterwork the messages the Lord has given to the church to point out the dangers of His people. In our churches in Oakland and Berkeley there has been exercised an unbecoming jurisdiction which the Lord does not approve.
(24LtMs, Lt 106, 1909, 13)
My brethren and sisters, the end is nearer than when we first believed. I would say to the believers who have met at Berkeley: You are a mixed company. I might mention the names of some whom I have been shown stand in a wrong relation to God and His work, but this would not be best at this time. If things continue as they have been, I shall have to do this. There are others who will understand when the converting power of truth shall take hold of them. Those who have seen and heard so much to confirm their faith, and yet have not manifested genuine repentance, need to experience a true conversion. If their repentance is not thorough, they will work out the same plans in the future that they have carried in the past. There is a decided work to be done in the Berkeley church. If they will receive the messages of God, and will humble their hearts and be converted, then the union of the two companies will result in lasting good.
(24LtMs, Lt 106, 1909, 14)
Marvelous blessings may be expected by the faithful, humble followers of Jesus Christ who follow on to know the Lord. “God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life.” [John 3:16.] “The world by wisdom knew not God, but it pleased God by the foolishness of preaching to save them that believe.”“As it is written, Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither hath entered into the heart of man the things which God hath prepared for them that love Him. But God hath revealed them unto us by His Spirit; for the Spirit searcheth all things; yea, the deep things of God.” [1 Corinthians 1:21; 2:9, 10.]
(24LtMs, Lt 106, 1909, 15)
The Lord has light and wisdom for His people, which they should expect, receive, and cherish. Let there be decided changes made. Let those who have been accusers, and who have stood ready to take offense at any word or move that seemed to them to be ill-advised, humble their hearts, and pray that the spirit of division and dissension may be taken away. The Lord has a work for all to do who will submit to be worked by His Holy Spirit.
(24LtMs, Lt 106, 1909, 16)
Study the ninth chapter of Ezekiel. These words will be literally fulfilled; yet the time is passing, and the people are asleep. They refuse to humble their souls and to be converted. Not a great while longer will the Lord bear with the people who have such great and important truths revealed to them, but who refuse to bring these truths into their individual experience. The time is short. God is calling. Will you hear? Will you receive His message? Will you be converted before it is too late? Soon, very soon, every case will be decided for eternity.
(24LtMs, Lt 106, 1909, 17)
Lt 108, 1909
Irwin, G. A. St. Helena, California September 25, 1909 Previously unpublished. Elder G. A. Irwin Dear Brother Irwin:
The Sabbath has just closed, and I have words to write to you. I have recently conversed with Elder Haskell regarding the presidency of the California Conference. He feels that it would not be wise for him to serve in this office for another term, and I do not think that I should urge him to do so. He and his wife have done nobly. They have not spared themselves, and they have not murmured at inconveniences. But they now feel that because of Elder Haskell’s age, he should be relieved from the burden of heavy responsibility.
(24LtMs, Lt 108, 1909, 1)
I believe that the Lord would be pleased to have you fill this position during the coming year. I am sure that you would be gladly welcomed and sustained by the members of the conference, and that both you and your wife could be a help to the work here. I know of no one who is better qualified than yourself to deal with the conditions in this field.
(24LtMs, Lt 108, 1909, 2)
We should have for the president of the California Conference an elderly man of broad experience, and he should be strongly supported by a younger man. You and your wife and your son and his wife are qualified to fill important positions, and you can be a help to one another.
(24LtMs, Lt 108, 1909, 3)
There are peculiar elements in this conference, and there is much at stake here at this time. If you will come to our help, we will give you our promise to co-operate with you in doing the work that needs to be done. We are glad that the Lord has wrought for us in the securing of our school property. This has relieved us of a great burden.
(24LtMs, Lt 108, 1909, 4)
I dare not defer expressing myself in this matter. We need you here with your experience. Elder Haskell says that he can feel at rest, if he could be assured that you would come. We ask you to consider this question carefully and prayerfully. We trust that after you have prayed regarding your duty, you and your wife will decide to unite with us in this field.
(24LtMs, Lt 108, 1909, 5)
Lt 110, 1909
White, J. E. St. Helena, California September 17, 1909 This letter is published in entirety in 1MR 338-342. Elder J. E. White
Nashville, Tennessee My dear Son Edson:
Home again! When we reached home, a camp-meeting had just begun at Fruitvale. But I was not able to attend the first few days of the meeting. While crossing the Sierra Nevada mountains, the last night of our journey, I suffered with great weakness of the heart. Sara and Willie feared I might not live to get home. But soon we left the high altitude, and I was better; but I reached St. Helena in a very weak condition.
(24LtMs, Lt 110, 1909, 1)
The night we arrived at home we received a message asking us to go up the following day to see the property that had been purchased for the Pacific College. The brethren thought that this property possessed many advantages over that at Buena Vista; and as the owner of the Buena Vista place could not give us a clear title, it was thought advisable to purchase this. We left home early on the morning of Sept. 10, driving in my easiest carriage. It was a five-mile climb to the top of the hill; then when about one mile from the property the country became more level.
(24LtMs, Lt 110, 1909, 2)
Elder Irwin met us at the place and showed us something of the grounds and buildings. As we drove along I marked the advantages over the Buena Vista property. True, there was not here the fine, costly building that we found on the Sonoma property, but there were a number of buildings in good repair, and such as could be easily adapted to the needs of the school. The largest of the dwellings was a house of 32 rooms, and in addition to this there were four cottages. All the rooms were well planned, and substantially but not extravagantly furnished. Everything about houses and grounds looked clean and wholesome.
(24LtMs, Lt 110, 1909, 3)
There are 1,600 acres of land in the property, 105 acres of which is good, arable land. Twenty acres of this is in orchard. We were much pleased with the fruit that we saw. At the time of our visit, there were many workers on the ground taking care of the prunes—some gathering the fruit, others preparing it for drying.
(24LtMs, Lt 110, 1909, 4)
The large corn barn was filled to the roof with the best of lucerne hay harvested from the land. In the carriage house we saw eight buggies and wagons. There were 20 milch cows, 13 horses, and six colts included in the trade.
(24LtMs, Lt 110, 1909, 5)
The place has many sanitarium advantages. Here is a large bathhouse with good swimming tank and many dressing rooms. There are four bathrooms supplied with good porcelain bath tubs. The water for this swimming tank is supplied from springs on the place and is constantly flowing in and out through pipes in the sides of the enclosure.
(24LtMs, Lt 110, 1909, 6)
Now I have tried to describe this place to you, though I have not seen it as fully as some others. I was a very sick woman on the day that I visited the property and was not able to climb more than one flight of stairs in the main building. I did not dare to excite my heart by overexertion. But it was thought best that I should visit the place as soon as possible and pass my judgment on it as a site for our school. I am very pleased with the place; it has many advantages as a school location. We are thankful for the abundant supply of pure water flowing from numerous springs and thrown into large tanks by three hydraulic rams; also for the good buildings, for the good farmland, and for the hundreds of acres of woodland, on which there are many thousands of feet of saw timber. We are thankful also for the machinery which is all in such good order, for the furniture, which, though it is not fine, is good and substantial; for the fruit that is canned and dried, and which will be much appreciated by teachers and students this first year of school.
(24LtMs, Lt 110, 1909, 7)
When we learned that we were not going to be able to secure the Sonoma property, an assurance was given me that a better place was provided for us, where we could have many advantages over our first selection. As I have looked over this property, I pronounce it to be superior in many respects. A school could not be located in a better spot. It is eight miles from St. Helena and is free from city temptations. The entire cost is sixty thousand dollars ($60,000). Forty thousand dollars of this money has been raised, and we hope the balance will soon be forthcoming. Our people see that this property is much better than we hoped to be favored with. It is situated only six miles from the sanitarium where Dr. Rand is head physician. The leading workers of these two institutions can co-operate in their work to carry forward the work of sanitarium and school solidly.
(24LtMs, Lt 110, 1909, 8)
In Prof. C. W. Irwin and wife we have excellent workers. Prof. Irwin will be the principle of the school. They have no children.
(24LtMs, Lt 110, 1909, 9)
In time more cottages will have to be built for the students, and these the students themselves can erect under the instruction of capable teachers. Timber can be prepared right on the ground for this work, and the students can be taught how to build in a creditable manner.
(24LtMs, Lt 110, 1909, 10)
We need have no fear of drinking impure water, for here it is supplied freely to us from the Lord’s treasure house. I do not know how to be grateful enough for these many advantages, but I feel like putting my whole trust in the Lord, and as long as my life is spared to glorify my Redeemer. With heart and soul and voice I praise Him that He has made such wonderful provision for us.
(24LtMs, Lt 110, 1909, 11)
I went to Oakland the Monday following my visit to Angwin’s, but could only speak twice. The heat was intense, and I could not endure it. I think I shall have to be very careful for a time.
(24LtMs, Lt 110, 1909, 12)
I must now close this letter, for I am very tired; but I felt that I could not rest until you knew something about this place. I would be very glad to see you both. If Emma would come, she would find here a delightful place to rest. I think how much she would enjoy the advantages of the Angwin property. And when you feel that you want to get into a good atmosphere, come to us, and we will find a good place for you.
(24LtMs, Lt 110, 1909, 13)
It is growing dark, and I cannot see to write more.
(24LtMs, Lt 110, 1909, 14)
Lt 112, 1909
Board of Managers of the Melrose Sanitarium Portland, Maine July 4, 1909 This letter is published in entirety in 7MR 301-312. + To the Board of Managers of the Melrose Sanitarium:
I have words to speak to the employees of the Melrose Sanitarium; for there is a work that needs to be done in and around the sanitarium that they are neglecting. I have been deeply pained as the situation has been presented before me. The physician and the general manager need not expect to receive the especial blessing of the Lord upon the institution while they leave undone the very work that is most essential. I am instructed to say to the men now holding offices of responsibility in the Melrose Sanitarium: A thorough work of conversion needs to be done for you both. You need to realize that your position of responsibility and your profession as intelligent Christians call for heart service rendered in the love and fear of God. You should understand your need of the converting power of the grace of Christ. If as converted men you will work out in your experience the principles of true religion, you will receive the choicest of heaven’s blessings.
(24LtMs, Lt 112, 1909, 1)
It is expected that there shall stand at the head of our sanitariums men who labor in harmony with God because they receive wisdom daily from His Word; men of prayer, men who realize their accountability to guard the religious interests of every young man and woman employed in the institution. It is their duty to endeavor to give to the members of the sanitarium family an earnest, consecrated mold of character. Our sanitariums should be safeguards to our youth. If those in positions of trust will be faithful to the discharge of every religious duty, the younger and inexperienced members of the family will learn to be faithful in meeting their responsibilities. If the leaders will cherish a spirit of faithfulness, using God’s abundant resources to increase their aptitude for their work, if they will understand the value of a Christian education in fitting workers for service in the cause of God, they will see precious results for their labors.
(24LtMs, Lt 112, 1909, 2)
The workers standing at the head of our sanitariums should be prepared to give needed spiritual help to the patients who come to the institution, that these souls may be converted from error to an understanding of the Word of God as it is revealed for this time. They are to do faithful service for God, receiving from Him a sense of their sacred responsibilities. By prayer and earnest effort, they are to be workers together with God for the conversion of souls. By the exercise of faith in God, they are to draw from the source of all power the ability to do the will of God in genuine missionary work. The blessing of the Lord will come in rich measure to the patients through the medium of the sanitarium when the workers in the institution realize their responsibility and act like converted men. The Word of the Lord, if received and believed, will be accepted as yea and Amen by every earnest seeker.
(24LtMs, Lt 112, 1909, 3)
To those who have had opportunity to become trustworthy men, but who have not improved their opportunity, I will say, Unless your hearts are changed, and you sense your great responsibility before God; unless you come to an understanding of your own unpreparedness for service, and accept the discipline of the Word of God, other and better-qualified men must come in to do your work—men who have fitted themselves for positions of trust by grasping the opportunities for spiritual advancement that have presented themselves.
(24LtMs, Lt 112, 1909, 4)
The night after I left Melrose, matters were presented me in this way: I was shown what might have been accomplished for God in this institution if Christ and His service had been regarded as of first importance. Great blessings would have come to the patients through reading to them select portions of the Scriptures and through praying with those who needed comfort and enlightenment. In many ways the workers might have given evidence of their genuine Christianity—not in great demonstrations, but, as children of God, finding for themselves comfort and hope and peace in Christ, and imparting to those to whom they ministered that which they had received.
(24LtMs, Lt 112, 1909, 5)
But what spiritual good, I ask, has been imparted to believers and unbelievers? What effort has been made to exalt the world’s Redeemer? Christ has paid for your redemption with the infinite price of His precious blood. Had you accepted with gratitude this Gift, and appreciated it as you should, you would have sought to uplift Him before others, saying, The Saviour has given His precious life for you and for me. How do you suppose the Lord regards the half-hearted service that has been given Him? The “Well done” [Matthew 25:21] cannot be spoken of imperfect service; the Lord has not been honored in your daily experience. I now entreat of you to take upon yourselves the responsibility that you have not yet accepted of being laborers together with God and fulfil faithfully the duties He requires of you.
(24LtMs, Lt 112, 1909, 6)
In whatever place the believer is, he should remember that as a professing Christian he must reveal that he is striving to keep all the commandments of God. “Ye shall know them by their fruits,” the Saviour said. “Do men gather thorns of grapes? or figs of thistles? Even so every good tree bringeth forth good fruit; but a corrupt tree bringeth forth evil fruit. A good tree cannot bring forth evil fruit; neither can a corrupt tree bring forth good fruit. Every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit is hewn down, and cast into the fire. Wherefore by their fruits ye shall know them.
(24LtMs, Lt 112, 1909, 7)
“Not every one that saith unto Me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven; but he that doeth the will of My Father which is in heaven. Many shall say unto Me in that day, Lord, Lord, have we not prophesied in Thy name; and in Thy name have cast out devils? and in Thy name done many wonderful works? Then will I profess unto them, I never knew you; depart from Me, ye that work iniquity.
(24LtMs, Lt 112, 1909, 8)
“Therefore whosoever heareth these sayings of Mine, and doeth them, I will liken him unto a wise man, which built his house upon the rock; and the rain descended, and the floods came, and the wind blew, and beat upon that house; and it fell not; for it was founded upon a rock. And everyone that heareth these sayings of Mine, and doeth them not, I will liken him unto a foolish man which built his house upon the sand; and the rain descended, and the floods came, and the wind blew, and beat upon that house; and it fell; and great was the fall of it.” [Matthew 7:16-27.]
(24LtMs, Lt 112, 1909, 9)
I present these Scriptures to you for your prayerful study. You need to be soundly converted. You need to educate yourselves to pray and to teach the Word of God in the sanitarium. Unless you are willing to do this, you have no right to accept positions which mean so much to us as a people, and so much to those who are seeking a training for the work of God. I understand now the reason why I had so little freedom to speak words of encouragement to those present; they could not grasp the religious phase of their education. The Lord have pity on that sanitarium which, needing so much the knowledge of the Lord and the strength of prayer, yet fails of seeking help from the only true source. Let all who claim to be servants of God educate young and old to understand that they cannot live without the aid of prayer.
(24LtMs, Lt 112, 1909, 10)
We call upon all who have a part to act in our sanitariums to become Christians, that is, Christlike. Physicians should not be employed in these institutions who cannot conduct worship in the sanitarium family and give religious instruction. If there is any place in our world where prayer is daily needed, it is in our sanitariums. Let the patients and helpers see that you appreciate physical exercise and that you place a high value on spiritual things. A profession of religion amounts to very little unless it is worked out in the home life. It is a serious neglect when those in responsibility fail to bring the family together for worship. This is a sacred privilege and duty, and it means life to the soul.
(24LtMs, Lt 112, 1909, 11)
The Highest Service Required
In our sanitariums there is need of workers with the highest capabilities in order that souls may be influenced to accept Christ as their Saviour. It is not by urging upon sickly men and women the doctrines of our faith, but by learning of Christ from His Word and revealing His teachings in the daily life, that the workers in our sanitariums will minister successfully to souls and render acceptable service to Christ. From the light that has been given me I know that there needs to be more careful work done in selecting our workers for every line of sanitarium work. They should be chosen and faithful. A great mistake is often made in accepting cheap help because you are pressed for means. The loss sustained in having poor, inexperienced help is an all-round loss. It cannot be estimated in dollars and cents. The well-trained mind is of value, and the experienced help is essential in educating those who give promise of becoming efficient workers. The soundly converted soul will be a weighty influence for good in any institution, but a haphazard education is a snare.
(24LtMs, Lt 112, 1909, 12)
There are many who claim to believe the truth for this time, but who act contrary to the teachings of truth because they are not converted. These are not to be encouraged to act a part in our sanitarium; this sacred work is not to be trusted to men and women who are not soundly converted. We are, I fear, becoming lax on this point. There will be more sanitariums established if they are established along the lines of true education. This means that we shall not reject the instruction of the Lord and turn to the teachings of the wise men of the world in order to gain the so-called higher education. It is not in the order of the Lord that our students shall attach themselves to worldly educational institutions and be trained according to worldly methods.
(24LtMs, Lt 112, 1909, 13)
Daily, in the words we speak, in the plans we form, in the acts we perform, we are making impressions for good or for evil upon those with whom we come in contact. In all we do and say we should testify for Christ. There is a great work to be done in a short time, and those who have obtained a knowledge of present truth are called to be laborers in the cause. Said Christ to His disciples, “As ye go preach, saying, The kingdom of heaven is at hand. Heal the sick.... Behold I send you forth as sheep in the midst of wolves; be ye therefore wise as serpents and harmless as doves.” [Matthew 10:7, 8, 16.]
(24LtMs, Lt 112, 1909, 14)
When our sanitarium work was established at Battle Creek, the Lord instructed me that our health institutions should be dedicated to God to become agencies for the dissemination of the principles of health reform. The word was spoken: My Spirit will come into these institutions, making them agencies for the relief of the afflicted and for the spread of the knowledge of the gospel. Give instruction in religious lines; open the Scriptures to the afflicted, and pray with and for the suffering. I will honor the people who will honor Me.
(24LtMs, Lt 112, 1909, 15)
The Bible is to be the educating book; its directions are to be faithfully followed. I am the great Healer of disease. Let the workers labor in harmony with My Word. Let the physicians learn of Me out of the Scriptures and regard My instruction in all their work. Then these agencies will not depart from Me, but will co-operate with Me in giving light and salvation to men. They will not lust after the world’s indulgences, but will prepare foods that will not in any way defile the human body. They will provide fruits and grains, simply prepared foods, unmixed with wine or strong elements that confuse the brain and make the way easy for Satan to lead into sin.
(24LtMs, Lt 112, 1909, 16)
It is the duty of the physician to see that wholesome food is provided, and it should be prepared in a way that will not create disturbances in the human organism. A great variety of foods should not be taken at one meal; for they create disturbances in the stomach, injure the digestive organs, and impair the brain nerve power so that it cannot discern the sacred from the common.
(24LtMs, Lt 112, 1909, 17)
A Lesson From the Experiences of Israel
The Lord gave to the children of Israel a wonderful experience when He delivered them from Egyptian bondage and the temptations of Egypt, and for forty years guided them through the wilderness. He desired to make of them a separate people. He wanted them to reform in their habits of eating.
(24LtMs, Lt 112, 1909, 18)
The preserving power of God went with Israel. They were led by the pillar of cloud and of fire. Christ was their leader and their teacher. When they were brought into straitened places, the Lord wrought miracles in their behalf, providing them when thirsty with pure water from the rock. When they hankered after the flesh pots of Egypt, He gave them manna, angels’ food. Israel had unmistakable evidence that they were being led and protected by a divine power.
(24LtMs, Lt 112, 1909, 19)
The history of Israel, from first to last, should be a lesson to all who in these last days have determined to separate themselves from all idolatry. It should encourage them to free themselves from all hindrances that would confuse mind and conscience, and lead into sin. The people who are preparing for the future, eternal life must learn of God out of His Word. All that would divert the mind from His service is to be recognized and put away. The story magazine, the novel, and the cheap, worthless literature are to be given up. The means thus saved can be spent in buying those publications that will bring heaven’s light to those who read them. Every family should act a part in endeavoring to keep out of the home the worthless productions that are a power for evil to the youth, robbing them of the sense of the preciousness of the Word of God which they should read and understand.
(24LtMs, Lt 112, 1909, 20)
I would that all could have made to them the representations that have been given me concerning the great events of the future and our need of preparation for the times before us. The Lord desires to prepare the hearts and minds of His people, that the blessedness of His way shall make its impression upon mind and heart and character, so that Satan’s plans for spoiling their interest in the Word of God shall not succeed. God’s people need to understand that Satan is working with all his ingenuity to keep minds engrossed with those things that close the door of the heart to things of eternal interest, that men and women and youth shall not be touched by the messages of warning and invitation that are coming to the world in these last days. He is working in every conceivable way to hinder the sanctification of God’s people through a belief of the truth.
(24LtMs, Lt 112, 1909, 21)
I ask you to study the fourth to the eighth chapters of Deuteronomy, that you may understand what God required of His ancient people, that they might be a holy people unto Himself. We are nearing the day of God’s great final review, when the people of this world must stand before the Judge of all the earth to answer for their deeds. We are now in the time of investigation. Before the day of God’s review, every character will have been investigated, every case decided for eternity. Let the words of God’s servant, recorded in these chapters, be read with profit.
(24LtMs, Lt 112, 1909, 22)
The Lord commanded Moses for Israel: “Thou shalt therefore keep the commandments and the statutes and the judgments which I command thee this day, to do them. Wherefore it shall come to pass, if ye hearken to do these judgments, and keep and do them, that the Lord thy God shall keep unto thee the covenant and the mercy which He sware unto thy fathers; and He will love thee, and will bless thee and multiply thee.”“And the Lord will take away from thee all sickness.” [Deuteronomy 7:11-13, 15.]
(24LtMs, Lt 112, 1909, 23)
“All the commandments which I command thee this day shall ye observe to do, that ye may live, and multiply, and go in and possess the land which the Lord sware unto your fathers. And thou shalt remember all the ways that the Lord thy God led thee these forty years in the wilderness, to humble thee, and to prove thee, to know what was in thine heart, whether thou wouldest keep His commandments or no. And He humbled thee, and suffered thee to hunger, and fed thee with manna, which thou knewest not, neither did thy fathers know, that He might make thee know that man doth not live by bread only, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of the Lord, doth man live. Thy raiment waxed not old upon thee, neither did thy foot swell these forty years. Thou shalt also consider in thine heart, that as a man chasteneth His son, so the Lord thy God chastens thee. Therefore thou shalt keep the commandments of the Lord thy God, to walk in His ways, and to fear Him.” [Deuteronomy 8:1-6.]
(24LtMs, Lt 112, 1909, 24)
Lessons from Christ’s Ministry
There are precious lessons to be learned from the study of Christ’s ministry to the sick. “Behold, they brought to Him a man sick of the palsy, lying on a bed: and Jesus seeing their faith said unto the sick of the palsy; Son, be of good cheer; thy sins be forgiven thee. And, behold, certain of the scribes said within themselves, This man blasphemeth. And Jesus knowing their thoughts said, Wherefore think ye evil in your hearts? For whether is easier to say, Thy sins be forgiven thee; or to say, Arise and walk? But that ye may know that the Son of man hath power on earth to forgive sins, (then saith He to the sick of the palsy,) Arise, take up thy bed, and go unto thine house. And he arose and departed to his house. But when the multitude saw it, they marveled, and glorified God, which had given such power unto men.” [Matthew 9:2-8.]
(24LtMs, Lt 112, 1909, 25)
“And it came to pass that as Jesus sat at meat in the house, behold many publicans and sinners came and sat down with Him and His disciples. And when the Pharisees saw it, they said unto His disciples, Why eateth your Master with publicans and sinners? But when Jesus heard that He said, They that be whole need not a physician, but they that are sick. But go ye and learn what that meaneth, I will have mercy and not sacrifice; for I am not come to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance.” [Verses 10-13.]
(24LtMs, Lt 112, 1909, 26)
“And Jesus went about all the cities and villages, teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing every sickness, and every disease among the people. But when He saw the multitudes, He was moved with compassion for them, because they fainted, and were scattered abroad, as sheep having no shepherd. Then saith He unto His disciples, The harvest truly is plenteous, but the laborers are few. Pray ye therefore the Lord of the harvest, that He will send forth laborers into His harvest.” [Verses 35-38.]
(24LtMs, Lt 112, 1909, 27)
It is the Lord’s purpose that in our sanitariums the character of Christ’s work shall be revealed. The physicians should be prepared to exercise a helpful, uplifting influence. Connected with the physician should be men of sound religious experience who will harmonize with him in his work. The manager should be one capable of giving religious instruction. There should be special ministerial help to keep up the interest in the work of preparing a people for the great day of God. Those who minister to the sick should seek to bring to the afflicted the hope of the gospel, laboring in the simplicity of true godliness. Physicians, managers, and workers in every line should become a united force as gospel workers to win the patients to Christ by the power of a godly influence. When the sanitarium workers, in the wisdom of God, shall seek to save the souls that are perishing in their sins with the same faithfulness that they minister to the needs of the suffering body, a holy, sanctified atmosphere will pervade the institution.
(24LtMs, Lt 112, 1909, 28)
In our sanitariums, of all places in the world, we need soundly converted physicians and wise workers—men and women who will not urge their peculiar ideas upon the sick, but who will present the truths of the Word of God in a way that will bring comfort and encouragement and blessing to the patients. This is the work for which our sanitariums are established—to correctly represent the truths of the Word of God and to lead the minds of men and women to Christ.
(24LtMs, Lt 112, 1909, 29)
Let the religious services held each day be short, but educational in character. Present the Bible and its Author, the God of heaven and earth, and Christ the Son. the great gift of God to the world. Tell the patients how the Saviour came to the earth to reveal the love of God for men. Present before them His great sacrifice in thus coming here to live and die. Let it be known that through faith in Christ every sinful human being may become a partaker of the divine nature, and learn to co-operate with God in the work of salvation. Souls are precious in the sight of heaven. The souls who are rescued from the snares of Satan to belief in Christ as the world’s Redeemer will receive the blessings of heaven in this life, and in the world to come eternal life in the kingdom of God.
(24LtMs, Lt 112, 1909, 30)
Lt 114, 1909
White, Mabel “Pacific College,” Angwin, California September 30, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in 8MR 114-116; 6Bio 185. Mrs. Mabel Workman Dear Mabel:
We were made very happy to receive the word that the Lord has blessed you in bringing you safely through this crisis. It was all a great surprise to me. Had I known of your condition all these months, I should have been much worried. Let us praise the Lord that He has been so gracious and pitiful and full of loving kindness. Good is the Lord. May our hearts be very grateful to Him.
(24LtMs, Lt 114, 1909, 1)
A ten-pound boy is quite a handful. Now a new responsibility rests upon you. May the Lord guide you and the father of this treasure. May he give you wisdom and help you daily to know how to treat your child that it shall be well with the lad.
(24LtMs, Lt 114, 1909, 2)
I worked constantly during the five months of my journey. Since my return I have been able to do but little, for I reached home in a very weak condition. I attended the Oakland camp-meeting and spoke twice, but the weather was so intensely hot that I could not remain there over three days.
(24LtMs, Lt 114, 1909, 3)
The last night of our journey home, as we came through the snowsheds of the Sierra Nevadas, my heart was seriously affected. Your father and Sara feared that I might not live to get home; but soon I left the high altitude and I was better.
(24LtMs, Lt 114, 1909, 4)
We are spending a few days at the new school property, known as the Angwin Resort, about eight miles from St. Helena. Before we returned to California, Elder Haskell and others looked over the property; and after comparing its advantages with those of other places they had seen, they decided to accept this. They offered their price for it; and being the first ones to make any offer, it was accepted.
(24LtMs, Lt 114, 1909, 5)
The night we arrived at home, we received a message asking us to go up the following day to the property that had been purchased. We left home early on the morning of Sept. 10, driving in my easiest carriage. It was a five-mile climb to the top of the hill; then when about one mile from the property, the country became more level.
(24LtMs, Lt 114, 1909, 6)
Elder Irwin met us at the place and showed us about the grounds and buildings. As I drove along I marked the advantages over the Buena Vista property. True, we had not here the fine costly building that we found on the Sonoma property, but there were a number of buildings in good repair, and such as could easily be adapted to the needs of the school. The largest of the dwellings was a house of 32 rooms, and in addition to this there were six cottages and three barns. All the rooms in the dwellings were well planned and substantially though not extravagantly furnished. Everything about houses and grounds looked clean and wholesome.
(24LtMs, Lt 114, 1909, 7)
Many advantages came to us in the house furnishings. The beds were all supplied with two good mattresses, one hair mattress and one of cotton wool, feather pillows and woolen blankets, some of which are very good indeed. All the floors are covered, some of the rooms with carpets, but most with straw matting. The bed linen was all in good order.
(24LtMs, Lt 114, 1909, 8)
There are 1,600 acres of land in the property, 105 of which is good, arable land. There are 20 acres of orchard, bearing apples, pears, plums, prunes, peaches, figs, grapes, and English and black walnuts. There are 30 acres of alfalfa. We were much pleased with the fruit that we saw. At the time of our first visit, there were many workers on the ground taking care of the prunes, some gathering the fruit and others preparing it for drying. Forty-five tons of prunes have been gathered from the orchard this year.
(24LtMs, Lt 114, 1909, 9)
The large corn barn was filled to the roof with the best alfalfa hay harvested from the land. In the carriage house we saw 8 buggies and wagons. There also came with the place 20 milch cows, 13 horses, and 6 colts.
(24LtMs, Lt 114, 1909, 10)
The place has many sanitarium advantages. There is a large bathhouse with good swimming tank and many dressing rooms. There are four bathrooms furnished with good porcelain tubs. The water for this swimming tank is supplied from springs on the place and is constantly flowing in and out through pipes in the sides of the enclosure.
(24LtMs, Lt 114, 1909, 11)
We held the dedicatory service on the morning of Sept. 29, in a room which had been used as a dance hall, but which will now serve as a chapel. The room will seat about 200 persons. The room was filled with our people, and several of the leading brethren of this conference were present to take part in the exercises. As the school is at present, it is thought that it will accommodate about 100 students very nicely; but as the numbers increase, enlargements will have to be made. The students themselves can learn how to erect buildings under the instruction of capable teachers. Timber can be prepared right on the ground for this work, and the students can be taught how to build in a creditable manner.
(24LtMs, Lt 114, 1909, 12)
I feel that I cannot be thankful enough for all the precious advantages that have come to us with this property. We have an abundance of wood, and pure water is freely supplied to us from the Lord’s treasure house. The buildings we can readily adapt to school work. The dining hall is large and is well supplied with dishes, cutlery, and table linen. A wide verandah extends on three sides of the house. The machinery is in good order. The furniture, though it is not fine, is substantial and in good repair, and there is an abundance of fruit canned and dried for the winter’s use.
(24LtMs, Lt 114, 1909, 13)
Everyone is now employed in duties about the houses and grounds. We thank the Lord for the good school opening we had with 45 students present. We shall now go ahead with school work, trusting that the blessing of the Lord will rest upon both teachers and students. The Lord is good and greatly to be praised. We pray that His name may be glorified in this great blessing that He has let come to us.
(24LtMs, Lt 114, 1909, 14)
Lt 116, 1909
Read, A. J. Three Rivers, Michigan July 22, 1909 Previously unpublished. Dr. A. J. Read “Sanitarium”
Battle Creek, Michigan Dear Brother:
I would have been pleased to have had an interview with you while we were in Battle Creek. We invite you to come to this meeting, and then we can converse with each other.
(24LtMs, Lt 116, 1909, 1)
I thought of speaking to as many as wished to hear me in the tabernacle; but I was very weary with my labors in Buffalo and with the journey to Battle Creek and felt unable to undertake to give a public discourse, or even to visit with many whom I wished to meet. I have come on to this place early in order to rest a few days before the camp-meeting begins. This seems necessary, as I have labored very hard and continuously for several weeks.
(24LtMs, Lt 116, 1909, 2)
I hope that you can come, and if so, will be glad to see you.
(24LtMs, Lt 116, 1909, 3)
Lt 118, 1909
Marrow, James South Lancaster, Massachusetts June 24, 1909 This letter is published in entirety in 8MR 19. Mr. James Marrow
Orange, California Dear Brother:
I understand that you have an automobile that you desire to place where it will be of service in the Lord’s work. I know of no place where it could render greater service than at the Paradise Valley Sanitarium. This institution is situated six miles from the city, and an automobile would furnish a convenient and pleasant means of transportation for our workers and for the patients.
(24LtMs, Lt 118, 1909, 1)
If an automobile were owned by the sanitarium, it should be cared for and operated by men who are capable and trustworthy. Otherwise it might be unsafe and might involve large expense to the institution. But if proper caution is observed, an automobile would be a blessing to the Paradise Valley Sanitarium; and if you feel impressed to present your machine to the institution, it would be greatly appreciated by the managers, and also by the patients.
(24LtMs, Lt 118, 1909, 2)
Yours very truly.
(24LtMs, Lt 118, 1909, 3)
Lt 120, 1909
Haskell, Brother and Sister St. Helena, California October 12, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in DG 224-225. Dear Brother and Sister Haskell:
Your letter reached me this noon. Last Sabbath I spoke in the sanitarium chapel to a good congregation of people. The Lord gave me freedom in speaking, and this gives me courage to say that if the Lord will, I will attend your meeting in San Jose next Sabbath and Sunday. I am trying to get off important writings that must receive attention, but I shall endeavor to be with you on Friday. I will not talk of feebleness, but will do the best I can and leave the results with God. He knows how to help me; I am not afraid to trust in Him. The Lord Jehovah is my everlasting strength.
(24LtMs, Lt 120, 1909, 1)
I have written many pages today. This morning I received a letter from Mabel Workman. About two weeks ago she gave birth to a ten-pound boy, but the little one died two days after his birth. Mabel has passed through a severe experience, but we are thankful that her life has been spared. Both father and mother have felt the trial severely, but they have accepted it as Christians should. Mabel’s husband has proved himself to be a true Christian in this time of affliction, and the Lord has sustained them both. They feel that had they not had Mrs. Kress with them at the time, Mabel also might have lost her life. I feel thankful that Sister Kress could be with them; for she has great tact and skill. Had the mother’s life been taken, all would have felt the affliction keenly.
(24LtMs, Lt 120, 1909, 2)
We have been very anxious regarding Mabel for two weeks, for until today no word had come to us since the telegram telling of the death of the baby. I thank the Lord that Mabel’s life has been spared, and I pray that she may live to be a blessing in the cause of God.
(24LtMs, Lt 120, 1909, 3)
Now I must stop writing. I will be with you at San Jose as I have said. The Lord is able to strengthen and bless me, and I believe He will.
(24LtMs, Lt 120, 1909, 4)
Lt 121, 1909
Haskell, S. N. Hinsdale, Illinois August 9, 1909 Previously unpublished. Elder S. N. Haskell Dear Brother:
I have not written to you recently, because my eyes have been troubling me; and for a few days we have had no copyist with us.
(24LtMs, Lt 121, 1909, 1)
I have read with interest what you have written regarding Buena Vista and the property near the St. Helena Sanitarium. I can see that there would be advantages obtained if we possessed Angwin’s hotel on Howell Mountain. If some one not of our faith should obtain it, and operate it intelligently as a sanitarium, it would doubtless draw some from our own institution. It is near enough to the St. Helena Sanitarium so that there might be helpful co-operation between the two institutions. It might be well for us to open our school there, if we fail to secure what we desire to obtain at Sonoma. That is all I will say about it for the present, for I dare not speak positively. You are on the ground and must do whatever is best under the circumstances.
(24LtMs, Lt 121, 1909, 2)
I am trying to do what I can, and the Lord has greatly blessed me in speaking to the people wherever I have gone. Sometimes as I have entered the desk, I have felt unable to speak. But as soon as I stand before the people, the Word of God is impressed upon my mind, and all weakness passes away.
(24LtMs, Lt 121, 1909, 3)
Our camp-meeting at Elgin, Illinois, is now closed. We left the grounds yesterday and came to the Hinsdale Sanitarium. We are very fortunate in finding a house already furnished and vacant for our convenience. The Lord has prepared for us a place where we can have the advantages that we need.
(24LtMs, Lt 121, 1909, 4)
I expect to speak once this week in Chicago and will go from here to Madison, Wisconsin. I feel a special burden to speak to our people in the large cities, for they need help. I praise the Lord for His blessings and am of good courage.
(24LtMs, Lt 121, 1909, 5)
Lt 122, 1909
Spaulding, Brother Hinsdale, Illinois August 13, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in 11MR 165. Dear Brother Spaulding:
I have read your letter to my son and wish to write you a few lines.
(24LtMs, Lt 122, 1909, 1)
At this time money is scarce and very hard to obtain. There must be exercised great caution and good judgment in the establishment of self-supporting schools. If you have capabilities to do a good work as a teacher, I would encourage you to unite with others in school work. I would not feel at liberty to encourage the establishment of schools that are not a necessity, because we know that every jot of influence and of means that is at our command is needed now to encourage and support the work of carrying the message to the cities. This requires special energies and abilities. I see great demand for men and for means to do missionary work in our cities, and I dare not advise you to go forward carrying out your plans for the establishment of a school that may prove to be a consumer rather than a producer. Just now I am appealing to our brethren regarding the work to be done in our cities in explaining the Scriptures.
(24LtMs, Lt 122, 1909, 2)
Lt 124, 1909
Laborers in Indiana Hinsdale, Illinois August 12, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in RH 12/23/1909; 4MR 377-378. To the laborers in Indiana Dear Brethren:
It was our privilege recently to visit the sanitarium at Lafayette. Carriages were furnished, and we were driven about to see the surrounding country.
(24LtMs, Lt 124, 1909, 1)
We were intensely interested in this sanitarium and its surroundings, for the lord has presented before me in vision just such a scene. I could hardly believe that I had not seen the place before with my natural eyes.
(24LtMs, Lt 124, 1909, 2)
I am instructed to say that it is in the order of God that this property has been secured. It is to become an important center for missionary work in the surrounding cities. Our sanitariums are designed of God to be institutions through which He can work.
(24LtMs, Lt 124, 1909, 3)
In securing and equipping the Lafayette Sanitarium, our brethren have acted according to their best judgment. They have not moved rashly. Some have tried to discourage this enterprise, but I am instructed to say, Help those that are struggling with difficulties. If they look to Him for counsel, the Lord will bless and strengthen the physician and the helpers in the sanitarium.
(24LtMs, Lt 124, 1909, 4)
Let not our brethren feel it their duty to restrict the investment of means where it is needed. It is in the Lord’s order that the sanitarium has been secured. More land should have been purchased, and if possible this should now be done. The grounds around a sanitarium should not be restricted. Provision should be made for the raising of fruit and vegetables, and it should not be made possible for buildings of an objectionable nature to be erected near our institutions.
(24LtMs, Lt 124, 1909, 5)
The plan of having our sanitariums out of the cities is born of the Lord. This should be borne in mind, and sufficient land should be secured to raise fruit and vegetables. It will be a boon to the sick and to the helpers to be given outdoor work on the land. Many of our own workers have broken down in health through excessive mental taxation without the balance of physical exercise.
(24LtMs, Lt 124, 1909, 6)
There is an important work to be done in the vicinity of Lafayette. Our people generally do not realize how Satan is at work to secure souls through his specious deceptions.
(24LtMs, Lt 124, 1909, 7)
In the city of Lafayette there should be located without delay ministers of experience, Bible workers, canvassers, and medical missionaries. There should be erected in this vicinity a meetinghouse large enough to accommodate a goodly number, for with judicious labor, many souls here will be converted to the truth. Some may say, We cannot arise and build. But just as surely as a work is begun in faith of opening to the souls in this community the Word of God, angels of God will clear the way.
(24LtMs, Lt 124, 1909, 8)
The work in Lafayette should be carefully considered. Faithful men should be chosen to bear responsibilities. One man should not be asked to labor alone in the city, for this is not God’s order. The Lord Jesus sent His disciples to labor two and two, that they might work and plan and pray together. Let wise generalship be manifested, and let men be selected who will labor decidedly, trusting in the Lord. Now is the time for genuine missionary work to be done in the cities of Indiana.
(24LtMs, Lt 124, 1909, 9)
Because of distracting influences, the work in Indiana has in the past been greatly hindered. The reproach of God rests upon a people who have a knowledge of the truth, and yet hold their peace. May the Lord forgive those who have known of open fields that have been left without a knowledge of the Scriptures. Let no one excuse himself from helping nor complain because the Lord now calls for efforts and means to atone for the long neglect of work that should have been done years ago. In every place where the sheep have been scattered, let earnest efforts now be put forth for the salvation of souls.
(24LtMs, Lt 124, 1909, 10)
“Woe be unto the pastors that destroy and scatter the sheep of My pasture! saith the Lord. Therefore thus saith the Lord God of Israel against the pastors that feed My people; ye have scattered My flock, and driven them away, and have not visited them: behold, I will visit upon you the evil of your doings, saith the Lord. And I will gather the remnant of My flock out of all countries whither I have driven them, and will bring them again to their fold; and they shall be fruitful and increase. And I will set up shepherds over them which shall feed them: and they shall fear no more, nor be dismayed, neither shall they be lacking, saith the Lord.
(24LtMs, Lt 124, 1909, 11)
“Behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that I will raise unto David a righteous Branch, and a King shall reign and prosper, and shall execute judgment and justice in the earth. In His days Judah shall be saved, and Israel shall dwell safely: and this is His name whereby He shall be called, THE LORD OUR RIGHTEOUSNESS.” [Jeremiah 23:1-6.]
(24LtMs, Lt 124, 1909, 12)
“And it shall come to pass, that as ye were a curse among the heathen, O house of Judah, and house of Israel; so will I save you, and ye shall be a blessing: fear not, but let your hands be strong.” [Zechariah 8:13.]
(24LtMs, Lt 124, 1909, 13)
About a mile and a half from the sanitarium we saw the Soldiers’ Home where there are located hundreds of veterans and their wives. Special missionary work should be carried forward at this home. Let men who fear the Lord seek to redeem the time and take up a work that has been neglected for these old people. Christ has purchased their souls with the price of His own blood. For this field there should be selected discreet men and women who will not fail nor be discouraged. And let no one belittle their efforts, for the Lord will be with those who labor with Him in self-denial and self-sacrifice. This work is as important as is the work in the foreign countries.
(24LtMs, Lt 124, 1909, 14)
The question is asked, “How much owest thou unto my Lord?” [Luke 16:5.] Who will respond, saying, “Lord, to Thee I owe my whole life’s service”? All that we have is from the Lord. He says to us, “I am the rightful owner of the entire world. Will those in possession of My goods realize that these goods are left to them to trade upon and to invest in My work? They are to be used in saving souls from death. Ye are My messengers. Consecrate to Me My entrusted goods by making an investment to save souls.”
(24LtMs, Lt 124, 1909, 15)
As you seek for righteousness, realizing the value of human beings, your labor will be prompted by an intense desire to reach perishing souls. You will be eager to return to the Lord that which He has entrusted to you. You will feel the burden of your responsibility, and you will see the results of your labor and the investment of your capital.
(24LtMs, Lt 124, 1909, 16)
Let all who act any part in the work of God seek for a daily reconversion. Show that you understand Bible truth, which, put into practice, will make you laborers together with God. If the Word is expressed in your character, and you put forth earnest efforts for the Master, you will be successful in turning souls to the truth.
(24LtMs, Lt 124, 1909, 17)
To every individual who believes in the Lord has been given a sacred responsibility that can never be laid off. He has received the Lord’s means to trade upon. The Lord has placed in his hands these means to be expended wherever there is the greatest need. We are accountable to God, so to use His goods that their investment will become immortalized, by leading souls perishing in sin to become loyal subjects of God’s kingdom. These in their turn will act their part in bringing others to a knowledge of God’s saving truth.
(24LtMs, Lt 124, 1909, 18)
I would that all might realize what a fearful neglect there has been of presenting from the Word of God in its simplicity the truth as it is in Jesus, and all through our cities of urging men to obedience. In every church there is a great work to be done. Christ’s kingdom is the whole world; and wherever you are living, you have a work to do. God is not pleased if men and women are left to perish in ignorance. His working agencies are to go forth, humbling themselves daily and seeking wisdom from the Lord.
(24LtMs, Lt 124, 1909, 19)
The Scriptures must be presented to the people. The testing truths of the binding obligation of the Sabbath must be brought to their attention. Let ministers and church members become thorough health reformers, that with sound brain and muscle, they may honor God.
(24LtMs, Lt 124, 1909, 20)
In some places there has been a holding back of the work which should be done because of a lack of means. Because there has not been faithfulness in the payment of a full tithe, some of our brethren have been fearful to launch out, and the work has become narrowed. Time has been lost because of a lack of proper conveniences. Some who have borne responsibilities have not given to other workers the encouragement that should have been given. They have found fault and have reproved harshly, when they should have sought to strengthen the hands of the workers. When an advanced work calls for means, those who have labored earnestly have sometimes been repulsed and have not been given the advantages they should have had to make their work effective. This has brought discouragement to their hearts and has hindered the cause of God. Those who have been fearful of undertaking work in our cities, because it means earnest labor and the investment of means, need to understand the magnitude of the gift that the Lord made in giving His Son to save the world.
(24LtMs, Lt 124, 1909, 21)
Our cities may be worked if men will trust in God and labor earnestly and unselfishly. In some conferences it has been considered commendable to save up means, and to show a large surplus in the treasury, when these means should have been wisely expended in diligent, efficient labor to save perishing souls.
(24LtMs, Lt 124, 1909, 22)
Let our brethren study carefully the book of Acts and see what was accomplished by the labor of the apostles through the power of the Holy Spirit. As we consecrate ourselves to the work that must be done for these last days, angels from heaven will co-operate with us. They will make the impression upon the minds of those for whom we labor, and many will be brought to a knowledge of the truth.
(24LtMs, Lt 124, 1909, 23)
Lt 126, 1909
Cummings, Brother and Sister [R. S.] St. Helena, California September 19, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in MM 28-29. Dr. R. S. Cummings
Paradise Valley Sanitarium
National City, California Dear Brother and Sister Cummings:
I was much pleased to receive the letter from Brother Cummings, dated September 15, 1909. We have just returned from our long journey to the East. During this trip I have labored continually for over five months, and during this time the Lord has strengthened me to speak to our people over seventy times. As I stood before the people, the power of the Lord would rest upon me, and I had great freedom in delivering my message.
(24LtMs, Lt 126, 1909, 1)
Especially was this true at the General Conference in Washington. I was enabled to speak clearly, and with a voice that could be heard by all the people in that large assembly. I knew that the Lord gave me utterance, and that my messages were given under the deep movings of the Spirit of God. The blessing of the Lord was so marked that I felt that I could never distrust His power. That I might have strength to deliver these messages to the people, I visited in private with but few individuals.
(24LtMs, Lt 126, 1909, 2)
Some will have a decided change in their future work if they heed the messages given about the importance of our entering new fields. The mistaken methods that have characterized some of our work in the past will be seen in its true light. If men pass over these warnings without giving them due attention, if the work of criticizing and hindering is followed, the Spirit of the Lord will be dishonored.
(24LtMs, Lt 126, 1909, 3)
As Christ’s followers, we are to work with all rational methods to preach the gospel of present truth. Not only by words but by deeds we are to give evidence that Christ is willing to unite with His devoted ministers today in healing the sick and suffering. The Lord would revive in the minds of His workers a living faith in His power. When we increase in the faith of the gospel of Christ, and encourage that faith as it is presented in the Word of God, there will be in our sanitariums, not only a practical knowledge of how to treat the sick upon right principles, but the manifestation of a living faith in God that will lead the workers to call upon the great Physician for divine assistance. And the Lord will come to the help of such in response to their faith in His power.
(24LtMs, Lt 126, 1909, 4)
Because we have sanitariums for the healing of the sick, we are not to cease to call upon the great Healer. When we are urged to establish sanitariums, it is not that we may depend alone upon the simple remedies used, but that we may point the afflicted ones to the mighty Healer of disease. We are to plead for His power to work in harmony with our medical ministrations. The work of our sanitariums would be far more successful if the physicians would read the Word more earnestly and put its precepts into practice, if they would preach the kingdom of God and pray for the healing grace of Christ to come upon the afflicted.
(24LtMs, Lt 126, 1909, 5)
Let us present the gospel to the sick, connecting Jesus, the great Healer, with the simple remedies used; and our living faith will be answered. But those who come to the great Healer must be willing to do His will, to humble their souls and confess their sins. As we lay hold of divine power with a faith that will not be denied, we shall see the salvation of God.
(24LtMs, Lt 126, 1909, 6)
Christ declared that He came to recover men’s lives. This work is to be done by Christ’s followers, and it is to be done by the most simple means. Families are to be taught how to care for the sick. The hope of the gospel is to be revived in the hearts of men and women. We must seek to draw them to the great Healer. In the work of healing, let the physicians work intelligently, not with drugs, but by following rational methods. Then let them by the prayer of faith draw upon the power of God to stay the progress of disease. This will inspire in the suffering ones belief in Christ and the power of prayer, and it will give them confidence in our simple methods of treating disease. Such work will be a means of directing minds to the truth and will be of great efficiency in the work of the gospel ministry.
(24LtMs, Lt 126, 1909, 7)
Lt 128, 1909
Kress, D. H. St. Helena, California October 3, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in MM 241-242. Dr. D. H. Kress Dear Brother Kress:
Today I received your letter written from New York. I was very pleased to hear from you.
(24LtMs, Lt 128, 1909, 1)
Since last Tuesday, September 28, we have been staying at the new school, situated about six miles from my home and five miles from the St. Helena Sanitarium. The dedication service was held on September 29, when the chapel was filled with students and visitors. There were 45 students present on opening day. Our people are deeply interested in this place we have purchased. Several of our leading brethren were present, and all gave expression to their appreciation of this property and to their thankfulness to God for His providential leading. It was the unanimous opinion that in the Angwin estate we have secured a most desirable location for our conference school. Among those who spoke were Prof. Irwin, Elds. Haskell, Corliss, Knox, Tait, Cottrell, and W. C. White.
(24LtMs, Lt 128, 1909, 2)
The work that has been done on the place to make it suitable for a pleasure resort has made it a very attractive place. The main building is a house of three stories, containing about 32 rooms. It is surrounded on three sides by wide verandahs. In addition to this there are six cottages. All these buildings came to us furnished, not extravagantly, but simply and substantially. The bedrooms were supplied with good beds and mattresses. There was an abundance of blankets and bed linen. Everything about houses and grounds looks clean and well kept. All are deeply grateful that we could secure such a place for our school, where we can begin without delay, and where everything that is positively necessary is at hand. Some of the buildings will have to be fitted up with heating apparatus for the winter, but this can be done at little cost.
(24LtMs, Lt 128, 1909, 3)
Those who rode about to view the more distant parts of the property were charmed with the scenery and with the woodland advantages. But that which we prize more highly than all is the retirement from city life. Here the students can be free to study the works of nature and in the woods and mountains learn of God through His handiwork.
(24LtMs, Lt 128, 1909, 4)
Other students have come in since school work began, and the family now numbers seventy. All seem pleased with their surroundings. I heard no complaints, although the weather was cold, and the rain fell for the most part of two days. All did their best to make things comfortable.
(24LtMs, Lt 128, 1909, 5)
We left the school to return home Sunday, October 3, taking the longest road, as that was the easiest for the horse. We found it to be an easy, well-kept grade. We were one hour and three quarters in making the journey, but I was very little wearied by the ride.
(24LtMs, Lt 128, 1909, 6)
Your letter pleased me very much. You are doing the very work that every minister of the gospel will be blessed in doing. It was the work that Christ did as the minister of men. He went forth into the highways and hedges to labor for those who were ignorant and who were out of the way. Our cities everywhere are calling for earnest, wholehearted labor from the servants of God. Had this work been done in the past, according to the light that was given over twenty years ago, what changes would have been wrought in the experiences of many people. O that our people would come to an appreciation of the fact that the Lord has a definite and decided work for each of His servants to perform.
(24LtMs, Lt 128, 1909, 7)
Please study the fourth chapter of Matthew, verses 13-22. We read: “Leaving Nazareth, He (Jesus) came and dwelt in Capernaum, which is upon the sea coast in the borders of Zabulon and Nephthalim: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by Esaias the prophet, saying, The land of Zabulon, and the land of Nephthalim, by the way of the sea beyond Jordan, Galilee of the Gentiles: the people which sat in darkness saw great light; and to them which sat in the region and shadow of death, light is sprung up. From that time Jesus began to preach and to say, Repent; for the kingdom of heaven is at hand.
(24LtMs, Lt 128, 1909, 8)
“And Jesus walking by the sea of Galilee saw two brethren, Simon called Peter, and Andrew his brother, casting a net into the sea; for they were fishers. And He said unto them, Follow Me, and I will make you fishers of men. And they straightway left their nets and followed Him.” The disciples presented no whys or wherefores for the course they were asked to take. They obeyed without questioning.
(24LtMs, Lt 128, 1909, 9)
“And Jesus went about all Galilee, teaching in their synagogues, and preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing all manner of sickness and all manner of diseases among the people. And His fame went throughout all Syria, and they brought unto Him all sick people that were taken with divers diseases and torments, and those that were possessed with devils, and those which were lunatic, and those that had the palsy; and He healed them. And there followed Him great multitudes of people from Galilee, and from Decapolis, and from Jerusalem, and from Judea, and from beyond Jordan.” [Verses 23-25.]
(24LtMs, Lt 128, 1909, 10)
The work of teaching the message of present truth is to be carried into all the highways and hedges. Shall we as a people continue to neglect the highways and the byways? It is not in the order of the Lord that we make in a few places large centers where a large work is done and where much means is absorbed, while the many needy portions of the great harvest field are unworked for lack of means. The highways and the byways need the message of life. They need to hear the Word of God spoken in simplicity. Centers will have to be made in many cities where now there is nothing to represent the great, worldwide work that God has charged us to do. And these need not be expensive centers.
(24LtMs, Lt 128, 1909, 11)
“Behold the Man whose name is the BRANCH; He shall build the temple of the Lord. He shall bear the glory, and shall sit and rule upon His throne.” The earthly priesthood ceased with the death of Christ; but we look to the Man whose name is the Branch. “He shall be a priest upon His throne.” [Zechariah 6:12, 13.] The sacrificial service that pointed to Christ passed away; that the eyes of the world might be turned to the true Sacrifice. He was to be “the minister of the true covenant and to the blood of sprinkling, that speaketh better things than that of Abel.” [See Hebrews 8:2; 12:24.] Christ became a “high priest of good things to come by a greater and more perfect tabernacle not made with hands.”“By His own blood He entered in once into the holy place, having obtained eternal redemption for us.”“Wherefore He is able to save them to the uttermost that come unto God by Him, seeing He ever liveth to make intercession for them.” [Hebrews 9:11, 12; 7:25.]
(24LtMs, Lt 128, 1909, 12)
Now is our time to make decided efforts to awaken the people who have never yet been warned. Much thought and labor is given to the printed page. This is well; but if more effort were given to sending forth the living missionary to preach the truth, many more souls would be aroused and won to the truth. While Jesus ministers in the true sanctuary above, He is through His Holy Spirit working through His earthly messengers. These agencies will accomplish more than the printed page, if they will go forth in the Spirit and power of Christ. Christ will work through His chosen ministers, filling them with His Spirit, and thus fulfilling to them the assurance, “Lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:20.]
(24LtMs, Lt 128, 1909, 13)
I am concerned because so many things engage the minds of our physicians which keep them from the work that God would have them do as evangelists. From the light God has given me I know that the living preacher who is consecrated and devoted, and knows how to put His trust in God, is greatly needed. We need one hundred workers where now we have one. There is a great work to be done before satanic opposition shall close up the way and our present opportunities shall be lost. Time is rapidly passing. Our publications are numerous, but the Lord calls for the men and women in our churches who have the light to engage in genuine missionary work. Let them in all humility exercise their God-given talents in proclaiming the message that should come to the world at this time.
(24LtMs, Lt 128, 1909, 14)
I hope you will exercise all your capabilities in this work. Present the importance of present truth from the physician’s standpoint. The Lord has declared that the educated physician will find entrance in our cities where other men cannot. Teach the message of health reform. This will have an influence with the people.
(24LtMs, Lt 128, 1909, 15)
Let us study our Bibles, and teach the words of truth. Let us do as Christ’s apostles did; let us offer prayer for the sick, for there are many who cannot have the advantages of our sanitariums. The Lord will remove infirmities in answer to prayer. Gospel ministers should be able to present the subject of health reform in its simplicity. If this phase of present truth is presented in a clear, simple, Christlike manner, it will have an effect upon the people. There will be a response from many hearts. You will be helped by this line of work, and your wife and many others will be helped by your example.
(24LtMs, Lt 128, 1909, 16)
I wish to say to you, Brother and Sister Kress, that we must be guarded in attitude and speech. The enemy is determinedly at work with leading men to create a state of things that will undo the influence of the straight testimony I was called to bear at the General Conference. In the Review and Herald there is danger that the enemy will work and the Lord be dishonored. Our printing offices should be regarded as sacred institutions, agencies through which God will honor His name. When they are thus regarded, the truth going forth from them in the printed page will be made effective upon human hearts.
(24LtMs, Lt 128, 1909, 17)
The work that has sometimes been done in watching certain of the brethren, lest they secure means for the carrying forward of the work in their part of the field, is greatly displeasing to God. Unless decided changes are made in some things, and more earnest effort put forth for the warning of the perishing, the Lord will take those who hinder His work, because they work after their own wisdom, out of the way. Some of our leading men need to repent and to be converted, that their sins may be blotted out. Then the angels of God can impress their minds. My message to our brethren is, Humble your hearts before God, and be converted, and work in the simplicity of righteousness.
(24LtMs, Lt 128, 1909, 18)
Lt 130, 1909
Gotzian, Josephine Sanitarium, California October 7, 1909 Previously unpublished. Mrs. Josephine Gotzian
Paradise Valley, National City, California Dear Sister Gotzian:
I received your letter and thank you for writing. If we can secure on reasonable terms all the buildings which at the time of the purchase of the Paradise Valley Sanitarium the Lord specified we should have, it should be done without delay. Had we done this at that time, several thousand dollars might have been saved. Will you find out the lowest price at which these buildings can be secured?
(24LtMs, Lt 130, 1909, 1)
I reached home very weary after six months of travel and labor. The last night of the journey, when coming through the snowsheds of the Sierra Nevada Mountains, I had serious heart difficulty. It was feared that I might not live to get home; but the Lord in mercy spared my life. But I have not dared to presume too much. I attended the Oakland camp-meeting, but was able to stay only three days. The heat there was very intense. I spoke twice to the people during that time. I am still struggling with weakness, but am able to write a little.
(24LtMs, Lt 130, 1909, 2)
Last week all my family went up to the new school on Howell Mountain to attend the dedication. We spent five days at the school home. The dedicatory service was held on September 28, when about two hundred of our people were present. Of these forty-five were students. Several of our leading brethren were present and spoke of their appreciation of the school property.
(24LtMs, Lt 130, 1909, 3)
The property was purchased about one month before the day of the dedication. All who have seen it have been surprised at its many advantages. It is situated on Howell Mountain about six miles from my home and five miles from the St. Helena Sanitarium. Up to the time of our purchase, it was used as a summer resort, and the work that has been done on it to make it suitable for such a purpose makes it a very attractive place for our school.
(24LtMs, Lt 130, 1909, 4)
There is one main building of thirty-two rooms and six cottages of various size. These all came to us furnished, not extravagantly, but simply and substantially. The bedrooms were supplied with good beds and mattresses. There was an abundance of blankets and bed linen. Everything about the house looks clean and in good repair.
(24LtMs, Lt 130, 1909, 5)
There are sixteen hundred acres of land, one hundred five of which is good, tillable land. There are twenty acres in orchard and vineyard and thirty acres in alfalfa. The large barn was filled to the roof with the best of hay harvested from the land. In the carriage house we saw eight buggies and wagons. There are twenty milch cows, thirteen horses, and six colts included in the trade.
(24LtMs, Lt 130, 1909, 6)
The school family now numbers seventy. Professor Irwin and wife, who stood so acceptably at the head of the school at Cooranbong, Australia, are in charge here, assisted by Miss Andre as preceptress; Professor Rine is one of the teachers. We are thankful that the school can have such excellent workers.
(24LtMs, Lt 130, 1909, 7)
The place has many water advantages. There are many everflowing springs on the property. There is a large bathhouse with good swimming tank and many dressing rooms. There are four bathrooms supplied with good porcelain tubs. The water for this place is supplied from springs on the place and is constantly flowing in and out through pipes in the sides of the enclosure. Water is piped to all the buildings.
(24LtMs, Lt 130, 1909, 8)
A building which was used as a pleasure hall is now serving as chapel and recitation rooms. As time goes on, additions will have to be made to accommodate the increasing number of students; but much of this work can be done by student labor under the instruction of capable teachers. Timber can be prepared right on the ground, and the students can be taught how to build in a creditable manner.
(24LtMs, Lt 130, 1909, 9)
There is fruit in abundance—apples, pears, prunes, plums, grapes, figs, and black and English walnuts. At our first visit there were many workers on the ground taking care of the prunes, some gathering the fruit, and others preparing them for drying.
(24LtMs, Lt 130, 1909, 10)
I will not write more now, though I have not enumerated all the advantages of our school. Our brethren secured the place for $60,000; $20,000 of this was paid down at the time of purchase, the balance to be paid in six months without interest.
(24LtMs, Lt 130, 1909, 11)
I spoke to the students twice during my stay. We returned home last Sunday. I am not so well as I would like to be, but I am feeling stronger than when I reached home. I am very thankful to the Lord that He spared my life.
(24LtMs, Lt 130, 1909, 12)
Lt 132, 1909
Burden, J. A. St. Helena, California October 11, 1909 This letter is published in entirety in PC 302-304. Elder J. A. Burden Dear Brother:
I am instructed to say that in our educational work, there is to be no compromise in order to meet the world’s standards. God’s commandment-keeping people are not to unite with the world, to carry various lines of work according to worldly plans and worldly wisdom.
(24LtMs, Lt 132, 1909, 1)
Our people are now being tested as to whether they will obtain their wisdom from the greatest Teacher the world ever knew, or seek to the god of Ekron. Let us determine that we shall not be tied by so much as a thread to the educational policies of those who do not discern the voice of God, and who will not hearken to His commandments.
(24LtMs, Lt 132, 1909, 2)
We are to take heed to the warning: “Enter ye in at the strait gate: for wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat: because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.” [Matthew 7:13, 14.] Those who walk in the narrow way are following in the footprints of Jesus. The light from heaven illuminates their path.
(24LtMs, Lt 132, 1909, 3)
Shall we represent before the world that our physicians must follow the pattern of the world before they can be qualified to act as successful physicians? This is the question that is now testing the faith of some of our brethren. Let not any of our brethren displease the Lord by advocating in their assemblies the idea that we need to obtain from unbelievers a higher education than that specified by the Lord.
(24LtMs, Lt 132, 1909, 4)
The representation of the great Teacher is to be considered an all-sufficient revelation. Those in our ranks who qualify as physicians are to receive only such education as is in harmony with these divine truths. Some have advised that students should, after taking some work at Loma Linda, complete their medical education in worldly colleges. But this is not in harmony with the Lord’s plan. God is our wisdom, our sanctification, and our righteousness. Facilities should be provided at Loma Linda, that the necessary instruction in medical lines may be given by instructors who fear the Lord and who are in harmony with His plans for the treatment of the sick.
(24LtMs, Lt 132, 1909, 5)
I have not a word to say in favor of the world’s ideas of higher education in any school that we shall organize for the training of physicians. There is danger in their attaching themselves to worldly institutions and working under the ministrations of worldly physicians. Satan is giving his orders to those whom he has led to depart from the faith. I would now advise that none of our young people attach themselves to worldly medical institutions in the hope of gaining better success or stronger influence as physicians.
(24LtMs, Lt 132, 1909, 6)
“When Israel was a child then I loved him, and called My son out of Egypt. As they called them, so they went from them: they sacrificed unto Baalim, and burnt incense to graven images. I taught Ephraim also to go, taking them by their arms; but they knew not that I healed them. I drew them with cords of a man, with bands of love: and I was to them as they that take off the yoke on their jaws, and I laid meat unto them.” [Hosea 11:1-4.]
(24LtMs, Lt 132, 1909, 7)
The Lord gave to His people advantages which they failed to recognize. “My people,” He says, “are bent to backsliding from Me: though they called them to the Most High, none at all would exalt Him. How shall I give thee up, Ephraim? how shall I deliver thee, Israel? how shall I make thee as Admah? how shall I set thee as Zeboim? Mine heart is turned within Me, My repentings are kindled together.” [Verses 7, 8.] Read also the promises of blessing to Israel on condition of their repentance, recorded in the fourteenth chapter of Hosea. These Scriptures were written in times past, but they have also a present-day application.
(24LtMs, Lt 132, 1909, 8)
The enemy has worked in Southern California and has tried to thwart the purposes of God. Messages of reproof have been sent to leading men whose work was not done in righteousness. Reformations have been called for. What is now needed is that the leaders in the Lord’s work shall be fully converted. It is time that the Lord’s voice was heeded, and that men should put away the spirit of self-confidence and self-sufficiency. Should the ideas of some who are wise in their own estimation be carried out, there would result a condition of things that would demand a most thorough reformation.
(24LtMs, Lt 132, 1909, 9)
Let none think that they can pass safely through the perils of these last days, while puffed up with self-sufficiency. Some would unsettle minds by urging the carrying out of false plans. False theories are taught as truth, and I am charged to meet these errors decidedly. We should heed the instruction found in the third and fourth chapters of Second Timothy, especially the solemn charge given by Paul to Timothy:
(24LtMs, Lt 132, 1909, 10)
“I charge thee, therefore, before God, and the Lord Jesus Christ, who shall judge the quick and the dead at His appearing; preach the Word; be instant in season, out of season; reprove, rebuke, exhort, with all long-suffering and doctrine. For the time will come when they will not endure sound doctrine; but after their own lusts shall they heap to themselves teachers, having itching ears; and they shall turn away their ears from the truth, and shall be turned unto fables. But watch thou in all things, endure afflictions, do the work of an evangelist, make full proof of thy ministry.
(24LtMs, Lt 132, 1909, 11)
“I am now ready to be offered, and the time of my departure is at hand. I have fought a good fight, I have finished my course, I have kept the faith: henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness, which the Lord, the righteous Judge, shall give me at that day; and not to me only, but unto all them also that love His appearing.” [2 Timothy 4:1-8.]
(24LtMs, Lt 132, 1909, 12)
I am intensely in earnest that our people shall realize that the only true education lies in walking humbly with God. The teachings of the Word of God are opposed to the ideas of those who think that our students must receive the mold of an education that is according to human ideas. Some are departing from the faith, as a result of receiving from the world what they regard as a “higher education.” The Word of God just as it reads contains the very essence of truth. The highest education is the keeping of the law of God.
(24LtMs, Lt 132, 1909, 13)
“Therefore, my brethren dearly beloved and longed for, my joy and crown, so stand fast in the Lord, my dearly beloved, ... Let your moderation be known unto all men. The Lord is at hand. Be careful for nothing; but in everything by prayer and supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known unto God. And the peace of God, which passeth all understanding, shall keep your hearts and minds through Christ Jesus.
(24LtMs, Lt 132, 1909, 14)
“Finally, brethren, whatsoever things are true, whatsoever things are honest, whatsoever things are just, whatsoever things are pure, whatsoever things are lovely, whatsoever things are of good report; if there be any virtue, and if there be any praise, think on these things. Those things which ye have both learned, and received, and heard, and seen in me, do: and the God of peace shall be with you.” [Philippians 4:1, 5-9.]
(24LtMs, Lt 132, 1909, 15)
Lt 134, 1909
Haskell, Br-Sr. Refiled as Lt 120, 1909.
Lt 136, 1909
Starr, G. B. St. Helena, California October 14, 1909 This letter is published in entirety in 10MR 232-233. Elder G. B. Starr Dear Brother:
I have seen representations of several locations in high altitudes that should be secured for sanitarium purposes. Your description of the property forty-eight miles from New York City seems to correspond to these representations. In such places the air is bracing and induces deep breathing, which is very beneficial. And the offer of this property for twenty-five thousand dollars or less seems to be very reasonable.
(24LtMs, Lt 136, 1909, 1)
I hope that Doctor Kress and others will examine this piece of property. I would be in favor of purchasing it if it commends itself to the best judgment of our brethren who see it. I am pleased with the description you have given, and especially of the water privileges. Some improvements would doubtless have to be made, but these need not all be put in at once. Strict economy should be exercised. It seems to me that our people should be able to raise the amount necessary for its purchase and equipment for sanitarium use.
(24LtMs, Lt 136, 1909, 2)
Our cities are to be worked with the third angel’s message. Notwithstanding the light that has been given, there seems to be but little accomplished so far.
(24LtMs, Lt 136, 1909, 3)
The place that we have just purchased here in California for our school contains wonderful advantages. It is situated on Howell Mountain, five miles from the sanitarium. There are over sixteen hundred acres of land in the property, one hundred five of which is good, arable land. There are twenty acres of orchard, bearing apples, pears, plums, prunes, peaches, figs, grapes, and English and black walnuts. There are thirty acres of alfalfa. Forty-five tons of prunes have been gathered from the orchard this year, and two thousand quarts of canned fruit were in the cellar when the place was purchased.
(24LtMs, Lt 136, 1909, 4)
The buildings are well planned and are completely furnished. There is an abundance of splendid water. The barn is filled with fine alfalfa hay. There are twenty good milk cows, thirteen horses, and six colts, and vehicles of various kinds.
(24LtMs, Lt 136, 1909, 5)
We attended the dedication two weeks ago; and although I was very weak and weary, I took part in the exercises. The last report from the school was that there were about seventy students in the home, and more are coming in from time to time. We are thankful to God that He has enabled us to secure this valuable property for school purposes.
(24LtMs, Lt 136, 1909, 6)
Lt 138, 1909
Brethren and Sisters; An Appeal St. Helena, California October 19, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in 6Bio 211.
An Appeal
Dear brethren and sisters:
I wish to make an appeal to you in behalf of the church work in Portland, Maine. The believers in Portland are endeavoring to build a suitable house of worship—the first Seventh-day Adventist church to be built in that city. The location of the church at Deering Oaks is well chosen, and the foundation is laid. But our people there are few in number; and unless they receive help from their brethren and sisters, they cannot complete the building.
(24LtMs, Lt 138, 1909, 1)
During my visit to Portland, Maine, last summer, it was suggested that I make an appeal to our churches throughout the states, asking each church member to make a donation of ten cents for the erection of the meetinghouse. It was thought that such a small offering as this would scarcely be felt by the givers, while if all our churches united in giving, a sufficient sum would be raised to enable the believers in Portland to go forward and complete their meetinghouse.
(24LtMs, Lt 138, 1909, 2)
On my journey homeward, I visited several camp-meetings, and, as opportunity offered, I appealed to our brethren and sisters for help in this work. We did not obtain large sums of money at any place, but in all, over two hundred dollars was raised. We thank our brethren and sisters for these offerings, and now we invite all, old and young, parents and children, to take a part in this missionary effort.
(24LtMs, Lt 138, 1909, 3)
While not one penny should be expended unnecessarily in the erection of this church building, no second-class work should be done. It is planned to use the basement of the church for church school purposes. This is right, that provision may be made by which our children can be guarded from the evils that prevail in the public schools. If this plan is carried out, the basement will have to be well finished; and this cannot be done without means.
(24LtMs, Lt 138, 1909, 4)
The city of Portland was remarkably blessed by God in the early days of the message. At that time able ministers preached the truth of the soon coming of the Lord, giving the first warning of the near approach of the end of all things. In the city of Portland, the Lord ordained me as His messenger, and here my first labors were given to the cause of present truth. The first and second angels’ messages sounded all through Portland, and the city was greatly moved. Many were converted to the truth of the Lord’s soon coming, and the glory of the Lord was revealed in a remarkable manner.
(24LtMs, Lt 138, 1909, 5)
Now there are only a few believers in Portland. Some who at that time labored faithfully in this city are still alive. Elder Goodrich and a few of our ministers are there; but while they are true as steel to the message and are doing what they can, in their earlier years they labored far beyond their strength, and they are not now able to do much active work for the cause. These faithful workers would be greatly encouraged if they could see the work in Portland revived as a result of the Holy Spirit’s work upon the hearts of believers.
(24LtMs, Lt 138, 1909, 6)
The Portland camp-meeting was a most interesting one. Elder Haskell and several other experienced ministers were present, and the Spirit of God indited the messages borne. The Spirit of the Lord came upon me and gave me power to make appeals to the people. Some souls were converted to the truth.
(24LtMs, Lt 138, 1909, 7)
The Lord has given instruction that the work of uplifting the banner of truth in the eastern states must now go forward with new power, and that the vigor of healthy, devoted labor shall be given to those cities where the first and second angels’ messages were preached. Portland has been especially pointed out as a place that should be labored for without delay. This city has been especially noticed by the God of Israel. Should we not have there a house of worship that is worthy of the notice of the people? I call upon our churches throughout the states to do what they can. Let all the churches, large and small, have a part in the work. Let the children, as well as the older members of the Lord’s family, have a share in it. Parents can certainly make this small donation; and the children, by practicing self-denial and economy, can also save enough to make this offering.
(24LtMs, Lt 138, 1909, 8)
Dime offerings were called for to build the tabernacle in Battle Creek. The same plan can be successfully followed for the building of the Portland church if our brethren and sisters put wholehearted interest into the work. My brethren and sisters, plan for the success of this missionary effort. Appoint in every church one to receive the offerings. Let diligent efforts be made to collect all the means possible in your churches, that the work on the Portland church may go forward without delay. We ask you in the name of the Lord to do what you can. I pray that this may be the beginning of a work that will result in the extension of a knowledge of the truth for this time throughout all the state of Maine.
(24LtMs, Lt 138, 1909, 9)
Lt 140, 1909
Burden, J. A. St. Helena, California November 5, 1909 This letter is published in entirety in MM 84-85. Elder J. A. Burden
Loma Linda, California Dear Brother Burden:
Some questions have been asked me regarding our relation to the laws governing medical practitioners. We need to move understandingly, for the enemy would be pleased to hedge up our work so that our physicians would have only a limited influence. Some men do not act in the fear of God, and they may seek to bring us into trouble by placing on our necks yokes that we could not consent to bear. We cannot submit to regulations if the sacrifice of principle is involved; for this would imperil the soul’s salvation.
(24LtMs, Lt 140, 1909, 1)
But whenever we can comply with the law of the land without putting ourselves in a false position, we should do so. Wise laws have been framed in order to safeguard the people against the imposition of unqualified physicians. These laws we should respect, for we are ourselves by them protected from presumptuous pretenders. Should we manifest opposition to these requirements, it would tend to restrict the influence of our medical missionaries.
(24LtMs, Lt 140, 1909, 2)
We must carefully consider what is involved in these matters. If there are conditions to which we could not subscribe, we should endeavor to have these matters adjusted, so that there would not be strong opposition against our physicians. The Saviour bids us be wise as serpents and harmless as doves.
(24LtMs, Lt 140, 1909, 3)
The Lord is our leader and teacher. He charges us not to connect with those who do not acknowledge God. “Verily My Sabbaths ye shall keep, for it is a sign between Me and you throughout your generations.” [Exodus 31:13.] Connect with those who honor God by keeping His commandments. If the recommendation goes forth from our people that our workers are to seek for success by acknowledging as essential the education which the world gives, we are virtually saying that the influence the world gives is superior to that which God gives. God will be dishonored by such a course. God has full knowledge of the faith and trust and confidence that His professed people have in His providence.
(24LtMs, Lt 140, 1909, 4)
Our workers are to become intelligent in regard to Christ’s life and manner of working. The Lord will help those who desire to co-operate with Him as physicians, if they will become learners of Him how to work for the suffering. He will exercise His power through them for the healing of the sick.
(24LtMs, Lt 140, 1909, 5)
Intemperance and ungodliness are increasing everywhere. The work of temperance must begin in our own hearts. And the work of the physician must begin in an understanding of the works and teachings of the great Physician. Christ left the courts of heaven that He might minister to the sick and suffering of earth. We must co-operate with the chief of physicians, walking in all humility of mind before Him. Then the Lord will bless our earnest efforts to relieve suffering humanity. It is not by the use of poisonous drugs that this will be done, but by the use of simple remedies. We should seek to correct false habits and practices and teach the lessons of self-denial. The indulgence of appetite is the greatest evil with which we have to contend.
(24LtMs, Lt 140, 1909, 6)
The truth brought to light by Christ teaches that humanity through obedience to the truth, as it is in Jesus, may realize power to overcome the corruptions that are in the world through lust. Through living faith in the merits of Christ, the soul may be converted and transformed into Christlikeness. Angels of God will be by the side of those who in humbleness of mind learn daily the lessons taught by Christ.
(24LtMs, Lt 140, 1909, 7)
Lt 142, 1909
Daniells, A. G. St. Helena, California October 27, 1909 This letter is published in entirety in 17MR 33-37. + Elder A. G. Daniells
Washington, D.C. Dear Brother:
I have commenced several letters to you; but other matters that needed attention came in, and your letter was not finished.
(24LtMs, Lt 142, 1909, 1)
I have been instructed to present to our people very definitely the difference between the “higher education” so called by the world, and that which the Lord regards as the higher education. In the instruction which the Lord gives, there is nothing fraudulent. It is true and safe instruction. Our study of the Word of God will help us to a right understanding of this matter.
(24LtMs, Lt 142, 1909, 2)
The psalmist David wrote: “I acknowledge my sin unto Thee; and mine iniquity have I not hid. I said, I will confess my transgression unto the Lord; and thou forgavest the iniquity of my sin. For this shall every one that is godly pray unto Thee at a time when Thou mayest be found: surely in the floods of great waters they shall not come nigh unto him. Thou art my hiding place; Thou shalt preserve me from trouble; Thou shalt compass me about with songs of deliverance.
(24LtMs, Lt 142, 1909, 3)
“I will instruct thee and teach thee in the way which thou shalt go: I will guide thee with Mine eye. Be ye not as the horse, or as the mule, which have no understanding; whose mouth must be held in with bit and bridle, lest they come nigh unto thee. Many sorrows shall be to the wicked: but he that trusteth in the Lord, mercy shall compass him about. Be glad in the Lord, and rejoice, ye righteous: and shout for joy, all ye that are upright in heart.” [Psalm 32:5-11.]
(24LtMs, Lt 142, 1909, 4)
Let us study also the 33rd Psalm; it contains precious instruction for those who wish to understand the ways of the Lord. In this instruction men are encouraged to proclaim to their fellow men the exalted privilege of expressing the divine image in thought and deed. There is no encouragement for self to manifest itself in large propositions; but encouragement is given that the Lord will impress, and refine, and purify the heart and mind and life. “Behold, the eye of the Lord is upon them that fear Him, upon them that hope in His mercy; to deliver their soul from death, and to keep them alive in famine. Our soul waiteth for the Lord: He is our help and our shield. For our heart shall rejoice in Him, because we have trusted in His holy name. Let Thy mercy, O Lord, be upon us, according as we hope in Thee.” [Verses 18-22.]
(24LtMs, Lt 142, 1909, 5)
In our individual experience we need to learn the meaning of true sanctification, because we have laid our ways and our will upon God’s altar to be purified and refined and ennobled. This is pure religion. I am instructed to keep constantly before the people of God the divine favor to be obtained by seeking the Lord in faith and humility of soul. There is a deeper experience for each one of us to gain. If we will seek the Lord in humble confession of our sins, it will be seen by all that we are coming up on a higher platform. Our words and works will be of a character to reflect light. Selfishness will be extinguished, and nobility of soul will shine forth in works of righteousness. O that every soul might look into the gospel mirror and reflect the divine attributes there revealed!
(24LtMs, Lt 142, 1909, 6)
“Trust in the Lord, and do good; so shalt thou dwell in the land, and verily thou shalt be fed. Delight thyself also in the Lord, and He shall give thee the desires of thine heart. Commit thy ways unto the Lord; trust also in Him, and He shall bring it to pass. And He shall bring forth thy righteousness as the light and thy judgment as the noonday. Rest in the Lord, and wait patiently for Him; fret not thyself because of him that prospereth in his way, because of the man that bringeth wicked devices to pass.” [Psalm 37:3-7.]
(24LtMs, Lt 142, 1909, 7)
I am instructed to urge these words upon the minds of all who have had the light of present truth. The Lord has appointed angels to be our ministering spirits, that the powers of evil shall not destroy us.
(24LtMs, Lt 142, 1909, 8)
These words were spoken to me: “The faith and works of My professed people fall far short of the assurances I have given them.” In these words you may find assurance that the Lord will do for us all that He has promised, if we will do our part to obey all His righteous requirements. It has been presented to me that there must be a cleansing of heart and mind and soul from every evil thing. Unbelief must be put away, and the professing believer must bring into his daily life the principles of the Word of God.
(24LtMs, Lt 142, 1909, 9)
I am instructed to say to the workers in our offices of publication: You may be very zealous for the publication and sale of our books and papers, but this will not make you acceptable in the sight of God if the warnings and strivings of His Spirit are unheeded. It is individual sanctification through the truth that God requires, that His name may be glorified.
(24LtMs, Lt 142, 1909, 10)
Again and again I have repeated the instruction the Lord has given me concerning the opening of new fields that our large cities might hear the truths of the third angel’s message. Yet with all the urgent calls that have been made, our brethren are not yet turning their attention to this work with the determination and earnestness that the importance of the case demands. A great work will be done in our cities when more earnest plans are laid for the furtherance of the cause of present truth in these places.
(24LtMs, Lt 142, 1909, 11)
We should release some of the workers that are now tied up in those places where many interests are centering, that they may go out as missionaries to communicate the truth to others. Not only should the workers in these centers be devoting their energies and means to the sending out of our publications, but they should also feel the importance of spending a portion of their money in supporting the living preacher in the cities where labor wisely expended will be very effective.
(24LtMs, Lt 142, 1909, 12)
The printed page cannot accomplish alone the work that the living minister can do. He can explain the Scriptures to the people, praying with them and appealing to them, and making effective the truths of the Bible. Not merely one or two men are called to do this work, but many men and women who have ability to preach and teach the Word.
(24LtMs, Lt 142, 1909, 13)
As the messengers of God teach the Word, and live themselves by its truths, heavenly angels will set home the Word to minds and hearts. One living discourse to a congregation of hearers may do a work that many publications could not accomplish. The minister’s words, spoken under the Holy Spirit’s guidance, his example in his association with the people, will accomplish a work that our publications of themselves cannot do.
(24LtMs, Lt 142, 1909, 14)
If necessary, let us limit the number of our periodical publications, and let us send forth men and women to labor in faith and consecration for the giving of this last message of mercy to the world. When it is possible, let the minister and his wife go forth together. The wife can often labor by the side of her husband, accomplishing a noble work. She can visit the homes of the people and help the women in these families in a way that her husband cannot.
(24LtMs, Lt 142, 1909, 15)
Some will offer themselves for service who are not adapted to this line of work. Direct these to a work that they can do, and encourage them to study the first chapter of Second Peter. Here is a representation of the experiences that will fit men and women to become efficient workers for God.
(24LtMs, Lt 142, 1909, 16)
Select women who will act an earnest part. The Lord will use intelligent women in the work of teaching. And let none feel that these women, who understand the Word, and who have ability to teach, should not receive remuneration for their labors. They should be paid as verily as are their husbands. There is a great work for women to do in the cause of present truth. Through the exercise of womanly tact and a wise use of their knowledge of Bible truth, they can remove difficulties that our brethren cannot meet. We need women workers [to labor] and should encourage those who wish to engage in this line of missionary effort.
(24LtMs, Lt 142, 1909, 17)
Elder Haskell and his wife have united their labors in the California Conference. Conditions here demanded the capabilities of both. Let none question the right of Sister Haskell to receive remuneration for her work. Dr. Kress and his wife are likewise capable of uniting in missionary effort. None would question the right of Sister Kress to receive a salary. Laboring thus, Brother and Sister Kress can accomplish more than if they labored separately.
(24LtMs, Lt 142, 1909, 18)
Study the Scriptures for further light on this point. Women were among Christ’s devoted followers in the days of His ministry, and Paul makes mention of certain women who were “helpers together” with him “in the gospel.” [Philippians 4:3.]
(24LtMs, Lt 142, 1909, 19)
The Lord has shown me that there is a work to be done in the cities that is scarcely entered upon. This question of the work in the cities is to become a living question with us. We must not now lay plans for a long, extended work. The message is to be carried quickly. The long delay in carrying out the instruction of the Lord, regarding work in the cities, has made the work of reaching all classes more difficult. The work must be undertaken at once, and the Lord calls for consecrated laborers who will engage in earnest effort according to the light He has given.
(24LtMs, Lt 142, 1909, 20)
Centers are to be made in many places. Our work is a worldwide one. Let evidences of the Holy Spirit’s working upon our hearts be seen in our taking hold of this work in simplicity and in the power of God. Let us follow without delay the instruction of the Lord, to prepare the cities for the coming of Christ.
(24LtMs, Lt 142, 1909, 21)
***** P.S.
Portland, Buffalo, Rochester
It is important that we all realize that there is a great work to be done quickly—the work of giving to the world the message of present truth. We need wisdom how to time our labors. Let us not, when there is a world to be warned, spend on any one place a disproportionate amount of labor and money.
(24LtMs, Lt 142, 1909, 22)
Instruction has been given me by the Lord that the work for the cities should now be carried forward with increasing earnestness. Instruction regarding this work has been before our people for many years, and yet it has scarcely been touched.
(24LtMs, Lt 142, 1909, 23)
In Portland, Maine, where the message of truth was first given in the power of the Spirit of God, a work is going forward. The camp-meeting there was an intensely interesting one. There were large congregations, and the best class of people were in attendance. At the meetings which we attended in the West, I had a burden to call for means for the Portland meetinghouse; and at several places I appealed to the people for help. We did not obtain large sums of money at any place, but altogether it amounted to four or five hundred dollars.
(24LtMs, Lt 142, 1909, 24)
The city of Portland was greatly moved by the proclamation of the message in the early days; a great work was accomplished, and the glory of the Lord was revealed in a remarkable manner. Now the third angel’s message is to go forth again with power; the city is to be supplied with laborers. New, strong workers must come in to do wise, thorough work. Let no forbiddings be raised to hinder the work that should be done in this place. Portland has been specially noticed by the Lord God of Israel; should we not have there a house of worship that is worthy of the notice of the people?
(24LtMs, Lt 142, 1909, 25)
In Rochester, New York, and in other places, our brethren need encouragement and help to secure suitable meetinghouses. Wake up, brethren. The work of uplifting the banner of truth must now go forward with new power. The Lord has shown me that our efforts must now turn eastward and be a help in the eastern, unworked fields. Wide-awake, strong, healthy workmen are to break up new ground. This will bring encouragement to the hearts of those who have sacrificed in the past until means and health have all been given to the cause. Let the vigor of healthful, devoted labor be brought into these cities where the first and second angels’ messages went with power, and where many of our faithful workers have fallen at their post of duty.
(24LtMs, Lt 142, 1909, 26)
The principles of health reform are to be promulgated in the state of Maine. In Buffalo, New York, the voice of the third angel’s message is to be heard with power. Let the teachings of health reform be brought into every effort made to get the light of truth before the people. Let workers be selected who are qualified to teach the truth wisely in clear, simple lines. Let us not wait before beginning this work until all the way is made clear. Faith says, Move forward. Christ says, “Lo I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world.” [Matthew 28:20.] Go on, step by step, departing not from that spirit of sanctification through the truth which the presence of the Spirit of God and obedience to the truth will give. Let none who have accepted this blessed faith and hope be found lacking in the spirit of self-sacrifice as they engage in the sacred work of presenting to the people the truth in its simplicity.
(24LtMs, Lt 142, 1909, 27)
I am instructed to say: Lower not the standard set for the minister of Christ in the life and labors of the Son of God. Cherish a Christlike simplicity. Many have lost sight of the truth and its simplicity. Study the requirements of the Word of God. Buckle on the armor for warfare, remembering that the reward will be given to every humble believer who labors in faith and love.
(24LtMs, Lt 142, 1909, 28)
All should be interested in doing their utmost, not boastingly, but with earnestness and a fervent spirit. Teach the people to sense their accountability to God.
(24LtMs, Lt 142, 1909, 29)
Lt 143, 1909
Daniells, A. G. St. Helena, California November 1909 Previously unpublished. Elder A. G. Daniells:
I am deeply impressed that we are allowing much time to pass by without a decided effort’s being put forth in all our cities. We must realize the work to be done. Let companies be organized and earnest, solemn work be carried forward.
(24LtMs, Lt 143, 1909, 1)
Elder Starr has written me regarding a place for sale near New York City that seems suitable for sanitarium work, and where some of our city workers could live. We need a sanitarium and a school in the vicinity of New York City; and the longer we delay the securing of these, the more difficult it will become.
(24LtMs, Lt 143, 1909, 2)
It would be well to secure a place as a home for our mission workers outside of the city. Good water privileges should be on the place, and there should be some land where fruit and vegetables might be raised for their benefit. Let it be a mission as free from impurities as possible, and connected with it a small sanitarium. A place in the city should be secured where simple treatments might be administered.
(24LtMs, Lt 143, 1909, 3)
Such a home would be a welcome retreat for our workers, where they may be away from the bustle and confusion of the city, the noise of trains, and where they may have the advantage of pure water. Let such homes be secured in the neighborhood of several cities and earnest, determined efforts be put forth by capable men to give in these cities the warning message that is to go to all the world. We have only touched, as it were, a few of the cities.
(24LtMs, Lt 143, 1909, 4)
Let men of sound judgment be appointed, not to publish abroad their intentions, but to search for properties in the rural districts, in easy access to the cities, suitable for small training schools for workers, and where facilities may also be provided for treating the sick and weary ones who know not the truth.
(24LtMs, Lt 143, 1909, 5)
Men should feel a decided responsibility for the working of New York City. The business houses of these large cities must be reached with the message as verily as the heathen in foreign lands. The enemy would be rejoiced to see the grand, saving truth for this time confined to a few places. He is not inactive. He is instilling into the minds of men his deceptive theories to blind their eyes and confuse their understanding, that the saving truth may not be brought to their knowledge.
(24LtMs, Lt 143, 1909, 6)
Soon the Sunday laws will be enforced, and men in positions of trust will be embittered against the little handful of God’s commandment-keeping people. Satan seems to have been permitted to gain many points of advantage. But the Lord will bring men of understanding from the various churches to combat the enforcement of a law that the first day of the week shall be honored as a day when no business shall be transacted.
(24LtMs, Lt 143, 1909, 7)
After He had wrought the work of creation in six days, the Lord of heaven and earth appointed the seventh day as the day of rest. He blessed the seventh day and sanctified it.
(24LtMs, Lt 143, 1909, 8)
“And the Lord spake unto Moses, saying, Speak thou also unto the children of Israel, saying, Verily, My sabbaths ye shall keep: for it is a sign between Me and you throughout your generations; that ye may know that I am the Lord that doth sanctify you. Ye shall keep the sabbath therefore; for it is holy unto you: every one that defileth it shall surely be put to death: for whosoever doeth any work therein, that soul shall be cut off from among his people. Six days may work be done; but in the seventh is the sabbath of rest, holy to the Lord: whosoever doeth any work in the sabbath day, he shall surely be put to death.
(24LtMs, Lt 143, 1909, 9)
“Wherefore the children of Israel shall keep the sabbath, to observe the sabbath throughout their generations, for a perpetual covenant. It is a sign between Me and the children of Israel for ever: for in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, and on the seventh day He rested and was refreshed.”Exodus 31:12-17.
(24LtMs, Lt 143, 1909, 10)
In the Word of God we have a positive statement as to the origin of the true Sabbath, which is specified as the seventh day.
(24LtMs, Lt 143, 1909, 11)
As a people, we have been in danger of centering too many important interests in one place. This is not wisdom and judgment. An interest is now to be created in the principal cities. Many small centers must be established, rather than a few large centers.
(24LtMs, Lt 143, 1909, 12)
“And Moses went up unto God, and the Lord called unto him out of the mountain, saying, Thus shalt thou say to the house of Jacob, and tell the children of Israel; Ye have seen what I did unto the Egyptians, and how I bare you on eagles’ wings, and brought you unto Myself. Now therefore, if ye will obey My voice indeed, and keep My covenant, then ye shall be a peculiar treasure unto Me above all people: for all the earth is Mine: and ye shall be unto Me a kingdom of priests, and an holy nation. These are the words which thou shalt speak unto the children of Israel.”Exodus 19:3-6.
(24LtMs, Lt 143, 1909, 13)
The nineteenth and twentieth chapters of Exodus are of great importance. They should be often repeated, and the instruction given should be sacredly observed. The Lord is the only true God, and He demands that His people shall be obedient to His Word. At this time when Satan is using every device to draw people away from truth and righteousness, let all who would stand on the Lord’s side keep holy the memorial of the Sabbath. Satan is working to place before the people the first day of the week and by its observance exalt a power that is opposed to God.
(24LtMs, Lt 143, 1909, 14)
The Word of God must now be magnified. Those who know the truth, and who know the results of transgression, must give the truth in clear evidence from the Word of God. There should be a general awakening. Ministers and church members need now to seek the Lord as did His people in ancient times, that they may have wisdom to give the message as it should be given at this time.
(24LtMs, Lt 143, 1909, 15)
“Behold My Servant, whom I uphold; Mine elect, in whom My soul delighteth; I have put My Spirit upon Him: He shall bring forth judgment to the Gentiles. He shall not cry, nor lift up, nor cause His voice to be heard in the street. A bruised reed shall He not break, and the smoking flax shall He not quench: He shall bring forth judgment unto truth. He shall not fail nor be discouraged, till He have set judgment in the earth: and the isles shall wait for His law. Thus saith God the Lord, He that created the heavens, and stretched them out; He that spread forth the earth, and that which cometh out of it; He that giveth breath unto the people upon it, and spirit to them that walk therein: I the Lord have called thee in righteousness, and will hold thine hand, and will keep thee, and give thee for a covenant of the people, for a light of the Gentiles; to open the blind eyes, to bring out the prisoners from the prison, and them that sit in darkness out of the prison house. I am the Lord: that is My name: and My glory will I not give to another, neither My praise to graven images. Behold, the former things are come to pass, and new things do I declare: before they spring forth I tell you of them. Sing unto the Lord a new song, and His praise from the end of the earth, ye that go down to the sea, and all that is therein; the isles, and the inhabitants thereof. Let the wilderness and the cities thereof lift up their voice, the villages that Kedar doth inhabit: let the inhabitants of the rock sing, let them shout from the top of the mountains. Let them give glory unto the Lord, and declare His praise in the islands. The Lord shall go forth as a mighty man, He shall stir up jealousy like a man of war: He shall cry, yea, roar; He shall prevail against His enemies. I have long time holden My peace; I have been still, and refrained Myself: now will I cry like a travailing woman; I will destroy and devour at once. I will make waste mountains and hills, and dry up all their herbs; and I will make the rivers islands, and I will dry up the pools. And I will bring the blind by a way that they knew not; I will lead them in paths that they have not known: I will make darkness light before them, and crooked things straight. These things will I do unto them, and not forsake them.”Isaiah 42:1-16.
(24LtMs, Lt 143, 1909, 16)
I am instructed to bring these Scriptures to the attention of our people. While some are at work earnestly, as the Lord’s Spirit moves upon them, there are many who devote their time and means rather for display than for positive necessities. But the Lord’s words of warning cannot be disregarded. I am urged to bring before the people over and over again the essential things.
(24LtMs, Lt 143, 1909, 17)
Let missionaries be laboring two and two in different parts of all our large cities. The workers in each city should meet together for counsel, that they may work effectively and harmoniously. Let every worker be wide-awake to make the most of every advantage. Our people must gird the armor on and establish centers in all the cities. The agencies of Satan are in the field, putting forth efforts to confuse the minds of men and to fill them with imaginations, that they may not become interested in the truth.
(24LtMs, Lt 143, 1909, 18)
The people of God have had given to them many testimonies. It is time that the purpose of God shall be carried out. By cherishing unbelief in the directions that God has laid out, and exalting human judgment, much time and valuable experience have been lost. The Lord, He is God, and beside Him there is none else. Let all now search the Word of the Lord and walk in His ways. Let the prophecies of Isaiah be studied and heeded, and the Lord will perform His part. “Search the Scriptures; for in them ye think ye have eternal life.” [John 5:39.]
(24LtMs, Lt 143, 1909, 19)
While no one should be presumptuous, there is need of wise efforts to be put forth to reach many who by the ordinary methods are not reached. Let the leading men and women, chosen of God, unite in carrying the work intelligently and in faith. I am pained when I see with some a desire for the highest position, that they may be honored of men. This is not the leading of the Holy Spirit. Angels of God are commissioned to labor with every company that will work humbly and diligently. Truth and righteousness must go forth as a lamp that burneth.
(24LtMs, Lt 143, 1909, 20)
Lt 144, 1909
White, J. E.; White, Emma St. Helena, California November 22, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in 6Bio 268. Edson and Emma White
Nashville, Tennessee My dear children:
I am seated in my comfortable writing chair in the early morning. No one in the house save myself is up. I have had the first full night’s sleep in many months; and for this I thank the Lord. I have had so many wakeful nights, that I retired last night with little hope of sleep. But this morning I thank the Lord for the blessing of rest I have enjoyed.
(24LtMs, Lt 144, 1909, 1)
During the night season I spend many wakeful hours in prayer to God. I plead with Him that He will send His Holy Spirit to arouse in the hearts of the people who claim to believe the truth, and earnestness to give the message in its simplicity to the many in the highways and byways of life who have never had Christ presented to them in the simplicity of godliness and earnest faith. When I consider how much might be accomplished if those who hold the sacred truth for this time would respond to the obligations that rest upon them, I long to say something to arouse them to their God-given work.
(24LtMs, Lt 144, 1909, 2)
If believers would go forth to the work that awaits them in all our large cities, and present the truth to the people in its simplicity, some souls would be reached; and these souls, as they opened their hearts to the reception of the Word of life, would be filled with the desire to make others acquainted with the truth as it is in Jesus. They would labor to communicate the Word. Often in the night I awake to find myself sometimes in earnest prayer and at other times pleading with ministers and with church members to be truly converted.
(24LtMs, Lt 144, 1909, 3)
I counsel you, my children, to walk humbly with God. Then your ministry will be fruitful. Time is short. The world is absorbed in multiplying pleasures and in magnifying and exalting men. Let the lives of believers at this time declare: “The Lord is good, and greatly to be praised; I will magnify His holy name.”
(24LtMs, Lt 144, 1909, 4)
I cannot write you a long letter at this time; but I want to say, Whenever you have time, come to see us. Do not depend on men for instruction for the work you are to do in bookmaking. The Lord would have you work in humility and to be taught of Him. You are not to depend on others to do this work; for they will claim that they have helped you to compose your books. The Lord is your teacher. If you will walk humbly with God, He will be your wisdom, your sanctification, and your righteousness.
(24LtMs, Lt 144, 1909, 5)
On Friday, November 26, I shall be 82 years old. It is a surprise to many that at my age I am able to speak before large congregations of people. But it is the Lord who sustains me in this work. “This is the Lord’s doing; and it is marvelous in our eyes.” [Matthew 21:42.] He is indeed able to speak through the human agency.
(24LtMs, Lt 144, 1909, 6)
I pray that the Lord will sustain you, my son. Trust in Him. Increase in faith and truth and righteousness. I pray that you both may be fitting up to meet the Lord in peace. The Lord bless you, is the prayer of your mother.
(24LtMs, Lt 144, 1909, 7)
Lt 146, 1909
Kress, Brother and Sister [D. H.] St. Helena, California November 28, 1909 This letter is published in entirety in 7MR 102-106. Dear Brother and Sister Kress:
You have asked me some questions regarding your work that I cannot answer; for the Lord has not instructed me specifically regarding your relation to the sanitarium under present conditions. This matter should be decided by the brethren who understand the situation, brethren who are on the ground and who have been appointed to deal with such matters.
(24LtMs, Lt 146, 1909, 1)
But there are some things regarding which I have received instruction. The Lord is calling for our cities to be worked just as verily as He is calling for work in foreign countries. The Lord has approved of your labors in connection with Brother and Sister Starr in New York City, and I cannot feel that it would be wise, even if you were to leave that work, that Elder Starr should also be taken away. If you should not connect with Elder Starr as you did last summer, we should endeavor to find some one else to connect with him as you have done.
(24LtMs, Lt 146, 1909, 2)
Light was given me that Elder Starr had a work to do as an evangelist in city work, and that there should be connected with him and his wife another man and wife; that these two families would, if they made the Lord Jesus their counselor, accomplish a good work. This was before you went to New York City to labor with Brother and Sister Starr. When I heard of the move you had made, I was well pleased; for I felt that they and you would strengthen each others’ hands.
(24LtMs, Lt 146, 1909, 3)
Elder Starr as an evangelist and Dr. Kress as a physician connected with the sanitarium in Washington, working in harmony with each other, have done a good work in New York City, and there have been favorable results. If others have been found who can in your absence carry the medical work at the sanitarium, I believe it would be pleasing to the Lord for you to continue to labor with Brother and Sister Starr or some other evangelist in some of our large cities. It may be necessary for you at times to be called to the sanitarium as a counselor, but in your absence others must necessarily take largely the burden of the work there.
(24LtMs, Lt 146, 1909, 4)
I am certain that Elder Starr and his wife are needed in the field, and that his work can be strengthened if you and your wife will stand with him as physicians.
(24LtMs, Lt 146, 1909, 5)
Christ declared, “I and My Father are one.” [John 10:30.] All the workers in our sanitariums should seek to labor in a similar unity with their brethren. This should be true of the physicians who stand in responsible positions. They should exercise a God-given tact, to show that in dealing with the sick and the suffering they are carrying on the very same work as are their brethren who are laboring in the ministry of the Word. Christ has given us an example. He taught from the Scriptures the gospel truths, and He also healed the afflicted ones who came to Him for relief. He was the greatest Physician the world ever knew, and yet He combined with His healing work the imparting of soul-saving truth.
(24LtMs, Lt 146, 1909, 6)
And thus should our physicians labor. They are doing the Lord’s work when they labor as evangelists, giving instruction as to how the soul may be healed by the Lord Jesus. Every physician should know how to pray in faith for the sick, as well as to administer the proper treatment. At the same time he should labor as one of God’s ministers, to teach repentance and conversion and the salvation of soul and body. Such a combination of labor will broaden his experience and greatly enlarge his influence.
(24LtMs, Lt 146, 1909, 7)
The physician should reveal the higher education in his ability to point to the Saviour of the world as one who can heal and save the soul and the body. This gives the afflicted an encouragement that is of the highest value. The ministry to the physical and the spiritual are to blend, leading the afflicted ones to trust in the power of the heavenly Physician. Those who, while giving the proper treatments will also pray for the healing grace of Christ, will inspire faith in the minds of the patients. Their own course will be an inspiration to those who supposed their cases to be hopeless.
(24LtMs, Lt 146, 1909, 8)
This is why our sanitariums were established—to give courage to the hopeless by uniting the prayer of faith with proper treatment and instruction in physical and spiritual right living. Through such ministrations, many are to be converted. The physicians in our sanitariums are to give the clear gospel message of soul healing.
(24LtMs, Lt 146, 1909, 9)
Our sanitariums and our churches may reach a higher, holier standard. Health reform is to be taught and practiced by our people. The Lord is calling for a revival of the principles of health reform. Seventh-day Adventists have a special work to do as messengers to labor for the souls and bodies of men.
(24LtMs, Lt 146, 1909, 10)
Christ has said of His people, “Ye are the light of the world.” [Matthew 5:14.] We are the Lord’s denominated people, to proclaim the truths of heavenly origin. The most solemn, sacred work ever given to mortals is the proclamation of the first, second, and third angels’ messages to our world. In our large cities there should be health institutes to care for the sick and to teach the grand principles of health reform.
(24LtMs, Lt 146, 1909, 11)
Unless a special conversion is experienced by many, we shall not see all that we might see in the healing of the sick, both bodily and spiritually. We need daily the converting power of Jesus Christ that we may serve God intelligently and under the sanctifying grace of the Saviour.
(24LtMs, Lt 146, 1909, 12)
Now, my Brother and Sister Kress, regarding the responsibilities each one should carry, I cannot mark a definite line. I cannot specify the precise degree of authority that your position entitles you to. But let each cherish the spirit and practice the meekness of Jesus Christ. When we shall exalt Him as the chiefest among ten thousand, and the One altogether lovely, then there will be no difficulty in determining who shall bear the responsibility of the work in the field and in all our institutions. One thing I know: the greatest work for our physicians is to get access to the people of the world in the right way. There is a world perishing in sin, and who will take up the work in our cities? The greatest physician is the one who walks in the footsteps of Jesus Christ.
(24LtMs, Lt 146, 1909, 13)
There is a work to be done in all our cities, and those who will work and walk humbly with God, striving daily to be overcomers, will gain precious victories day by day. The work that is done in humility will bear the divine credentials. Let us hide in God. That which I see most clearly is the necessity of men and women being united in doing the work that needs to be done in our cities.
(24LtMs, Lt 146, 1909, 14)
Unless this work is entered into most earnestly, Christ cannot say of many, Ye are the light of the world. Instead, the sentence will be given, “Thou art weighed in the balances, and found wanting.” [Daniel 5:27.] This great work has only been touched, and soon it will be too late. Satan is working with all deceivableness of unrighteousness. Self has come in and has been a great hindering power to the work that should have been done.
(24LtMs, Lt 146, 1909, 15)
Of those who are formed in His image, Christ requires conformity to His character. Mothers, fathers, ministers, physicians, hear the word of the Lord: “If his children forsake My law, and walk not in My judgments; if they break My statutes, and keep not My commandments; then will I visit their transgression with the rod, and their iniquity with stripes.” [Psalm 89:30-32.]
(24LtMs, Lt 146, 1909, 16)
The Lord bears long with men, and He calls earnestly for every one to repent. Will the ministers, will the physicians take up this work that has been scarcely touched? May God help us to be faithful and to do the very work that is now most essential.
(24LtMs, Lt 146, 1909, 17)
Lt 148, 1909
Starr, Brother and Sister [G. B.] St. Helena, California December 1, 1909 This letter is published in entirety in 7MR 107-109. Dear Brother and Sister Starr:
I have just read your letter and the one to Brother and Sister Kress. I am glad to hear from you and to learn of your work. I will send you a copy of a letter I have written to Dr. Kress, from which you will see that I am in full harmony with the plan of his uniting with you in work in the cities. Our duty to work in the cities has been kept before me for years.
(24LtMs, Lt 148, 1909, 1)
If the Lord be served truly and intelligently, there will be a humble and devotional frame of mind. Our people need to heed the cautions that the Lord has given over the over again. I trust that you will not be diverted from the grand work that needs to be done to enlighten the people. You are to learn from Christ how to reach the great number of people in our cities who know not the truth for this time.
(24LtMs, Lt 148, 1909, 2)
Let your words be of a character to exalt the Word of God. Live and teach the principles of health reform. Emphasize your belief in the great truths upon which Christian people generally will agree with you. As you advocate the truth of God, you are in every respect to be an example to the believers. “Ye are God’s husbandry; ye are God’s building.” [1 Corinthians 3:9.] Try to follow closely the Lord’s plans. “Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. For it is God which worketh in you both to will and to do of His good pleasure.” [Philippians 2:12, 13.]
(24LtMs, Lt 148, 1909, 3)
The importance of making our way in the great cities is still kept before me. For many years the Lord has been urging upon us this duty, and yet we see but comparatively little accomplished in our great centers of population. If we do not take up this work in a determined manner, Satan will multiply difficulties which will not be easy to surmount. We are far behind in doing the work that should have been done in these long neglected cities. The work will now be more difficult than it would have been a few years ago. But if we take up the work in the name of the Lord, barriers will be broken down, and decided victories will be ours.
(24LtMs, Lt 148, 1909, 4)
In this work physicians and gospel ministers are needed. We must press our petitions to the Lord, and do our best, pressing forward with all the energy possible to make an opening in the large cities. Had we in the past worked after the Lord’s plans, many lights would be shining brightly that are going out.
(24LtMs, Lt 148, 1909, 5)
In connection with the presentation of spiritual truths, we should also present what the Word of God says upon the questions of health and temperance. In every way possible, we must seek to bring souls under the convicting and converting power of God. The believers in our churches need to be aroused to act their part. Let seasons of prayer be appointed, and let us earnestly seek the Lord for an increase of faith and courage. Let ministers and other church members labor for souls as never before. We are not to spend our time merely in repeating over and over again the same things to the churches where the truth is well known. Let the church members labor unitedly in their several lines to create an interest. The disciples of Christ are to unite in labor for perishing souls. Let the laborers invite others to unite with them in their efforts, that many may be fired with zeal to work for the Master.
(24LtMs, Lt 148, 1909, 6)
I entreat of the church members in every city that they lay hold upon the Lord with determined effort for the baptism of the Holy Spirit. Be assured that Satan is not asleep. Every obstacle possible he will place in the way of those who would advance in this work. Too often these obstacles are regarded as insurmountable. Let every one now be soundly and truly converted and then lay hold of the work intelligently and with faith.
(24LtMs, Lt 148, 1909, 7)
Lt 150, 1909
Irwin, Brother and Sister [G. A.] St. Helena, California November 28, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 37. Dear Brother and Sister Irwin:
I hardly know how to respond to your letter. At present I wish to say but little in regard to the duty of yourself, Elder Farnsworth, or other of my brethren; for the Lord has not laid this burden upon me. My burden for our brethren is that they may learn their duty from the Lord. You and Elder Farnsworth have had long experience, and I believe that as you seek the Lord, He will hear you.
(24LtMs, Lt 150, 1909, 1)
I have felt that if you were here in California, your influence would be a great help to Elder Haskell and to the other workers here. I think so still; but as such a move means much to you, I will let you take the responsibility yourself of deciding the matter. I would be glad to have you here, but I have no positive light that would warrant me in urging you against your own best judgment. I must leave it with you to seek the Lord, and let Him work out His will in His own way.
(24LtMs, Lt 150, 1909, 2)
I feel the deepest anxiety as I consider the cities that are yet unworked. Day and night the burden is upon me—the cities must be worked without delay. The message of present truth must be carried to those who have not heard it.
(24LtMs, Lt 150, 1909, 3)
He who gave His life for a perishing world was despised and rejected of men. “Surely He hath borne our griefs and carried our sorrows: yet we did esteem Him stricken, smitten of God, and afflicted. But He was wounded for our transgressions, He was bruised for our iniquities: the chastisement of our peace was upon Him, and with His stripes we are healed.” [Isaiah 53:4, 5.]
(24LtMs, Lt 150, 1909, 4)
This salvation is for the inhabitants of the unworked cities. Time is rapidly passing into eternity, and these cities have as yet scarcely been touched. There is a power that the Spirit of God can impart to truth. As light is flashed into the mind, a conviction will take hold of hearts that will be too powerful to resist.
(24LtMs, Lt 150, 1909, 5)
I cannot, however, specify just who shall go to a certain city, or whose duty is elsewhere. My duty is to say that God is earnestly calling for a great work to be done in the cities. New fields are to be opened. Men who know the message and who should feel the responsibilities of the work have manifested so little faith that because of difficulties or fears, there has been a long neglect.
(24LtMs, Lt 150, 1909, 6)
This work requires the investment of means; but if our people will in faith and courage make a beginning, they will find that they are doing the very work that will result in bringing in the necessary means. The Lord will bless Brother and Sister Kress if they will in the name of the Lord go forth in connection with the gospel ministry to labor in the cities. The cities of the East should now receive special attention.
(24LtMs, Lt 150, 1909, 7)
Dr. Kress has written me about Brother and Sister Starr and Mrs. Kress and himself taking up a line of work together in the city of Washington and at the sanitarium at Takoma Park. The precise position that Dr. Kress shall fill has not been outlined to me, therefore I cannot take the responsibility of saying definitely what his relation to the Takoma Park Sanitarium should be. I have had light, however, that Elder Starr and the Doctors Kress can do an important line of work for those who have not heard present truth. They can present the truths that we as a people are grounded upon.
(24LtMs, Lt 150, 1909, 8)
It is well, in presenting the truth to unbelievers, first to present some subjects upon which they will agree with us. The principles of health and temperance will appeal to their judgment, and we can from these subjects lead them on to understand the binding claims of the fourth commandment. This work our physicians can help in doing. When the people see the value of instruction given regarding healthful living, it gives them confidence to believe that the teachers of these principles have the truth in other lines.
(24LtMs, Lt 150, 1909, 9)
It is the Lord’s plan that physicians well versed in Bible truth shall unite with ministers laboring in the cities and aid in giving as a whole the harmonious message of warning that should be given to the world. Some of the very best qualified men in our institutions should be chosen for this work.
(24LtMs, Lt 150, 1909, 10)
To some it may seem unwise to take men qualified for the position of head physicians and put them to labor in the cities, even though chosen men fill their places in the institution. But we need to take a broader view of the work and to consider that the Lord is calling for a special line of work to be done in the cities, a work which requires the efforts of men of clear perception and who, in the power of the Holy Spirit, can present before large congregations the principles of health reform.
(24LtMs, Lt 150, 1909, 11)
The presenting of Bible principles by an intelligent physician will have great weight with many people. There is efficiency and power with one who can combine in his influence the work of a physician and of a gospel minister. His work commends itself to the good judgment of the people.
(24LtMs, Lt 150, 1909, 12)
If Brother and Sister Starr will devote their consecrated ability to the work in our large cities, in connection with Brother and Sister Kress, they may, under the influence of the Holy Spirit, do a precious work. If they will move forward in the Lord’s order, He will recognize their efforts.
(24LtMs, Lt 150, 1909, 13)
Wherever possible, I am presenting to our people the story of the wonderful deliverance of Israel when, pursued by Pharaoh and more pressed, they moved forward at God’s command. We need to cease from our unbelieving thoughts and our fears regarding the work that we should take up. If Dr. Kress will labor as a medical evangelist under the Lord’s direction, and go forward in humility, a good work will be accomplished.
(24LtMs, Lt 150, 1909, 14)
We are now in the last stages of this earth’s history. We are living in a world of confusion, and we need daily a living faith in Jesus Christ. He is our sufficiency. The members of our churches need the sanctifying grace of God. Every possible effort should be put forth to labor in the spirit and power of Christ. He labored in humble simplicity, not drawing into His great work one thread of selfishness.
(24LtMs, Lt 150, 1909, 15)
Lt 152, 1909
Hannaford, Mary St. Helena, California December 3, 1909 Previously unpublished. Miss Mary Hannaford
Loma Linda, California Dear Sister Mary:
We have just read your letter. What does it mean? We consented to have you remain one week longer, thinking we were doing you a favor. But we expected you Thursday, and then today; but no Mary appeared.
(24LtMs, Lt 152, 1909, 1)
We need you, Mary. You are appreciated in my home; and if you need more help, your shall have it. I look upon you as the matron of my house. If at any time you need more help in your work, you have only to say the word, and you shall have it. I want you ever to feel free to speak to me concerning such matters, and I will see that you have what you need.
(24LtMs, Lt 152, 1909, 2)
My dear sister, you are the woman of my choice as a matron for my home. I shall feel grieved if you do not return to us cheerfully. We appreciate your help. Your letter has made me feel sad. But be assured that if you return we will make your work as easy as possible. Please come at once.
(24LtMs, Lt 152, 1909, 3)
Lt 154, 1909
Cummings, Brother and Sister [R. S.] St. Helena, California November 29, 1909 Previously unpublished. Dr. and Mrs. R. S. Cummings Dear Brother and Sister Cummings:
I have for some time desired to visit the Paradise Valley Sanitarium, but I am not yet prepared to take another journey. However, I have no complaint to make about my health. The Lord has sustained me in a remarkable manner during my five months’ journey in the East and since my return. It has been a source of continual encouragement to me that whenever I have stood before the people, my infirmities seem to disappear, and I am strengthened to speak for an hour or more without fatigue. My mind is clear, and the subjects of Scripture come readily to my attention. I trust that before long I may be able to visit Southern California and to speak at Paradise Valley and in San Diego.
(24LtMs, Lt 154, 1909, 1)
I feel intensely the necessity of presenting the truth in its simplicity. I believe that the earnest, simple prayers that I offer up to God will be answered; for He has promised, “Ask, and ye shall receive; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you.” [Matthew 7:7.] Why should we not all believe the Word of the Lord? If we will but take Him at His word, what a degree of blessing will be ours.
(24LtMs, Lt 154, 1909, 2)
God’s people need an experience in the exercise of faith, in claiming the blessings He has promised. We must not act as though we believed there would be a failure on the part of the One who has promised. We should ask more and claim more of the riches of His grace. It is to the glory of God that His messages of mercy shall be appreciated, accepted, and believed, that they may bring comfort to the soul of the receiver.
(24LtMs, Lt 154, 1909, 3)
The Lord will be pleased to make His believing children more and more intelligent regarding His character. It is for their own good and for the glory of His name that they have clear conceptions of His goodness and mercy and love. Let God be honored and exalted by the exercise of a constantly increasing faith.
(24LtMs, Lt 154, 1909, 4)
There is an essential work to be done in all our sanitariums. Are we forming Christlike characters? Here is where many fail. They do not follow on to know the Lord, and to glorify Him by expressing His love, by performing acts of mercy and becoming molded after the divine similitude, their characters fitted to reflect the worthy example of Jesus Christ.
(24LtMs, Lt 154, 1909, 5)
I may ere long visit San Diego. I long to be telling the people of the nearness of our Lord’s coming. When the message has gone forth to every kindred, nation, tongue, and people, then the end will come. Be of good courage. The Lord will certainly work for every one who is willing to be worked.
(24LtMs, Lt 154, 1909, 6)
We have recently had misty, rainy weather, which has been beneficial to the ground. The grass is green and flourishing. This morning it is clear, cold, and bracing, and I have a fire in my fireplace.
(24LtMs, Lt 154, 1909, 7)
I shall endeavor to write to Sister Gotzian soon, and I am sending to Brother Lindsay a copy of a letter received from South Africa.
(24LtMs, Lt 154, 1909, 8)
May the Lord bless and encourage and strengthen you is my prayer.
(24LtMs, Lt 154, 1909, 9)
Lt 156, 1909
Simpson, Brother and Sister [W. W.] St. Helena, California December 5, 1909 Previously unpublished. Dear Brother and Sister Simpson:
I received a letter from Sister Simpson a few days ago. I can only write a short letter in reply. I hope you will not be discouraged, but put your whole trust in your Saviour. I have not heard from you for a long time, but I have thought about you and hoped you were prospering.
(24LtMs, Lt 156, 1909, 1)
I have been wonderfully sustained since the General Conference in Washington. For five months we were traveling and holding meetings. I endured the work very well. Once or twice I had considerable suffering; but in answer to prayer the Lord helped me, and now I am preparing matter to go out to the people.
(24LtMs, Lt 156, 1909, 2)
I can only write you a short letter now, and say to you: Be strong; yea, be strong in faith and hope. Do your best in the fear and love of God to save perishing souls. There is enough to do in every place; and if you put your trust in the Lord, He will respond to your prayers and give you His grace. Take hold by faith and hold fast to the One who has invited you to look unto Him, who is the Author and Finisher of your faith.
(24LtMs, Lt 156, 1909, 3)
Lt 158, 1909
Kress, D. H. St. Helena, California November 18, 1909 This letter is published in entirety in KC 163-166. Dr. D. H. Kress Dear Brother:
Yesterday I received and read a letter from you, and I thank you for explaining your convictions and feelings so fully as you have done. I am glad that you and your wife can be united in your labors. With your varied gifts, you can unitedly do an excellent work.
(24LtMs, Lt 158, 1909, 1)
The work that you have been doing in connection with Brother and Sister Starr has had a good influence. I am assured that it is right for you and Sister Kress to unite with them in labor. You can be a great help to them and they to you.
(24LtMs, Lt 158, 1909, 2)
The work you have been doing in the cities is meeting heaven’s approval. This experience is to be a lesson to others besides Elder Starr and Dr. Kress. What you have done demonstrates that if our physicians and our ministers can work together in the presentation of truth to the people, more can be reached than could be influenced by the minister laboring alone. I trust that your example in this respect may be followed by other physicians.
(24LtMs, Lt 158, 1909, 3)
Brother Starr has capabilities that fit him to labor in the large cities. I see no light in his being taken from that work. I am sorry for your perplexities regarding leaving Washington. You say that your wife and others feel that you ought not to leave the sanitarium and that you do not feel clear to leave. I do not urge that you and your wife separate entirely from the sanitarium. Your connection with the institution will increase your influence in the field. During your absence, other physicians must carry largely the responsibilities in the sanitarium.
(24LtMs, Lt 158, 1909, 4)
You need not feel that the Lord has separated you from the sanitarium because you have made more direct efforts to reach the souls in our cities who need to be converted. You have a burden for this work of presenting the message to the people. Present Christ as the healer of the sin-sick soul. In your work in the field you will gain a broader and more extended influence than if you were confined to an institution.
(24LtMs, Lt 158, 1909, 5)
Whoever is medical superintendent of the institution, there should be associated with him wise counselors. No one man is to try to carry the responsibility of the sanitarium at Takoma Park. One man’s mind is not infallible. Capable men are to co-operate. It is safer in most matters to follow the united judgment of several men than of one man.
(24LtMs, Lt 158, 1909, 6)
It is not the Lord’s plan that you should wholly disconnect from the sanitarium, but it is His plan that, in connection with your wife, you should go into the cities and seek to reach the people with the message of present truth. This work will help to make known the work at the sanitarium, and it will also establish confidence in the minds of the people in the institution. The acquaintances you make, as you attend meetings and present the truth from the physician’s standpoint, will help to give you an influence; and this line of work will be the means of bringing to our sanitariums a class of people who can be greatly benefited. Arrange your plans so that you can engage in this line of work with freedom, and so that your absence will not hurt the work of the institution.
(24LtMs, Lt 158, 1909, 7)
Present before the people the need of resisting the temptation to indulge appetite. This is where many are failing. Explain how closely body and mind are related, and show the need of keeping both in the very best condition. The health talks which you give in the meetings will be one of the best ways of advertising our sanitariums. This is a work that I have been shown you should do.
(24LtMs, Lt 158, 1909, 8)
I am instructed to say to our sanitarium workers that their light is to go forth as a lamp that burneth. There are ministerial duties devolving upon the head physicians of our sanitariums outside of the purely medical work. They must give heed to the urgent calls that come for soul-winning efforts. Every jot of influence that the Lord has given them is to be used for Him. Our medical superintendents should so live and labor as to be recognized as men who place their trust in God, men who fear the Lord and depend upon His divine power.
(24LtMs, Lt 158, 1909, 9)
The God-fearing surgeon, when required to operate in critical cases, will call upon God for wisdom and help. And the Lord will honor His servant at such times, guiding the instrument he handles in the fear of God. At such times it is of the greatest importance that the physician be calm and able to speak words of faith and trust in the One who is our Creator and our King. Many times this manifestation of calm trust in God will decide the case favorably; for the confidence of the physician in unseen agencies, his faith that his prayers in behalf of the afflicted one will be heard, will give confidence and balance of mind to the one who is passing through the crisis. And the faith that will lay hold upon the Lord in the hour of peril will be respected.
(24LtMs, Lt 158, 1909, 10)
The minds of the suffering ones must be led to grasp the hope of deliverance from special peril. Speak to them hopeful words, words of courage. There are those patronizing our sanitariums whom the Lord will heal if they will abstain from the use of liquor and drugs and will use simple and safe remedies to counteract disease brought on through perverted appetite. If they will act their part to break the spell of the enemy by firmly resisting temptation, and will surrender themselves to the One who gave His life for sinful souls, they will become sons and daughters of God.
(24LtMs, Lt 158, 1909, 11)
All who indulge the appetite, waste the physical energies, and weaken the moral power will sooner or later feel the retribution that follows the transgression of physical law.
(24LtMs, Lt 158, 1909, 12)
Christ gave His life to purchase redemption for the sinner. The world’s Redeemer knew that indulgence of appetite was bringing physical debility and deadening the perceptive faculties so that sacred and eternal things could not be discerned. He knew that self-indulgence was perverting the moral powers and that man’s great need was conversion—in heart and mind and soul—from the life of self-indulgence to one of self-denial and self-sacrifice. May the Lord help you as His servant to appeal to the ministers and to arouse the sleeping churches. Let your labors as a physician and a minister be in harmony. It is for this that our sanitariums are established, to preach the truth of true temperance.
(24LtMs, Lt 158, 1909, 13)
In your letter you speak of the rescue work in the poorer parts of the city. I am glad that you feel a burden to help the very ones who need help. Christ desires His work to become the light of the world. He Himself came to make known to all classes the gospel of salvation. But it is not your special duty to make great efforts among the worst classes of society. There may be associated with you some who should work among the unfortunate and the degraded, but you are especially fitted to labor for the higher classes. Your influence with them would be lessened should you be associated largely with the rescue work for those who are generally regarded as outcasts.
(24LtMs, Lt 158, 1909, 14)
Christ entered upon the test upon the point of appetite and for nearly six weeks resisted the temptation in behalf of man. That long fast in the wilderness was to be a lesson to fallen man for all time. Christ was not overcome by the strong temptations of the enemy, and this is encouragement for every soul who is struggling against temptation. Christ has made it possible for every member of the human family to resist temptation. All who would live godly lives may overcome as Christ overcame, by the blood of the Lamb and the word of their testimony. That long fast of the Saviour strengthened Him to endure. He gave evidence to man that He would begin the work of overcoming just where ruin began—on the point of appetite.
(24LtMs, Lt 158, 1909, 15)
As a people, we need to reform; and especially do ministers and teachers of the Word need to reform. I am instructed to say to our ministers and to the presidents of our conferences: Your usefulness as laborers for God in the work of recovering perishing souls depends much on your success in overcoming appetite. Overcome the desire to gratify appetite, and if you do this your passions will be easily controlled. Then your mental and moral powers will be stronger. “And they overcame him by the blood of the Lamb and by the word of their testimony.” [Revelation 12:11.]
(24LtMs, Lt 158, 1909, 16)
We need the influence of the right example of our physicians and our ministers. Let them exercise their powers for the control of appetite, that mental and moral powers may be strengthened. As far as possible, let them adopt such habits of life that the physical and mental powers shall be equally taxed. The exercise of the voice in speaking is a healthful exercise. Teach and live carefully. Hold firmly to the position that all, even our leading men, need to exercise good common sense in the care of their health, securing equal taxation of the body and the brain.
(24LtMs, Lt 158, 1909, 17)
Lt 160, 1909
Cottrell, H. W. St. Helena, California December 6, 1909 Previously unpublished. Elder H. W. Cottrell Dear Brother:
Shortly after the Fruitvale camp-meeting, Elder Haskell stated that when his present term of office expires, he would be glad to withdraw from the presidency of this conference. He added that he wanted to see one take his place who would hold every advance step that has been taken during the past year. He expressed his mind quite freely to me. I said to him in reply, “I greatly fear from the present outlook, that it would be a serious mistake for you to withdraw from the presidency of this conference. I know of no one else who would carry things evenly. There are difficulties to be faced that a man unacquainted with the past would be unprepared to meet.”
(24LtMs, Lt 160, 1909, 1)
There have been those occupying leading positions in the churches whose influence has been constantly working against the testimonies and the work which the Lord has given me to do for this time. Dr. Maxson has stood in this position. For years, not openly, but under cover, Dr. Maxson has stood against the work of the testimonies.
(24LtMs, Lt 160, 1909, 2)
He was not retained as head physician at the Health Retreat at St. Helena, because he was determined to carry things his way, and his way was not in all things according to the instruction of the Lord. Light was given me that Dr. Maxson was not a thorough health reformer. I was shown that strange things were being done at the sanitarium. The guests were sometimes entertained as though the principles of health reform were not of vital importance. Drugs were being administered in many cases. Since his separation from the sanitarium, Dr. Maxson’s attitude toward the testimonies has been that of questioning and doubt. He is not a converted man. And those who have acted a prominent part in this conference have not come out firmly in the fear of God and taken a decided stand against his influence.
(24LtMs, Lt 160, 1909, 3)
At the same time, leading men in the conference were exercising an authority which they supposed their position gave them to control the work according to their own disposition and judgment. The work was becoming confused, and the Lord gave me a message regarding the movements that should be made.
(24LtMs, Lt 160, 1909, 4)
It was because of such conditions in the conference that Elder Haskell was appointed to take the presidency. Elder Haskell and his wife have been engaged in the work for years, and their faith in the truth and in the testimonies given by the Holy Spirit is strong. They have unitedly served according to the Lord’s appointment, and we have sought to sustain them in their work. Conditions in the churches have changed decidedly, but the Lord has shown me that some in responsible positions are not yet converted; and without this experience they cannot conduct the work in right lines. Some who have been reproved and warned are not established and settled and fully yielded to the guiding power of the Holy Spirit. Satan is not yet fully cast out of the minds of some, and it would take very little to create the same conditions that existed two years ago.
(24LtMs, Lt 160, 1909, 5)
Great success in the publishing work may be so interpreted that some will remain unconverted and lose their souls. I have been instructed that some connected with this work need to be thoroughly converted, or the enemy will create a condition of things that they do not now dream of. Men and women need to be converted in heart before they can be safe advisers. We are admonished to make straight paths for our feet lest the lame be turned out of the way.
(24LtMs, Lt 160, 1909, 6)
The cause of God in Oakland, San Francisco, and the surrounding places needs men of solid, Christian character, or believers will be misled by those who attach themselves to the work and who desire to guide and control according to human judgment and plans. The Lord desires to work through men of clean purpose and decided experience, men who will learn from the testimonies of His Spirit where they have not been in harmony with the Lord’s will and who will be converted. Then decided changes will be made. The perils threatening the work will be seen, conversions will be experienced, and our people will be preparing to stand firmly and unitedly with God to build up His kingdom in the earth.
(24LtMs, Lt 160, 1909, 7)
Men who repudiate the teachings of the Spirit of God are not the proper persons to be placed in office as leaders in the church. There is danger that the teachings of men who are not soundly converted may lead others into by and forbidden paths. In our efforts to secure consecrated leadership, we may expect to encounter opposition; for the enemy is seeking through unconverted men in positions of trust to mold the work, and he has too much at stake lightly to lose their influence.
(24LtMs, Lt 160, 1909, 8)
Many have refused to see and accept the light because they would not humble themselves before God and be daily converted to Christ. Yet this must be the experience of all who overcome by the blood of the Lamb and the word of their testimony. When men humble their hearts, and are daily converted, following the example of the meek and lowly Jesus, then there is hope that they will become wise in their religious experience.
(24LtMs, Lt 160, 1909, 9)
Lt 162, 1909
Responsible Men in Washington St. Helena, California December 1, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in 2MR 50-51. + To Our Responsible Men in Washington:
In the city of Washington zealous, earnest work should be done. In every part of the city chosen men should be set at work to give the message of warning.
(24LtMs, Lt 162, 1909, 1)
Let every effort possible be made for the conversion of unbelieving friends and neighbors. Talk with them about the truth for this time: pray with them.
(24LtMs, Lt 162, 1909, 2)
“Not every one that saith unto Me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven; but he that doeth the will of My Father which is in heaven. Many will say to Me in that day, Lord, Lord, have we not prophesied in Thy name? and in Thy name have cast out devils? and in Thy name done many wonderful works? Then will I profess unto you, I never knew you.” [Matthew 7:21-23.] Matthew 7:24-29.
(24LtMs, Lt 162, 1909, 3)
I urge our ministers in Washington to labor as much as possible in the field, where they can give the message to men who know not the Scriptures.
(24LtMs, Lt 162, 1909, 4)
Many things have been presented before me regarding the work in Washington. If there is not a decided advancement on the part of the workers, and improvements in the working of the institutions in Washington, D.C., the name of the Lord will not be honored and exalted. At the General Conference the Lord gave me a message to bear. In the night season instruction was given me, and I could not forbear. I was solemnly charged to speak to the people the message of the Lord. I was bidden to speak with pen and voice.
(24LtMs, Lt 162, 1909, 5)
Opportunities were given for a deeper work upon the hearts of those who were assembled at this meeting. Some felt the influence of the Holy Spirit and responded, but all did not yield to this influence. The minds of some have not been running in a channel that would bring the outpouring of the Holy Spirit. Had there been on the part of all the assembly a humbling of the heart before God, there would have been manifested a wonderful blessing.
(24LtMs, Lt 162, 1909, 6)
Some of the time spent in the discussion of business matters should have been spent in earnestly seeking the Lord for divine power and guidance It has been presented to me that the Lord had rich blessings for His people in Washington. there was a rich spiritual experience that the leading men should have obtained But much time was occupied in dealing with difficult problems that should not have been touched until by humiliation of heart and by prayer the converting power of God had been realized. The Holy Spirit was waiting for confessions to be made, but with many there was a blindness as to their true spiritual condition. Confessions should have been made with that humility which results from an abhorrence by the individual of his unconverted soul.
(24LtMs, Lt 162, 1909, 7)
The work that should have been done was not done. The reformations needed were not made. And now the most important thing that we can do is to seek the Lord while He may be found. I entreat of our brethren in Takoma Park to seek the Lord earnestly during this coming week of prayer. I am in much distress over the spiritual condition of some who are bearing grave responsibility. There should not be great rejoicing by our brethren in Washington over the great advantages of the work there, while so many are congregated there who need to be converted before the Lord will manifest Himself to grant the riches of His grace. I have fears for the brethren in Washington, until all shall seek to understand their great necessities.
(24LtMs, Lt 162, 1909, 8)
My brethren, never think that you are in a superior spiritual condition until the melting mercy of God comes to your hearts. I write thus because I dare not withhold these things.
(24LtMs, Lt 162, 1909, 9)
Lt 164, 1909
Workers in Washington and Mountain View St. Helena, California November 30, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in PM 63; 143-144; TDG 343; 7BC 970. To Workers in Washington and Mountain View Dear Brethren:
I am deeply impressed that we are allowing much time to pass by without decided efforts being put forth in all our cities. We must realize the magnitude and the importance of the work to be done. Let companies of workers be organized and instructed, that an earnest, solemn work may be carried forward without longer delay.
(24LtMs, Lt 164, 1909, 1)
I have been instructed to say to our brethren who are carrying responsibilities in Washington, There is a special work to be done right in that city. Be on your guard lest time and means be expended on things that are unessential. Physicians, editors, managers, now is your time to reveal that you are soundly converted. There is a work left undone that should be done for those right around you. God calls upon you to arouse and take up your neglected duties. If you will consecrate yourselves to Him, body, soul, and spirit, He will work through you to His name’s glory.
(24LtMs, Lt 164, 1909, 2)
Our people are in constant danger of centering too many interests in one locality; but it is not in the Lord’s order that this should be. Again and again messages have been given concerning the dangers of such a course.
(24LtMs, Lt 164, 1909, 3)
In Washington and at Mountain View, our brethren should study diligently the warnings that have been given of the evil results of centering the publishing work, and other interests, too largely in one place. God is not pleased with the influence that results from such centralization. If all the men who gather thus in one place are wise, experienced men who walk humbly with God, then the world needs these men to stand as the Lord’s representatives in many places. We are to seek the honor and glory of God in all things. We have been losing time in Washington and in Mountain View by centering so much in these places.
(24LtMs, Lt 164, 1909, 4)
At Washington, D.C., the headquarters of the work, the men of responsibility have special burdens to bear, yet all who stand in positions of trust do not realize the sacredness of the work in which they are engaged. The heads of each family having workers in the various departments of our institutions must be consecrated, or the unconsecrated influence of the workers will lead to a deviation from righteousness. Unconsecrated workers will unwittingly mingle the common with the sacred and will lose more and more their discernment of spiritual things.
(24LtMs, Lt 164, 1909, 5)
Only those who receive the seal of the living God will have the passport through the gates of the holy city. But there are many who take upon themselves responsibilities in connection with the work of God who are not wholehearted believers, and while they remain thus cannot receive the seal of the living God. They trust in their own righteousness, which the Lord accounts as foolishness and presumption.
(24LtMs, Lt 164, 1909, 6)
The workers at Washington and Mountain View need a deep, earnest heart purification through the power and grace of the Holy Spirit, or they will never enter the gates of the city of God. They need to realize their need of cleansing from everything like self-importance, or they will become confused in regard to the Lord’s work that must go forth in all truth and righteousness. Many are self-exalted and are in danger of taking up with spiritualistic views that are misleading and that will in the great day of God be found valueless. Great light such as Christ gave to the people is to be given to you and by you to others.
(24LtMs, Lt 164, 1909, 7)
A transforming work will be done for you as you seek the Lord most earnestly for help, and as you come before the people who have never heard the last message of mercy. Let not those who have made a profession of conversion be found following in ways that will lead them to stand with unbelievers. All the publications advocating the truth for this time will not save your own souls while the motives that lead to action are not right in the sight of God. Do you love God supremely? Do you love your neighbor as yourself? These are the practical questions to be earnestly considered.
(24LtMs, Lt 164, 1909, 8)
I quote from Early Writings, from an article written May 14, 1851:
(24LtMs, Lt 164, 1909, 9)
“I saw that many do not realize what they must be in order to live in the sight of the Lord without a High Priest in the sanctuary, through the time of trouble. Those who receive the seal of the living God, and are protected in the time of trouble, must reflect the image of Jesus fully.”
(24LtMs, Lt 164, 1909, 10)
In the centers that are formed in some places, there is constant temptation to carry the work after worldly methods. I have had presented before me the dangers before us in the future. This light I have tried to present with pen and with voice. Let the work be carried forward intelligently by men and women of sound faith and strict religious principle.
(24LtMs, Lt 164, 1909, 11)
There is need of greater faith in our ranks. Our people in Washington and in Mountain View are not in the state spiritually that God requires of them, and they are not doing the work that is demanded for this time. Some realize in a measure the times in which we live, but only a few seem to be fully awake to the situation. There is a work outside of their regular daily business that should be done. The simplicity of true godliness is not maintained. There needs to be an expression of greater humility.
(24LtMs, Lt 164, 1909, 12)
Matthew in the fifth chapter presents before us the work that should be maintained in every place where our offices are established. When the truths presented by Christ in this chapter are understood and practiced, you will be partakers with Christ of His labors and of its rewards.
(24LtMs, Lt 164, 1909, 13)
“Blessed are the poor in spirit,” the Saviour said, “for theirs is the kingdom of heaven. Blessed are they that mourn; for they shall be comforted. Blessed are the meek; for they shall inherit the earth. Blessed are they which do hunger and thirst after righteousness; for they shall be filled. Blessed are the merciful; for they shall obtain mercy. Blessed are the pure in heart; for they shall see God. Blessed are the peacemakers; for they shall be called the children of God.
(24LtMs, Lt 164, 1909, 14)
“Blessed are they which are persecuted for righteousness’ sake; for theirs is in the kingdom of heaven. Blessed are ye when men shall revile you, and persecute you, and say all manner of evil against you falsely for My sake. Rejoice, and be exceeding glad, for great is your reward in heaven: for so persecuted they the prophets which were before you.
(24LtMs, Lt 164, 1909, 15)
“Ye are the salt of the earth, but if the salt have lost his savor, wherewith shall it be salted? it is thenceforth good for nothing, but to be cast out and trodden under foot of men. Ye are the light of the world; a city that is set on an hill cannot be hid. Neither do men light a candle, and put it under a bushel, but on a candlestick, and it giveth light to all that are in the house. Let your light so shine before men that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven.” [Verses 3-16.]
(24LtMs, Lt 164, 1909, 16)
Connected with every center of influence in our work there should be that spiritual experience that is the mark of the Holy Spirit’s guidance; for unless the workers consider where they are drifting, they will lose their burden for the work for which these centers are established. They are to labor under the supervision of holy angels. The sacredness of truth is to be preserved in all its holy dignity and power. The characteristics specified by Christ are to be revealed in our work as the mark of Christian service.
(24LtMs, Lt 164, 1909, 17)
Let the perception be keen to see the working of the Spirit of God upon the human heart. When weighed in the balances of the heavenly sanctuary, ambition and the desire to supersede will not weigh as divine acquirements.
(24LtMs, Lt 164, 1909, 18)
We need to experience daily a reconversion. If you have taken advantage in your business dealings, which the Lord calls injustice, this must be adjusted before you can be honest and righteous in the sight of God. These things need to be corrected by our people everywhere, but especially in the lives of those who stand as representatives of the Lord’s work in the earth. When you take up this work of readjustment and getting right with God, angels of heaven will co-operate with you, giving you discernment to see where you have viewed matters in a wrong light.
(24LtMs, Lt 164, 1909, 19)
Christ and angels are looking upon your work. They are measuring every action. Let your life represent the meek and lowly Jesus. Strive to do as Christ would do were He in your place. Let there be no disagreement between your measurement of strict integrity and the divine measure. True, pure principles must govern the life of every soul that shall be pronounced just and righteous in the day of God.
(24LtMs, Lt 164, 1909, 20)
There are many transactions in the business world that the worldling regards as just and honest, but which God condemns. Men lay plans which they regard as right plans, but which do not accord with the true, unselfish principles that Christ has laid down in His Word. And this conformity to the world’s standard is becoming more and more to be accepted by professing Christians. But the approval of the world will never make a unjust action just, and wrong will stand as wrong before the heavenly universe until it is repented of and put away.
(24LtMs, Lt 164, 1909, 21)
The Lord cannot bless the men who corrupt themselves by unjust business dealings, either with their brethren or with worldlings. And those who do such things lose their spirituality; they grow cold and formal and selfish. They gloss over their past mistakes by theories of their own invention that are opposed to the principles of the Word of God.
(24LtMs, Lt 164, 1909, 22)
The principle which should characterize every business dealing is clearly laid down by Christ. “All things whatsoever ye would that men should do to you, do ye even so to them: for this is the law and the prophets. Enter ye in at the strait gate: for wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat: because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.” [Matthew 7:12-14.]
(24LtMs, Lt 164, 1909, 23)
The message to the Laodicean church is a message to the church at this time: “These things saith the Amen, the faithful and true witness, the beginning of the creation of God; I know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hot: I would thou wert cold or hot. So then, because thou art neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of My mouth. Because thou sayest, I am rich and increased with goods, and have need of nothing; and knowest not that thou art wretched and miserable and poor and blind and naked: I counsel thee to buy of Me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see.
(24LtMs, Lt 164, 1909, 24)
“As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten; be zealous therefore, and repent. Behold, I stand at the door, and knock: if any man hear My voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with Me. To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with Me in My throne, even as I also overcame, and am sat down with My Father in His throne. He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.” [Revelation 3:14-22.]
(24LtMs, Lt 164, 1909, 25)
Just as surely as individual work is thoroughly done in the hearts of the believers, there will be individual work done in reaching unbelievers with the message of truth for this time. The folly, the evil surmising, the uplifting of self, which destroy the fervent zeal of the soul, will be put away, and the true believers will be humble of heart and earnest in their labors for the perishing souls.
(24LtMs, Lt 164, 1909, 26)
Lt 166, 1909
Hanson, Lars St. Helena, California December 5, 1909 Previously unpublished. Mr. Lars Hansen
Sartoria, Nebraska Dear Brother:
I have recently received a letter from Brother P. T. Magan, in which he speaks of your interest in the work of the Madison School, and of their need of a thousand dollars with which to buy sheep and goats to stock the school farm. Brethren Sutherland and Magan think this would be a wise investment. No doubt the caring for the wool would provide employment for some of the students, and there would also be a good income to the school. They have pasture lands that would furnish most of the feed for the sheep. They desire to do all they can to open the way for needy students, who could not do so without help, to attend the school.
(24LtMs, Lt 166, 1909, 1)
I wish to say that these brethren are conducting a worldly enterprise. It was in harmony with the counsel that I gave them that they purchased the tract of land where they are now located. I have done all I could to encourage them to make a success of their work. They have erected plain and simple, but neat and substantial, buildings. The improvements they have made on the place commend their good judgment in planning the work.
(24LtMs, Lt 166, 1909, 2)
Here are a few statements that I have made in the past about their work:
(24LtMs, Lt 166, 1909, 3)
“I am acquainted with the necessities of the work being done by Brethren Magan and Sutherland and their co-laborers at Madison, Tennessee, for the Lord has presented this matter clearly before me.
(24LtMs, Lt 166, 1909, 4)
“Light has been given me that a great work was to be done in and around Nashville. When these brethren were looking for a location for their school, they found the farm where the school is now established. The price was moderate, and the advantages were many. I was shown that the property should be secured for the school and advised them to look no further.
(24LtMs, Lt 166, 1909, 5)
“The Character of the Work
(24LtMs, Lt 166, 1909, 6)
“The school at Madison not only educates in a knowledge of the Scriptures, but it gives a practical training that fits the student to go forth as a self-supporting missionary to the field to which he is called. In their work at Madison, Brethren Sutherland and Magan and their associates have borne trial nobly. The students have been taught to raise their own crops, to build their own houses, and to care wisely for cattle and poultry. They have been learning to become self-supporting, and a training more important than this they could not receive. Thus they have obtained a valuable education for usefulness in missionary fields.
(24LtMs, Lt 166, 1909, 7)
“To this is added the knowledge of how to treat the sick and to care for the injured. This training for medical missionary work is one of the grandest objects for which any school can be established.”
(24LtMs, Lt 166, 1909, 8)
“Let us strengthen the company of educators to continue the good work in which they are engaged, an labor to encourage others to do a similar work. Then the light of truth will be carried in a simple and effective way, and a great work will be accomplished for the Master in a short time.
(24LtMs, Lt 166, 1909, 9)
“When the Lord favors any of His servants with worldly advantages, it is that they may use those advantages for the benefit of others. We are to learn to be content with simple food and clothing, that we may have much means to invest in the work of the gospel.”
(24LtMs, Lt 166, 1909, 10)
“Brethren Sutherland and Magan should be encouraged to solicit means for the support of their work. It is the privilege of these brethren to receive gifts from any of the people whom the Lord impresses to help. They should have means—God’s means—with which to work. The Madison enterprise has been crippled in the past, but now it must go forward. If this work had been regarded in the right light, and had been given the help it needed, we should long ere this have had a prosperous work at Madison. Our people are to be encouraged to give of their means to this work which is preparing students in a sensible and creditable way to go forth into neglected fields to proclaim the soon coming of Christ.”
(24LtMs, Lt 166, 1909, 11)
I should be pleased to learn that the Lord has impressed you to give to these men, whom the Lord has counseled and encouraged, the money that is required to stock the farm with sheep and goats.
(24LtMs, Lt 166, 1909, 12)
Lt 168, 1909
Officers of the General Conference St. Helena, California December 1, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in MM 300, 308-310; 4MR 278-279; 10MR 362; LLM 459-461. + To the officers of the General Conference
Washington, D.C. Dear Brethren:
In the night seasons I seem to be repeating the messages of warning and encouragement that I bore at the General Conference; and I am instructed to urge upon our people that we as the people of God are not to follow the customs and fashions of the world. The world is following their leader, the great apostate: we are to follow the great Teacher, Jesus Christ.
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 1)
I have endeavored to arouse our people to labor for the unworked portions of the great missionary field, yet but few seem to respond to the appeals of the Spirit of God. We do not realize the extent to which satanic agencies are at work in these large cities. The work of bringing the message of present truth before the people is becoming more and more difficult. It is essential that new and varied talents unite in intelligent labor for the people. If the burden of these unworked cities rested upon the hearts of our people as it should, they would arouse to labor as they have not yet done for the souls that are perishing in sin.
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 2)
The leading men in our colleges and churches need to study faithfully the highest counsel. They should make the Word their rule and guide in life. They should give heed to the “sure word of prophecy,” which is as a light shining in a dark place. [2 Peter 1:19.] That word will point out unfailingly the path of duty, saying, “This is the way; walk ye in it.” [Isaiah 30:21.] None who hold positions of trust should dare to stand off guard for one moment, for the enemy is watching vigilantly to take advantage of such occasions. The leading men in our colleges have been instructed again and again in these lines, yet much that has no part in Christ has been introduced and urged as essential.
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 3)
The message that I am bidden to bear to our people at this time is, Work the cities without delay, for time is short. The Lord has kept this work before us for the last twenty years or more. A little has been done in a few places, but much more might be done. I am carrying a burden day and night, because so little is being accomplished to warn the inhabitants of our great centers of population of the judgments that will fall upon the transgressors of God’s law.
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 4)
The Lord has spoken to Elder Prescott and wife, instructing them to go out into new fields and labor in connection with other workers to present the truth. Let these workers be learners of the great Teacher, following His methods of labor as they present the Word of God in its simplicity to the people. Elder Prescott’s ability as a speaker is needed in presenting the truth in the highways. When the truth is presented in the highways, the hedges will be opened and an extended work will be done.
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 5)
The word has come to us to work diligently in opening new fields, to carry the knowledge of the third angel’s message to those who have not yet heard it. Let men of ability go forth without delay into the fields now open. Some of these fields will soon be closed to the message of mercy. May the Lord stir the hearts of men and women to enter upon this work without delay.
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 6)
A Broadening Work
In every city where the truth is proclaimed, churches are to be raised up. In some large cities there must be churches in various parts of the city. In some places, meetinghouses will be offered for sale at reasonable rates, which can be purchased advantageously. In some important places there will be offered for sale properties that are especially suitable for sanitarium work. The advantages of these should be carefully considered. In order that some of these places may be secured for our work, it will be necessary carefully to husband the resources, no extravagant outlay being made in any one place. The very simplicity of the buildings that we use will be a lesson in harmony with the truths we have to present. For our sanitarium work we must secure buildings whose appearance and arrangement will be a demonstration of health principles.
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 7)
It will be a great advantage to have our buildings in retired locations so far as possible. The healthfulness of the surroundings should be fully considered. Locations should be selected a little out from the noisy cities. Those who labor in the large cities need special advantages, that they may not be called to sacrifice life or health unnecessarily.
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 8)
I write these things because it has been presented to me as a matter of importance that our workers should so far as possible avoid everything that would imperil their health. We need to exercise the best of judgment in these matters. Feeble or aged men and women should not be sent to labor in unhealthful, crowded cities. Let them labor where their lives will not be needlessly sacrificed. Our brethren who bring the truth to the cities must not be obliged to imperil their health in the noise and bustle and confusion, if retired places can be secured.
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 9)
Those who are engaged in the difficult and trying work in the cities should receive every encouragement possible. Let them not be subjected to unkind criticism from their brethren. We must have a care for the Lord’s workers who are opening the light of truth to those who are in the darkness of error. We have a high standard presented before us.
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 10)
Every gospel minister should be a friend to the poor, the afflicted, and the oppressed among God’s believing people. Christ was always the poor man’s friend, and the interests of the poor need to be sacredly guarded. There has too often been a wonderful dearth of Christ’s compassion and loving interest in the poor and afflicted. Love, sacred, refined love, is to be exercised in behalf of the poor and unfortunate.
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 11)
Charge our people to clothe themselves with the garments of Christ’s righteousness. Let those who are handling sacred things be sure that their work resembles the work done by Jesus Christ. Let the members of the churches cultivate the heavenly grace of the Holy Spirit, that in their families they may create an atmosphere of pure, unselfish love and bring that love, intensified, into the churches. Christlike love is to be cultivated and expressed in a much more decided manner than it has been in many who profess to be Christ’s followers.
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 12)
Let gladness and joy and peace reign in the home life, and these blessings will be brought into the church relationship. Those who labor in word and doctrine are to be living examples of the truths Christ taught and practiced. Love as brethren. Be kind and courteous at home. Let true religion be manifested in every walk in life.
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 13)
New York and Other Large Cities
You should feel a decided responsibility for the working of New York City. The men in the business houses of New York and other large cities, as verily as the heathen in foreign lands, must be reached with the message. The enemy would be rejoiced to see the grand, saving truth for this time confined to a few places. He is not inactive. He is instilling into the minds of men his deceptive theories to blind their eyes and confuse their understanding, that the saving truth may not be brought to their knowledge. Soon the Sunday laws will be enforced, and men in positions of trust will be embittered against the little handful of God’s commandment-keeping people.
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 14)
Satan seems to have been permitted to gain many points of advantage. But the Lord will bring men of understanding from the various churches, to combat the enforcement of a law that the first day of the week shall be honored as a day when no business shall be transacted.
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 15)
After He had wrought the work of creation in six days, the Lord of heaven and earth appointed the seventh as a day of rest. He blessed the seventh day and sanctified it.
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 16)
The nineteenth and twentieth chapters of Exodus are of great importance. They should be often repeated, and the instruction given should be sacredly observed. The Lord is the only true God, and He demands that His people shall be obedient to His Word. At this time when Satan is using every device to draw people away from truth and righteousness, let all who would stand on the Lord’s side keep holy the memorial of creation.
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 17)
The Word of God must now be magnified. Those who know the truth, and who know the results of transgression, must give the truth in clear evidence from the Word of God. There should be a general awakening. Ministers and church members need now to seek the Lord, as did His people in ancient times, that they may have wisdom to give the message as it should be given at this time.
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 18)
I am instructed to say to you, Bring often to the attention of the people such Scriptures as the following:
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 19)
“Behold My Servant whom I uphold; Mine Elect, in whom My soul delighteth; I have put My Spirit upon Him: He shall bring forth judgment to the Gentiles. He shall not cry, nor lift up, nor cause His voice to be heard in the street. A bruised reed shall He not break, and the smoking flax shall He not quench: He shall bring forth judgment unto truth. He shall not fail nor be discouraged, till He have set judgment in the earth: and the isles shall wait for His law.
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 20)
“Thus saith God the Lord, He that created the heavens, and stretched them out; He that spread forth the earth, and that which cometh out of it; He that giveth breath unto the people upon it, and spirit to them that walk therein: I the Lord have called thee in righteousness, and will hold thine hand, and will keep thee, and give thee for a covenant of the people, for a light of the Gentiles; to open the blind eyes, to bring out the prisoners from the prison, and them that sit in darkness out of the prison house. I am the Lord; that is My name: and My glory will I not give to another, neither My praise to graven images. Behold, the former things are come to pass, and new things do I declare: before they spring forth I will tell you of them. Sing unto the Lord a new song, and His praise from the end of the earth, ye that go down to the sea, and all that is therein; the isles, and the inhabitants thereof.
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 21)
“Let the wilderness and the cities thereof lift up their voice, the villages that Kedar doth inhabit: let the inhabitants of the rock sing, let them shout from the top of the mountains. Let them give glory unto the Lord, and declare His praise in the islands. The Lord shall go forth as a mighty man, He shall stir up jealousy like a man of war: He shall cry, yea, roar; He shall prevail against His enemies. I have long time holden My peace; I have been still and refrained Myself: now will I cry like a travailing woman; I will destroy and devour at once. I will make waste mountains and hills, and dry up all their herbs; and I will make the rivers islands, and I will dry up the pools.
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 22)
“And I will bring the blind by a way that they know not: I will lead them in paths that they have not known: I will make darkness light before them, and crooked things straight. These things will I do unto them, and not forsake them.” [Isaiah 42:1-16.]
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 23)
Now is the opportune time to work the cities; for we must reach the people there. As a people we have been in danger of centering too many important interests in one place. This is not good judgment nor wisdom. An interest is now to be created in the principal cities. Many small centers must be established, rather than a few large centers.
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 24)
While some are at work earnestly, as the Lord’s Spirit moves upon them, there are many who devote their time and means rather for display than for positive necessities. But the Lord’s words of warning cannot safely be disregarded. I am urged to bring before the people over and over again the essential things.
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 25)
Let missionaries be laboring two and two in different parts of all our large cities. The workers in each city should frequently meet together for counsel and prayer, that they may have wisdom and grace to work together effectively and harmoniously. Let all be wide-awake to make the most of every advantage. Our people must gird the armor on and establish centers in all the large cities. The agencies of Satan are active in the field, putting forth efforts to confuse the minds of men, and to fill them with wain imaginations, that they may not become interested in the truth.
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 26)
The people of God have received many admonitions and encouragements to advance, and it is time that the purpose of God regarding His work shall be understood by them and carried out. By cherishing unbelief in the plans and directions that have been laid out for them to follow, and by exalting human judgment, much time and valuable experience have been lost. The Lord, He is God, and beside Him there is none else. Let all now search the Word of the Lord and walk in His ways. Let the prophecies of Isaiah be studied and heeded, and the Lord will perform His part. “Search the Scriptures; for in them ye think ye have eternal life.” [John 5:39.]
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 27)
While no one should be presumptuous, there is need that wise efforts be put forth to reach many who by the ordinary methods of labor are not reached. Let the leading men and women, chosen of God, unite in carrying forward the work intelligently and in faith. I am pained when I see with some a desire for the highest position, and to be honored of men. This is not the leading of the Holy Spirit. Angels of God are commissioned to labor with every company that will work humbly and intelligently. Truth and righteousness must go forth as a lamp that burneth.
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 28)
A School and a Sanitarium
We need a sanitarium and a school in the vicinity of New York City; and the [longer the] delay [in] the securing of these, the more difficult it will become.
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 29)
It would be well to secure a place as a home for our mission workers outside of the city. It is of great importance that they have the advantages of pure water, free from all contamination. For this reason, it is often well to consider the advantages of locations among the hills. And there should be some land, where fruit and vegetables might be raised for the benefit of the workers. Let it be a mission in as healthful a place as possible, and let there be connected with it a small sanitarium. A place in the city should also be secured where simple treatments might be administered.
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 30)
Such a home would be a welcome retreat for our workers, where they may be away from the bustle and confusion of the city. The exercise called for in climbing hills is often a great benefit to our ministers, physicians, or other workers who are in danger of failing to take sufficient exercise.
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 31)
Let such homes be secured in the neighborhood of several cities and earnest, determined efforts be put forth by capable men to give in these cities the warning message that is to go to all the world. We have only touched, as it were, a few of the cities.
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 32)
Let men of sound judgment be appointed, not to publish abroad their intentions, but to search for such properties in the rural districts, in easy access to the cities, suitable for small training schools for workers, and where facilities may also be provided for treating the sick and weary souls who know not the truth. Look for such places just out from the large cities, where suitable buildings may be secured, either as a gift from the owners, or purchased at a reasonable price by the gifts of our people. Do not erect buildings in the noisy cities.
(24LtMs, Lt 168, 1909, 33)
Lt 170, 1909
Starr, Brother and Sister [G. B.] St. Helena, California December 8, 1909 Previously unpublished. Elder and Mrs. G. B. Starr Dear Brother and Sister Starr:
I have just received and read your letter. I am in full harmony with the plan for you to connect with the Melrose Sanitarium, where you will be in easy access to the city of Boston. I know that if you will walk humbly and trustingly with the Lord, He will be your helper. Our strength is not in sitting still, but in advancing, fully trusting in God, seeking His counsel, walking in His footsteps. Do not fail or be discouraged. You can both do a good work at the sanitarium and in Boston, and others must take up the work in New York City. May the Lord sustain and strengthen you, is my prayer.
(24LtMs, Lt 170, 1909, 1)
I consider the Melrose Sanitarium to be in one of the finest locations of any of our institutions. The grounds about the sanitarium are cared for and well kept up by the state. I am very much pleased that you have decided to labor in this institution; for there is need in the institution of those who can lift up the standard and help to elevate the work. God will not accept loose, haphazard work.
(24LtMs, Lt 170, 1909, 2)
I believe that great good would result if Dr. Kress and his wife could spend some time with you in evangelistic work in the city of Boston. Help is greatly needed in that city. May the Lord lead and guide you, as workers who can do a work that needs to be done. I will write but a short letter this time. I have been able to sleep only a few hours each night, but the Lord is wonderfully sustaining me. I will say to you, Make the Lord your trust, and He will not fail you.
(24LtMs, Lt 170, 1909, 3)
Lt 172, 1909
White, J. E.; White, Emma St. Helena, California December 22, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in 2MR 182; 4MR 279. Dear children Edson and Emma:
I have recently begun several letters to you; but after just making a beginning, other matters would be brought to my attention, and I would have to lay aside your letter. I will now try to write you a few lines.
(24LtMs, Lt 172, 1909, 1)
A week ago last Friday, December 10, I went to Mountain View to spend the first Sabbath of the week of prayer and remained there till the following Tuesday. I was entertained at the home of Brother and Sister Virgil Donaldson. In their house I had every convenience, and I appreciated the retirement, for too much private conversation wearies me.
(24LtMs, Lt 172, 1909, 2)
I spoke to the church in Mountain View three times, and I bore a straight testimony to them. There is danger of there being too many interests centered in one place. There should be a division of the work in Mountain View. I trust that the Lord will give our brethren wisdom to know how to heed the instruction given. In a few weeks I expect to visit Mountain View again, at the time of the Pacific Union Conference.
(24LtMs, Lt 172, 1909, 3)
From Mountain View we went to Oakland, where we were accommodated at the home of Brother and Sister Haskell. The Lord strengthened me to speak three times to the Oakland church. Last Sabbath there was a union meeting, attended by members from all the churches around the Bay. The church was crowded. I felt the power of the Holy Spirit as I did at Takoma Park, Washington, during the General Conference. I spoke for one hour, and a deep impression was made. I appealed to our people to labor most earnestly, to seek the Lord for the blessings that He had for them if they would make a determined effort to help souls that are perishing in their sins.
(24LtMs, Lt 172, 1909, 4)
I asked those to stand on their feet who would put forth more determined efforts to help those who need help, searching the Scriptures, and laboring in simplicity as agents of Christ. The whole congregation then arose; and while they were standing, I offered an earnest prayer to Him who alone can save to the uttermost all who come unto God by Him in obedience to His Word. I believe that the deep impression made on some will result in the salvation of souls.
(24LtMs, Lt 172, 1909, 5)
The work of the Lord may be carried more successfully if the workers will seek for the baptism of the Holy Spirit. The Lord is waiting for an opportunity to bring His rich grace into our rank, that many may be converted from the ranks of the enemy. He has many souls to be saved, but O there seems so little interest manifested for perishing souls. When Christians will take on burdens as laborers together with God, there will be a decided work done, even in Oakland.
(24LtMs, Lt 172, 1909, 6)
The warning needs to be given, “Babylon is fallen. Come out of her, My people.” [Revelation 14:8; 18:2, 4.] Many of the honest-hearted are ready to respond and to come from the fallen churches. There is need of personal work, opening the Scriptures and praying from house to house. I must continue to appeal earnestly to our people who profess to believe the truth, that they realize their responsibilities. I must bear the message that the Lord has given me—the cities are to be worked, that they may hear the last message of warning.
(24LtMs, Lt 172, 1909, 7)
Missions should be established in all our large cities and earnest efforts put forth for these neglected centers. The workers should receive training, that they may labor discreetly and intelligently. When camp-meetings are held, there should be a decided interest manifested for the people in the vicinity.
(24LtMs, Lt 172, 1909, 8)
In Oakland and San Francisco there is need for positive work by men and women of faith who will unite wholeheartedly in public and private efforts to reach those who have not heard the truth. I pray that our brethren and sisters in these cities may not let this matter rest; for every week’s delay is a loss.
(24LtMs, Lt 172, 1909, 9)
I write this to you, Edson, hoping that you will use your influence for similar work to be carried forward in Nashville and in the cities and towns in its vicinity. The end is near, and there is no time to lose. There should be in our cities many wisely directed Bible workers who will carry the work solidly. There should be in the publishing houses wise men and women consecrated and sanctified through the truth, and there should be in our sanitariums workers who will act their part in house-to-house labor.
(24LtMs, Lt 172, 1909, 10)
As health reformers, it is a part of our work to make known to the world the principles of health reform. The question of diet means much to everyone. I am charged to instruct our workers to demonstrate the value of the health reform principles; for such a demonstration will give them wider influence. In our churches, instruction should be given in the principles of healthful living. We need a faith that is a working efficiency.
(24LtMs, Lt 172, 1909, 11)
“If our gospel be hid, it is hid to them that are lost: in whom the god of this world hath blinded the minds of them which believe not, lest the light of the glorious gospel of Christ, who is the image of God, should shine unto them.” [2 Corinthians 4:3, 4.]
(24LtMs, Lt 172, 1909, 12)
We are to give to the churches the message: “I beseech you therefore, by the mercies of God, that ye present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, which is your reasonable service. And be not conformed to this world: but be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind, that ye may prove what is that good, and acceptable, and perfect will of God.” [Romans 12:1, 2.]
(24LtMs, Lt 172, 1909, 13)
You, Edson and Emma, believe the truth. Go forward in love and faith, exalting the truth; and wherever you may be placed, the Lord will open ways before you. Let Christ go before you, and keep your eyes fixed on your Leader. In your preparation of the truth in publications you may honor God. Your books may be a blessing to you and to others. You both may gain victories in walking humbly with God.
(24LtMs, Lt 172, 1909, 14)
I am sorry that I must lose the service of Sister Minnie Hawkins. Her sister in Tasmania, who has a large family of children, is very sick, and Minnie thinks that she should return to her. I shall miss her sorely, but I cannot urge her to remain. I feel sorry for this afflicted family.
(24LtMs, Lt 172, 1909, 15)
“We speak the wisdom of God in a mystery, even the hidden wisdom, which God ordained before the world unto our glory: which none of the princes of this world knew: for had they known it, they would not have crucified the Lord of glory. But as it is written, Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither have entered into the heart of man, the things which God hath prepared for them that love Him. But God hath revealed them unto us by His Spirit: for the Spirit searcheth all things, yea, the deep things of God.” [Verses 7-10.]
(24LtMs, Lt 172, 1909, 17)
Lt 174, 1909
Rumbough, Sister St. Helena, California December 21, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in Ev 306; 6MR 29-30; 6Bio 213, 269. Dear Sister Rumbough:
I was greatly pleased a few days ago to receive your interesting letter, and especially pleased to learn that you have taken a decided stand on the side of the Lord Jesus by baptism.
(24LtMs, Lt 174, 1909, 1)
Repentance, faith, and baptism are the requisite steps in conversion. Christ Himself was baptized by John. When John would forbid Him, saying, “I have need to be baptized of Thee, and comest Thou to me?” Jesus replied, “Suffer it to be so now: for thus it becometh us to fulfil all righteousness.” [Matthew 3:14, 15.]
(24LtMs, Lt 174, 1909, 2)
Baptism is a most solemn ceremony. When men and women, truly converted, are baptized in the name of the Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, these three representatives of heavenly authority behold the scene and accept the vows made by human agents to walk henceforth in newness of life. In taking the baptismal vows, you have united with the highest powers in the heavenly courts, to live a life patterned after the life of Christ. I praise the Lord with my whole soul that you have taken this step.
(24LtMs, Lt 174, 1909, 3)
“Know ye not, that so many of us as were baptized into Jesus Christ were baptized into His death? Therefore we are buried with Him by baptism into death: that like as Christ was raised up from the dead by the glory of the Father, even so we also should walk in newness of life.” [Romans 6:3, 4.] Christ will fulfil every promise that He has made in His Word. Wonderful is His work in behalf of fallen man. For those who endeavor to follow in His footsteps, He molds the character after the divine similitude. What privileges and blessings are ours, as children of the heavenly King! In our Christian experience as children of God, we are to be workers together with Christ, our lives fashioned after His life. And if we bear His likeness, we shall represent Him before the world.
(24LtMs, Lt 174, 1909, 4)
While Christ ministers in our behalf in the heavenly sanctuary, through the delegated ministry of the church, He carries forward His work on earth. From His ascension to the present day, chosen men ordained of God, deriving their authority from the great Teacher, have borne the message of truth to the world. The undershepherds are to rely upon the chief Shepherd.
(24LtMs, Lt 174, 1909, 5)
Those who listen to the preaching of the Word should not regard the speaker merely as an orator. As an ambassador, receiving his commission and his wisdom from Christ, he is to beseech sinners to be reconciled to God. His power comes from the great Head of the church. Thank the Lord that His truth can be communicated by men and women, even in their old age.
(24LtMs, Lt 174, 1909, 6)
The Lord has indeed been good to me since I saw you last. I have had many evidences during the past few months of His sustaining power. Recently I visited Mountain View and was strengthened to speak three times to the church there. From Mountain View we went to Oakland where we stopped in the house occupied by Brother and Sister Haskell, which is situated just back of our church. I spoke in Oakland three times. Last Sabbath in the Oakland church there was a very large congregation, many of whom came from the neighboring churches around the Bay. The blessing of the Lord rested upon me as it did during the General Conference in Washington, and I knew that He had a message for me to bear. I presented before the people our responsibility to honor and glorify God by devoting ourselves unreservedly at home and abroad to His service, trying to convict souls of the truth and encouraging them by our prayers. I appealed to them to consecrate themselves to God, and the whole congregation arose in response to the invitation. While they were standing on their feet, I offered a short prayer.
(24LtMs, Lt 174, 1909, 7)
The next morning we returned to our home. I was remarkably sustained during the labors of the week. I expect to visit Mountain View again in a few weeks at the time of the Union Conference.
(24LtMs, Lt 174, 1909, 8)
I feel intensely as I realize the shortness of time and see our cities with the work barely begun for them. Day after day I am writing, urging our people to greater earnestness in giving the last message of warning to the world. O that the work would quickly spread through all the cities and towns!
(24LtMs, Lt 174, 1909, 9)
I feel a deep interest in the work in Portland, Maine. It was in Portland that the Lord first gave me a work to do as His messenger when I was but fifteen years old. The city of Portland was greatly stirred by the proclamation of the first and second angels’ messages, and the time has come when the message of the third angel should also go with power.
(24LtMs, Lt 174, 1909, 10)
Last summer I attended our state camp-meeting in Portland and bore my testimony several times to the people there. Elder Haskell and other ministers were also present. The last Sunday afternoon every seat in the tent was full, and we had one of the most solemn meetings that I have attended for years. After a discourse, accompanied by the manifest power of the Holy Spirit, nearly the entire congregation arose, pledging themselves to search the Scriptures and to follow the light of the Word of God. As a result of this camp-meeting and of the efforts that followed, several have taken hold of the truth.
(24LtMs, Lt 174, 1909, 11)
While I was in Portland, I saw the beginning that had been made for a church building—the first meetinghouse to be erected in that city by Seventh-day Adventists. It is well located just out from the business section of the city and near a beautiful part called Deering’s Oaks. I encouraged our brethren to go ahead with the work of building as rapidly as possible and promised that I would do what I could to raise means to help in its erection.
(24LtMs, Lt 174, 1909, 12)
The building is now erected, but is not finished in the interior. Our people are now meeting in the basement. This basement will be used for their church school when the building is completed. Our brethren in Portland are now in need of means to finish the work. I have presented the matter in a few places where I have spoken to our people, and have been able to raise a few hundred dollars which I have had forwarded promptly, and which has been greatly appreciated. I think that about four or five thousand dollars is needed, however, to pay back the money that has been borrowed and to complete the building.
(24LtMs, Lt 174, 1909, 13)
I feel impressed to ask you if you will not make a donation to help our brethren in Portland to complete this memorial church. I can assure you that any gift you may feel free to make will be greatly appreciated.
(24LtMs, Lt 174, 1909, 14)
I could not sleep after one o’clock this morning. At two, I arose, built a fire in my fireplace, and began to write. It is now breakfast time, and I will close, wishing you many blessings from our heavenly Father.
(24LtMs, Lt 174, 1909, 15)
Lt 176, 1909
McReynolds, C. Refiled as Lt 10, 1909.
Lt 178, 1909
Leading Ministers in California St. Helena, California December 6, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in PC 296-300. + To the leading ministers in California Dear Brethren:
In the night watches of November 22, I seemed to be bearing my testimony in a meeting where believers and unbelievers were assembled. I spoke to them in regard to the short work to be done in the earth, and our need of keeping before the world the evidences that the Lord is in our midst. This evidence may be given in words of praise and thanksgiving. “Whoso offereth praise glorieth God.” [See Psalm 50:23.] The Lord calls for faithful witnesses. With our lips and in our works, we should praise Him. As a people we have received special advantages from the Lord, but we do not render to Him sincere thanksgiving. Daily His praise should be spoken by every one of us.
(24LtMs, Lt 178, 1909, 1)
My attention was called to these words, which are profitable for our study:
(24LtMs, Lt 178, 1909, 2)
“I am the Lord, and there is none else, there is no God beside Me: I girded thee, though thou hast not known Me: that they may know from the rising of the sun, and from the west, that there is none beside Me. I am the Lord, and there is none else. I form the light, and create darkness: I make peace, and create evil: I the Lord do all these things. Drop down, ye heavens from above, and let the skies pour down righteousness: let the earth open, and let them bring forth salvation, and let righteousness spring up together; I the Lord have created it.” [Isaiah 45:5-8.]
(24LtMs, Lt 178, 1909, 3)
“Thus saith the Lord, in an acceptable time have I heard thee, and in a day of salvation have I helped thee: and I will preserve thee, and give thee for a covenant of the people, to establish the earth, to cause to inherit the desolate heritages; that thou mayest say to the prisoners, Go forth; to them that are in darkness, Show thyselves. They shall feed in the ways, and their pastures shall be in all high places. They shall not hunger nor thirst; neither shall the heat nor the sun smite them; for He that hath mercy on them shall lead them, even by the spring of water shall He guide them. And I will make all My mountains a way, and My highways shall be exalted. Behold these shall come from far: and lo, these from the north and from the west; and these from the land of Sinim.
(24LtMs, Lt 178, 1909, 4)
“Sing, O ye heaven, and be joyful; and break forth into singing, O mountains: for the Lord hath comforted His people, and will have mercy on His afflicted. But Zion said, The Lord hath forsaken me, and my Lord hath forgotten me. Can a woman forget her sucking child, that she may not have compassion on the son of her womb? yea, they may forget, yet will I not forget thee. Behold, I have graven thee upon the palms of My hands; thy walls are continually before Me.” [Isaiah 49:8-16.]
(24LtMs, Lt 178, 1909, 5)
“Ho, every one that thirsteth, come ye to the waters, and he that hath no money; come ye, buy and eat; yea, come, buy wine and milk without money and without price. Wherefore do ye spend money for that which is not bread? and your labor for that which satisfieth not? hearken diligently unto Me, and eat ye that which is good, and let your soul delight itself in fatness. Incline your ear, and come unto Me; hear, and your soul shall live; and I will make an everlasting covenant with you, even the sure mercies of David. Behold, I have given Him for a witness to the people, a leader and a commander to the people. Behold thou shalt call a nation that thou knowest not; and nations that knew not thee shall run after thee because of the Lord thy God, and for the Holy One of Israel; for He hath glorified thee.
(24LtMs, Lt 178, 1909, 6)
“Seek ye the Lord while He may be found, call ye upon Him while He is near: Let the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man his thought; and let him return unto the Lord, and He will have mercy upon him; and unto our God, for He will abundantly pardon.
(24LtMs, Lt 178, 1909, 7)
“For My thoughts are not your thoughts; neither are My ways your ways, saith the Lord. For as the heavens are higher than the earth, so are My ways higher than your ways, and My thoughts than your thoughts. For as the rain cometh down, and the snow from heaven, and returneth not thither, but watereth the earth, and maketh it bring forth and bud, that it may give seed to the sower and bread to the eater: so shall My word be that goeth forth out of My mouth; it shall not return unto Me void; but it shall accomplish that which I please, and it shall prosper in the thing whereto I sent it. For ye shall go out with joy, and shall be led forth with peace: the mountains and the hills shall break forth before you into singing, and all the trees of the field shall clap their hands. Instead of the thorn shall come up the fir tree, and instead of the brier shall come up the myrtle tree; and it shall be to the Lord for a name, for an everlasting sign, that shall not be cut off.” [Isaiah 55:1-13.]
(24LtMs, Lt 178, 1909, 8)
Let the instruction given in the fifty-eighth chapter of Isaiah be studied in connection with these Scriptures. Wonderful would be the results if ministers and church members would be converted and adopt Christ’s manner of witnessing to the power of the Lord.
(24LtMs, Lt 178, 1909, 9)
In many places, and especially in Southern California, plans and methods of labor have been followed that have hindered the Lord’s work, so that those upon whom the Lord has laid special burdens could not do the work to which they were appointed. In some cases watchers were set to restrict the work and to hedge up the way of some who were laboring most earnestly for advancement. Unsanctified plans were laid that worked counter to the plans of God. All this was greatly displeasing to the Lord, and it was a work which He repudiated. There were cities that might have been entered and a good work begun, but through lack of faith there developed a counterworking influence. With unbelief, jealousies arose, and with sacred missionary enterprises were linked up men who themselves needed to experience the converting power of God and to learn to walk humbly before Him.
(24LtMs, Lt 178, 1909, 10)
To those who had kept the way hedged up, I wrote out the instruction given me and trusted the result with the Lord. The burden was heavy, and I feared I should not live to see the results of my efforts to break the yokes which men were placing upon their fellow workers. The Lord presented before me in decided representations that it would take years to root out the evil resulting from placing in the hands of finite men the power to hinder and delay the work of God. Repeated messages of reproof and counsel were necessary, that capable men whom the Lord had specified as the ones to do a special work might be set free to follow the light that God was giving.
(24LtMs, Lt 178, 1909, 11)
There were strong men in Southern California who stood decidedly against the light the Lord was giving His messenger regarding the work to be done. They were following their own counsel and judgment and were imperiling the cause of God. I was instructed that the only way to counterwork this evil was to have placed in positions of trust men who would be guided by the counsel of the Lord, and who would not be turned aside by those who were deficient in faith.
(24LtMs, Lt 178, 1909, 12)
The Lord has wrought in a remarkable manner to uphold the messages sent to correct the strange work that was being done. The evil has been checked, but it has not yet been fully rooted out; and if there were not a continuation of the messages from the Lord to His people, the will and ways of men would yet prevail to bring in strife and contention, and a deformed work would be the result. I was shown that human power is constantly working to weave itself into the work of God. This brings in disjointed and inharmonious action. The messages of pure and unadulterated truth are in danger of being trampled under foot by self-willed, unconverted men who work to destroy confidence in the warnings that God would speak to the hearts of His people to correct error and to encourage righteousness.
(24LtMs, Lt 178, 1909, 13)
A great many of the difficulties that have come into our work in California and elsewhere have come in through a misunderstanding on the part of men in official positions concerning their individual responsibility in the matter of controlling and ruling their fellow laborers. Men entrusted with responsibilities have supposed that their official position embraced very much more than was ever thought of by those who placed them in office, and serious difficulties arose as the result.
(24LtMs, Lt 178, 1909, 14)
Simple organization and church order are set forth in the New Testament Scriptures, and the Lord has ordained these for the unity and perfection of the church. The man who holds office in the church should stand as a leader, as an adviser and a counselor and helper in carrying the burdens of the work. He should be a leader in offering thanksgiving to God. But he is not appointed to order and command The Lord is over His heritage. He will lead His people if they will be led Let us study the twelfth and thirteenth chapters of First Corinthians, and the fifteenth chapter of Acts.
(24LtMs, Lt 178, 1909, 15)
Let the men carrying responsibilities treat those who labor with them with the same consideration that they would wish to receive were they the helpers and others the leaders. “All ye are brethren,” the Saviour declared. [Matthew 23:8.] Position does not give a man kingly authority. The meekness of Christ is a wonderful lesson given to the fallen world. Learning this meekness from the great Teacher, the worker will become Christlike.
(24LtMs, Lt 178, 1909, 16)
For several years there have been leading men in the Northern California Conference who exercised an authority which they supposed was theirs by virtue of their office, to control the work according to their own disposition and judgment. The work was becoming confused, and the Lord gave me a message regarding the movements that should be made. Because of the strange conditions in the conference, Elder Haskell was to be called to take the presidency.
(24LtMs, Lt 178, 1909, 17)
Elder Haskell and his wife have been engaged in the work for years, and their faith in the truth and in the testimonies given by the Holy Spirit is strong. They have unitedly served according to the Lord’s appointment, and we have sought to sustain them in their work. Conditions in the churches have changed decidedly, but the Lord has shown me that some in responsible positions are not yet converted; and without thorough conversion, they cannot conduct the work in right lines. Some who have been reproved and warned are not established and settled and fully yielded to the guiding power of the Holy Spirit. Satan is not yet fully cast out of the minds of some, and it would take very little to produce again the conditions that existed two years ago.
(24LtMs, Lt 178, 1909, 18)
The cause of God in Oakland, San Francisco, and the surrounding places needs men of solid Christian character or believers will be misled by those who attach themselves to the work and who desire to guide and control according to human judgment and plans. The Lord desires to work through men of clean purposes and decided experience, men who will learn from the testimonies of His Spirit, where they have not been in harmony with the Lord’s will, and who will be converted. Then decided changes will be made. The perils threatening the work will be seen, conversions will be experienced, and our people will be preparing to stand firmly and unitedly with God to build up His kingdom in the earth.
(24LtMs, Lt 178, 1909, 19)
Men who repudiated the teachings of the Spirit of God are not the proper persons to be placed in office as leaders in the church. There is danger that the teachings of men who are not soundly converted may lead others into by and forbidden paths. In our efforts to secure consecrated leadership, we may expect to encounter opposition; for the enemy is seeking through unconverted men in positions of trust to mold the work, and he has too much at stake lightly to lose their influence.
(24LtMs, Lt 178, 1909, 20)
Many have refused to see and adopt the light, because they would not humble themselves before God and be daily converted to Christ. Yet this must be the experience of all who overcome by the blood of the Lamb and the word of their testimony. When men humble their hearts, and are daily converted, following the example of the meek and lowly Jesus, then there is hope that they will become wise in their religious experience.
(24LtMs, Lt 178, 1909, 21)
The St. Helena Sanitarium
Some years ago I was shown to what great peril the St. Helena Sanitarium was exposed by the physician’s giving his mind to the control of his wife, that her strong mind might be exercised to give force to his power of influence. I was instructed to write a decided warning against such work and to condemn every jot and tittle of any such influence coming in to the sanitarium. When I look over the past and see the peril that has at times threatened this institution, and the power which has sometimes worked to keep it from accomplishing that for which it was designed, I feel deeply grateful to God that victories have been gained, and that we now have connected with it men who will work after the Lord’s ordering, and not after man’s devising.
(24LtMs, Lt 178, 1909, 22)
“Sing, O barren, that didst not bear; break forth into singing, and cry aloud, thou that didst not travail with child; for more are the children of the desolate than the children of the married wife, saith the Lord. Enlarge the place of thy tent; let them stretch forth the curtains of thy habitations; spare not, lengthen thy cords, and strengthen thy stakes; for thou shalt break forth on the right hand and on the left; and thy seed shall inherit the Gentiles, and make the desolate cities to be inhabited.
(24LtMs, Lt 178, 1909, 23)
“Fear not; for thou shalt not be ashamed; neither be thou confounded; for thou shalt not be put to shame; for thou shalt forget the shame of thy youth, and shalt not remember the reproach of thy widowhood any more. For thy maker is thine Husband; the Lord of hosts is His name; and thy Redeemer, the holy One of Israel; the God of the whole earth shall He be called.” [Isaiah 54:1-5.]
(24LtMs, Lt 178, 1909, 24)
*****
I see a crisis before us, and the Lord calls for His workmen to come into line. Every soul should now stand in a position of deeper, truer consecration to God than during the years that are past.
(24LtMs, Lt 178, 1909, 25)
God corrects His people when they are in danger of being corrupted by those who obey not the truth. I have been charged to stand faithfully in the position in which the Lord has placed me among His people, that they might be instructed and counseled.
(24LtMs, Lt 178, 1909, 26)
I have been shown that there are men helping to form committees and men filling important positions in the churches, who are self-righteous, men walking after the counsel of their own hearts. Neither these self-righteous men nor those who have been influenced to hurt the work of God should now be put in places of large responsibility; for the work of God will be marred by such steps. There are some who will always be deceived. We are living amid the perils of the last days. Let the Word of God teach righteousness. Let the chaff be separated from the wheat.
(24LtMs, Lt 178, 1909, 27)
The work of Elder Haskell and others who have labored in Oakland and the nearby places might have been a much greater blessing, had they not been obliged to meet strong influences in opposition to the counsels that God has given to build up and prepare a people for the final conflict that is before us.
(24LtMs, Lt 178, 1909, 28)
It is not in harmony with the plan of God that men who are working counter to the spirit of the messages that the Lord gives to bless and strengthen His people should be given places of large influence in our churches. Such men are not a help, but a hindrance. Their work is to unsettle minds, and they sow the seed which will spring up and bear its fruit to make of none effect the counsels that the Lord has so graciously given to His people.
(24LtMs, Lt 178, 1909, 29)
Lt 180, 1909
Workman, Brother and Sister [W. D.] Refiled as Lt 10, 1910.
Lt 182, 1909
Kress, D. H. “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 27, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in 6Bio 269. Elder D. H. Kress:
The Lord has strengthened me to attend important meetings in Mountain View. I know the Lord gave me words to give to the people.
(24LtMs, Lt 182, 1909, 1)
I spoke to the large number three times and I had a special message for them, that there was too large a number in the one place. There should be centers made in different localities. The seed sowing must cover more territory. Portions of the work must create centers, and not crowd into one place so many lines of work as are carried in Mountain View. Thus the seeds of truth will be cast in different localities. Sow the seeds of gospel truth in all places possible and there will be new and interesting fields open in a variety of places. The people of but few towns and cities are warned. The Lord calls for laborers.
(24LtMs, Lt 182, 1909, 2)
The question may be asked, Why do you preach on the commons and on the corners of the streets? The Lord has special cities where there need to be special meetings attended by special men. Physicians who are connected with our sanitariums, who are a success in treating the afflicted, will find success in preaching in our cities. Christ understood this way to reach the bodily afflicted as verily as the spiritually sin-sick souls. The question is often asked, Why do you recommend preaching in the highways? Because many can become hearers of the gospel in no other way. Ambassadors of Christ, mark the beginning of the gospel of Jesus Christ the Son of God:
(24LtMs, Lt 182, 1909, 3)
“As it is written in the prophets, Behold, I send My messenger before Thy face, which shall prepare Thy way before Thee. The voice of one crying in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make His paths straight.”Mark 1:1-3.
(24LtMs, Lt 182, 1909, 4)
This whole chapter is a lesson to all people. In the light of instruction I have had that in many places there will be sanitariums that are already prepared, we need now to consider why there are not suitable managers. Were these openings all improved, there is but a small number that could be entertained in them. Therefore we must, as the Lord’s messengers, understand that there are many who should be workers. The great commission has been given, under which the gospel message is to be taken through the Lord’s workers to all parts of the world; but there is danger of centralizing and not equalizing the work. For thus it is enjoined [that there should be] outdoor preaching, when the season will permit, in selected places where the influence would be the best possible.
(24LtMs, Lt 182, 1909, 5)
“Go ye into all the world and preach the gospel to every creature.” [Mark 16:15.] Understand the Great Teacher. Preach the Word—in the halls, in the temples, in the synagogues, in the meetinghouses where you can obtain an opportunity, in churches, in hired houses, in every building where you are invited, upper rooms and lower rooms, halls large and small, in all the places you can possibly command. Let those who understand the reasons of our faith learn, learn, learn to meet the people where they are.
(24LtMs, Lt 182, 1909, 6)
Your commission is given you. Christ’s orders are embraced in His commission. Meetinghouses are to be used, and any place can be made favorable, even if it is on board seats, and seats on the ground in dry weather. Outdoor preaching must be taken up. God lives, and His truth is to extend to all parts as in 1841, 1842, and 1843, when there were out-of-door meetings, with people sitting on board seats and on the hillocks and on the level ground. We have lost years of time, and souls are being lost without any effort made to save them.
(24LtMs, Lt 182, 1909, 7)
My husband and myself have been asked to attend outdoor exercises. We have held meetings in barns; and when houses of worship were opened for meetings, we accepted and gave the message.
(24LtMs, Lt 182, 1909, 8)
The Lord had many out-of-door meetings. Many discourses were given until the numbers following Him were as many as five thousand. The Saviour illustrated by the parable of the great supper that there must be no boundary lines. The gospel message is to go outside of halls and meetinghouses. His Word is, “Go out quickly into the streets and lanes of the city, and bring in hither the poor, and the maimed, and the halt, and the blind”—all that will enter—and “Go out into the highways and hedges, and compel them to come in, that My house may be filled.”Luke 14:21, 23. Outdoor sermons! God bids you go out into the streets and lanes of the city, and through your earnest invitations compel them to come in. More camp-meetings must be held in many places—in the cities and out in country places. “Compel them to come in.” We are half asleep.
(24LtMs, Lt 182, 1909, 9)
I do not know where to stop, but I will say, I am to fully arouse the people. There has been something said definitely in regard to the sanitarium established near the capital of our nation in Washington. Some have advised that it be closed. But I am charged that this must not be. It is not to be removed unless by orders that cannot be disregarded.
(24LtMs, Lt 182, 1909, 10)
The Lord calls for every man who can do little or much to act as God’s messenger. I am to charge our people to hold our camp meetings in various sections. One camp meeting is not enough in one large state; two or three will reach persons in our large cities. But in this work there must be the example of economy and lessons of neatness and order. Children’s meetings must be carried on. There must be workers who can adapt themselves to the situation.
(24LtMs, Lt 182, 1909, 11)
Our institutions are to be more devoted and effective. Much reading matter cannot fill the place of the preacher—the human voice and influence. One sermon will do much more than the literature. But both are needed. Meetings for the young and the meetings for instruction are of great value if the simplicity and directness of Christ is always brought in. The literature should not become so abundant as to absorb the time and talent of men who can minister in the presentation of the Word by voice.
(24LtMs, Lt 182, 1909, 12)
Outdoor meetings in Australia and in Europe accomplished much more than the publishing and disposing of literature, but both are needed. Every means possible is now to be used.
(24LtMs, Lt 182, 1909, 13)
Wake up, brethren. The great commission is given by Christ Jesus, and He has given us His example. He practiced the outdoor teaching, outside the churches. Christ gave a decided command, “Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature.”Mark 16:15.
(24LtMs, Lt 182, 1909, 14)
And here we are, away down in 1909. We see and sense the developments that have taken place and the necessity of urgency now in bearing the last message of warning to a guilty world. We read the New Testament history and the words of Christ in the parable of the “Great Supper.” [Luke 14:16.] The outdoor preaching and the preaching in tents in camp-meetings means more in 1910 than in 1842 and ’43 and ’44. Will we consider these things? I have been over the ground and had the experience since I was fifteen years old. I have been instructed line upon line and precept upon precept, here a little and there a little, but these littles meant to me, “This is the way, walk ye in it.” [Isaiah 30:21.] Let nothing cause you to deviate. Follow the instruction given, and impart the light as you receive it.
(24LtMs, Lt 182, 1909, 15)
Lt 183, 1909
White, J. E.; White, Emma “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California March 17, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in 6Bio 189-190. My dear Children, Edson and Emma:
I feel intensely over the thought of the great privileges that the Lord has given us to understand and know His will. I thank the Lord it is our privilege to increase in faith and righteousness, to grow up in Christ our living Head. (Romans 12) has lessons for us all, showing us our duty religiously. This whole chapter is for the church to study. There is a work which every member in the church is to do. All have not the capability to do to the best advantage the selfsame work. One is fitted for one class of work, another for another class of work, all blending in a complete whole.
(24LtMs, Lt 183, 1909, 1)
“O the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and knowledge of God! how unsearchable are His judgments, and His ways past finding out! For who hath known the mind of the Lord? or who hath been His counsellor? Or who hath first given to Him, and it shall be recompensed unto him again? For of Him, and through Him, and to Him, are all things: to whom be glory forever. Amen. I beseech you therefore, brethren, by the mercies of God, that you present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable unto God, which is your reasonable service. And be not conformed to this world: but be ye transformed by the renewing of your mind, that ye may prove what is that good, and acceptable, and perfect will of God. For I say, through the grace given unto me, to every man that is among you, not to think of himself more highly than he ought to think; but to think soberly, according as God hath dealt to every man the measure of faith.”Romans 11:33-12:3.
(24LtMs, Lt 183, 1909, 2)
I think of you often, but up to this time I have had many letters to write. I am so thankful that notwithstanding I am in my eighty-second year, yet I am engaged in writing many letters. But this is not all. I am preparing past writings concerning past labors to be placed in print. For some days I have not been doing well in some things. I am not as well healthwise as I desire to be; but when the matter of the completion of the proving the record of deed is fully decided, then there will be a burden from my mind. I have hired money, expecting when my book comes into market that means will come to me. We leave for our long journey to Los Angeles and to San Diego, and then to Loma Linda and then to College View—for they will not be satisfied unless I shall visit them, and I think this is the right thing to do. Then what next, I dare not specify.
(24LtMs, Lt 183, 1909, 3)
I wish that after we get the free title to this place, and after the Washington camp-meeting is ended, we shall have a camp-meeting upon grounds we are now purchasing for our school. Last Monday we visited the grounds, Sonoma Buena Vista. The deeds compose a large book, and we shall soon have them placed in our possession. Brother Covert and W. C. White and I went over a small portion of the grounds to determine if possible what will have to be done after the deed is in our hands. I cannot give you particulars. We visit the place again shortly. I have purchased a piece of land to keep it out of the hands of outside parties. The money was loaned me on interest. And when the matter is settled, then I can dispose of this seventeen acres of land to the very ones that we think will need the same.
(24LtMs, Lt 183, 1909, 4)
I had written thus far when Sister Mary Steward came in with type-copied matter of peculiar interest, concerning selection she has made to create a book to be used in our schools. We think it is a good work, well prepared. This is now lesson thirteen. She is making a good selection.
(24LtMs, Lt 183, 1909, 5)
Since commencing this letter I have had to break off several times. Sister Steward is preparing articles to be printed to help bring before our people precious lessons, selections from my printed books. Then comes Mitty [Minnie ?], doing a similar work to be published in our papers.
(24LtMs, Lt 183, 1909, 6)
My hour of rising is four in the morning, but it is seldom I can sleep until that hour. I have very much to be thankful for. I am having all my manuscripts preserved, that I can consider what I should put in print and what not. I have much matter to select from. The time now to me seems very short. Wickedness and horrible violence is in every place, and we must improve our opportunities. Satan is working with intensity to deceive and allure souls from the true paths of righteousness into forbidden paths. The way of the Lord is the only way that is safe.
(24LtMs, Lt 183, 1909, 7)
The days of Noah were filled with violence and crimes that I would not trace upon paper, devised by satanic agencies. The Lord requires of those who have had the light to walk in the light as Christ is in the light, lest darkness shall come upon us. My soul is so wrought up with intense interest that we who claim to believe the truth shall do honor to the precious Saviour to live the truth, to increase daily in spirituality. Truth alone, as it is in Jesus, will reflect the true light. Christ speaks in His Word, “Strive to enter in at the strait gate: for many, I say unto you, shall seek to enter in, and shall not be able.”“For wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat.”Luke 13:24; Matthew 7:13.
(24LtMs, Lt 183, 1909, 8)
Now let us, children, make straight paths for our feet lest the lame be turned out of the way. We have but a little time now to work, and we should now keep our eyes single to the glory of God.
(24LtMs, Lt 183, 1909, 9)
We have a most solemn message to bear to those who are in darkness. Then we can, if we walk in the light as Christ is in the light, reflect that light to many souls. I spend many hours of the night in reflection. What can we do to help the poor souls perishing in their sins? We can let our light shine amid the moral darkness if we walk in the footsteps of Jesus Christ. Words and works will then testify that we are in the light as Christ is in the light.
(24LtMs, Lt 183, 1909, 10)
I want to meet every soul of our family in the city of our God, for I mean to be there. Be of good courage, and let your words give brightness to revive other souls. Tell them Christ is light, and in Him is no darkness at all. We are talking simplicity, meekness, and humbling of self, that Christ may do the uplifting and we have the courage that He alone can give us. Make the way truth and freedom and light. May the Lord grant that we shall meet in a few weeks. I expect to see you in Washington.
(24LtMs, Lt 183, 1909, 11)
*****
[March 30?] And now I have just read matter prepared in a very nice way, brought together to be a marked help to understand the Word of God. It is wonderful the amount of matter I have prepared while attending meetings in relation to the work in various places. Minnie Hawkins, one who worked with me in preparing copy from my writings and diary, is at work. Mary Steward is at the same line of work. We are all as busy as is possible for us to bear the strain. I realize the special help of the Lord as I attempt to write the things I wish to preserve.
(24LtMs, Lt 183, 1909, 12)
Last night was broken. I could not sleep after two o’clock. I have kindled my fire and am comfortable and am so glad that the weather is clear and air bracing. Two more days and March goes out and April comes in. We have decided our family party—Sara McEnterfer, Minnie Hawkins, W. C. White, and your mother—will leave next Monday. We see other parties are going by different routes. We must go to Los Angeles and direct from there to Paradise Valley, stay a couple of days, and then visit Loma Linda, and then on to College View, and then to Nashville. I think this is the route. Then to Washington. I do not dread the journey. My health is quite good. I am thankful that my lame hip is little trouble to me now. I have much to be thankful for that at my age—in my eighty-second year—I can be up.
(24LtMs, Lt 183, 1909, 13)
Lt 184, 1909
White, J. E.; White, Emma Takoma Park, Washington, D. C. May 1909 Previously unpublished. Dear Children, James Edson White and Emma White:
Edson, I received your letter yesterday, but there was not time for me to answer it. But I will say to you, my children, Do not be discouraged. The Lord lives and reigns. It is not always possible to convince any person against his will, but that he will be of the same opinion still. But let the Lord rule in your own hearts. In the Lord our God we may put our entire trust. In regard to putting your trust in the office of unbelievers before our own people, I dare not recommend it. But as you have the experience of the past before you, I cannot speak to advise you.
(24LtMs, Lt 184, 1909, 1)
If you can feel free to be absent from Nashville, to leave your business, I advise you to come, and I will be at all the expense as I have stated in my last letter to you. W. C. White managed the matter with Dr. Kress, and therefore two small rooms are reserved for you; and you are to take this advantage to be helped healthwise while you can both have the counsel and examination of Dr. Kress, both himself and wife. Now if you have not the means to pay your passage here, we will send you the required sum to purchase tickets; but the expense is wholly ours in your having every chance, both of you, to be at this meeting. We feel perfectly free to do this. Emma may feel it her privilege to do as her Mother White tells her. It is a very small and comfortable transfer from Nashville to Washington. You know all about this.
(24LtMs, Lt 184, 1909, 2)
There is a large assembly here, but Dr. Kress is keeping two small-sized rooms for you, and there is an abundance of larger rooms you can enjoy at your will. Two good-sized rooms are apportioned to me in Brother Irwin’s cottage. One is my sleeping room, the other room for those who wish to counsel with me in any matter. I hope you will come as soon as possible to have the advantage of the whole meeting.
(24LtMs, Lt 184, 1909, 3)
Be of good courage in the Lord, and He will surely help and bless and strengthen you in physical and mental efficiency. We have sent you the means, your brother Willie tells me. I do it freely, believing you will never have another so good opportunity to see so many from Australia. And in the schools being carried forward here is Emma’s own sister’s son. He is the successful principal of the school.
(24LtMs, Lt 184, 1909, 4)
I have stood my long trip well, and again we welcome you to the camp-meeting. Why I get you into the sanitarium is that you may both have medical counsel. I will pay for all expense, and I shall not feel that it is right to deny me this privilege.
(24LtMs, Lt 184, 1909, 5)
With much love.
(24LtMs, Lt 184, 1909, 6)
Lt 185, 1909
White, J. E.; White, Emma NP November 1, 1909 Previously unpublished. My dear Children, Edson and Emma White:
I am writing by lamplight. I cannot sleep as many hours as I would be pleased to. Night before last I could not sleep after half-past eleven. I slept none through the next day. I am able to report I slept until half-past three, then left my bed, built my fire in my fireplace, and have been writing and selecting from my writings the special things I wish to present to the people.
(24LtMs, Lt 185, 1909, 1)
My mind is clear when I speak to the large crowds or to the smaller gatherings. Last Sabbath I spoke in St. Helena to a goodly number. My remarks were of a character to encourage mothers in the discipline of their children in the home life. I am also led out to talk to the children, to give their hearts to the Lord now. I spoke one hour, and I thank the Lord I was blessed and assured that a good impression was made on the audience, men, women, and children. I have an appointment out for next Sabbath at Lodi.
(24LtMs, Lt 185, 1909, 2)
Your brother W. C. White has spent only a few days in his home for one year. We expect him tomorrow. His last visit home was only a few days’ tarry. I am not strong, but thank the Lord I can go up and down stairs very safely without any mishap. I shall be glad to have him home again. It seems that his family needs his instruction. May Lacey White is an excellent woman, and yet boys of their age need a father’s influence and instruction. I hope that he will remain at home, for the business is not small or unimportant that needs his mind.
(24LtMs, Lt 185, 1909, 3)
Our workers are now in our home. Sara McEnterfer has the charge of me. Mary Hannaford is matron in my home. Helen Graham is the one who is prepared at any time to take dictations from W. C. White. Minnie Hawkins prepares my writings for publication, Dores Robinson works in selecting that which is most appropriate for the time to meet certain things and prevent confusion. We all have our parts to act.
(24LtMs, Lt 185, 1909, 4)
For some months—half of the year—I have been traveling. God has sustained in a remarkable manner. You know the power of God was upon me at the conference at Washington, and I have been so sure that God gave me wonderful victory. And on this last journey, for five months the Lord has blessed me. I was very sick coming from Salt Lake City, but I have reason to be thankful that the Lord spared my life. Strength comes to me slowly. I dare not be venturesome. I can walk only a little, but I am so thankful I can walk at all.
(24LtMs, Lt 185, 1909, 5)
I cannot express to you the relief we all feel that has come to us in the location of our school five miles up the mountain. All the fruit is canned and goes with the place, and everything is in excellent order. Alfalfa in one barn—filled to the top. And the best thing is there is not a word of questioning from any lips. All are pleased. We feel so relieved. It is so much more valuable than the place we had thought to purchase. There are fifteen horses and carriages—all we will ever need—and the houses are built just as handy about the main building. School has been in session now a couple of weeks. There are fifteen hundred acres of land, firewood in abundance, and large trees, that the students will cut and prepare timber to build the houses needed.
(24LtMs, Lt 185, 1909, 6)
All the elegance of the other place we thought we had purchased was in one house, which was costly and altogether so much so that there was inconsistency in making it a place for a school. But everyone that looks at this place, with barns (one filled with alfalfa), fifteen cows, and as many horses and several colts, (the hogs we can get rid of), two orchards bearing a variety of fruit, several hundred cans of the best-prepared fruit, a great quantity of prunes; and there are several porcelain bathtubs and all the best fixtures.
(24LtMs, Lt 185, 1909, 7)
But there is no kind of use for me to describe the advantages. It is only five miles up the mountain grade from St. Helena Sanitarium. Well, I will stop my description. You may both be pleased to visit this place. School is being held now. Brother and Sister Irwin—Elder Irwin’s son, who has been so long the successful teacher in that place—are now the acceptable teachers in this wonderful place. Well, I thank the Lord that this has come into our possession. I thank the Lord every time I consider this matter of the providence of God. Not a soul can create one word of criticism. All say it is the Lord’s doings and wonderful in our eyes.
(24LtMs, Lt 185, 1909, 8)
Now we hope that you will visit this place. We mean to have a press, where some will be working to set type, and where small books will be printed. We shall, if the Lord spares my life, see this place getting out publications, for it is an excellent chance for workers. There is the purest of water; nothing to defile it. I am so glad that the Lord has favored us. Out of the city, away from impurities! When it becomes too hot for you in your present home in summer, then you can spend some time in this territory.
(24LtMs, Lt 185, 1909, 9)
I will close this letter now. Be of good courage in the Lord. Have faith and hope and do not incur debts. Let the Lord’s warnings be heeded. Be of good courage in the Lord.
(24LtMs, Lt 185, 1909, 10)
*****
The following note by Sara McEnterfer accompanied this letter:
(24LtMs, Lt 185, 1909, 11)
Sanitarium, California November 1, 1909 J. E. White Dear Brother:
Mother has just handed me the enclosed letter, saying that she did not care to have it copied; but in looking it over, we think that it is very much the same as one she sent you a little while back, which no doubt she has forgotten. Therefore we are sending this to you in her own handwriting, knowing that you will be glad to get it even though it may be a repetition of some things she has recently sent you.
(24LtMs, Lt 185, 1909, 12)
Sister White is beginning to feel somewhat better than she did when she first came home. We expect W. C. White home tomorrow night. He has not been here many days since we left home the first of April, so of course Mother feels that he has been gone pretty much all the time. I hope that Emma and you are both feeling well. Wish that you could make us a visit this winter. I am sure Emma would enjoy the beautiful weather we are having now.
(24LtMs, Lt 185, 1909, 13)
Yours in haste,
(24LtMs, Lt 185, 1909, 14)
Sara
Lt 186, 1909
Sister “Elmshaven,” St. Helena, California December 1909 Previously unpublished. My Sister:
I have commenced two letters to you and written one page and at another time two or three pages, but I cannot take time or expose myself to hunt them up, so I begin again. I have spoken three times in the church at Oakland and have had freedom. After I left St. Helena we went direct to Mountain View, and there I spoke to a large number. The printing establishment is turning off from the press a great amount of matter, and this was the reason we were to address the people and give those assembled an opportunity to bear their testimony. We had excellent meetings. After speaking on Sabbath and first-day, I spoke also on Monday, the last meeting. I have a special appeal to make on the necessity of raising means to carry through the determination to build a meetinghouse in Portland, Maine. I was born in Gorham, Maine, about thirteen miles from Portland, but nearly my whole [early] life was spent in Portland, near the seashore. Portland is accounted the most beautiful city in the state of Maine and the first twelve years of my life was in Portland.
(24LtMs, Lt 186, 1909, 1)
I was desirous to receive some help in building a church in a most beautiful location, near the very spot where we had in my earlier history attended appointments. Our plan was for a meetinghouse to be built. It was started before we attended the camp-meeting. At this meeting in Mountain View, I presented before the people plans of having a brick church built, the very first in Portland, Maine. There were only a few keeping the Sabbath [in Portland]. What could they do? I told them to do their best and that we would solicit means to help them. We had raised about two hundred dollars; I now wished the people in Mountain View to aid us. They raised about twenty-five dollars, but I think they will do more than that. While here in this place, Oakland, Calif., I called for help, and they helped us about thirty dollars; but I was glad that here in Oakland, where they have so many expenses to meet, they can do anything for us. Yesterday I spoke to the people at the Week of Prayer meeting, and they responded. There was only a small congregation, but they helped us to about the same sum as in Mountain View, collecting thirty-three dollars. I will not complain of this because they are called upon so often in Oakland. I thank the Lord for this help.
(24LtMs, Lt 186, 1909, 2)
They have meetings in the basement in Portland. I received a letter yesterday; they were using the basement for their meetinghouse in Portland, Maine. The house is not finished, for they are greatly in need of means to complete it. When I saw what they were striving to do, I thought you would help us in this our time of special need. We shall feel thankful if you can invest something in this building.
(24LtMs, Lt 186, 1909, 3)
It is the first Seventh-day Adventist church that we have in all of this great, beautiful city, and therefore I ask you to do something. The basement of the church is for our school, and it is the only Seventh-day Adventist church in this large and beautiful city. Certainly the truth must be represented here. I thank the Lord for your help in other places, and I wish you to have something here.
(24LtMs, Lt 186, 1909, 4)
We have no buildings in the state of Maine where we can treat our sick. One such building we must have, for it is the means of bringing many souls to the knowledge of the truth. We can use everything of a kind to draw our people where they can, if possible, with good help, recover. Then the truth is taught in the health institute, and many souls will receive the truth if we have a good location here. This prospect we have in view.
(24LtMs, Lt 186, 1909, 5)
We had a camp-meeting at Deering’s Oaks, and there was a crowd assembled to hear the truth which was spoken in the preaching of the Word of God. Several were brought to a knowledge of the truth. The Lord gave me the special power of His Holy Spirit. I spoke from the stand very near the location where I have spoken many times with great freedom and power to thousands of people in regard to the coming of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ in power and great glory to receive the faithful ones to Himself. We have not a sanitarium in the whole large city of Portland to represent the virtues of simple treatment cures without drugs.
(24LtMs, Lt 186, 1909, 6)
We are desirous of a representation’s being made appropriate to the [remainder missing.]
(24LtMs, Lt 186, 1909, 7)
Lt 187, 1909
[Brethren] NP November 27, 1909 Portions of this letter are published in 6Bio 183-187. [Dear Brethren]:
I believe Brother Sharpe will endeavor to do his best; and yet unless he has competent ladies and gentlemen with proper, essential qualifications as helpers, I am sure he will have too heavy a burden. I may say the light given me in regard to this enterprise is that there is too large a company together to be receiving the all-around education that is essential. If they are divided in numbers, there will be a much more thorough work done than by gathering so many together in association. Every school should have sufficient teachers to carry the personal religious education as Christ did.
(24LtMs, Lt 187, 1909, 1)
Read Christ’s Object Lessons and Matthew 13. Trace the references from chapter to chapter and verse by verse. Take it in. Read the book Christ’s Object Lessons, every teacher, and consider that the Lord would not have instructed me so that I could present it to others if the Lord Jesus had not a lesson to give for teachers and principals of our schools to follow.
(24LtMs, Lt 187, 1909, 2)
Educators should not embrace too large a number in their schools and feel ambitious to report numbers as a mark of success in educational advancement. Unless divinity combines with humanity, there will be a decided failure. Teachers and managers should gather only the number they can carry well and give each proper attention, to perfect and advance their education. Let teachers and superintendents gather no more than they can successfully carry. They need to take time to educate themselves religiously, for thus did the great Teacher in His lessons.
(24LtMs, Lt 187, 1909, 3)
Let every school have a proper opportunity to have the physical advancing with the mental, the book-study. Thus saith the great Teacher, in the instruction given me. Christ did not confine His lessons within brick or wooden walls. His instruction was given as He walked with His disciples by the lake or river, or among the hills and valleys of Palestine. In all Christ’s teachings, He brought in natural things to explain the heavenly. Divine things were thus connected with the natural, common incidents of life. He brought the minds to an understanding of the heavenly through the explanation of the laws of the earthly, and it was through association with earthly, common, familiar objects in nature that a proper appreciation of heavenly things was gained. He explained and made them familiar with flowers in their God-give, natural growth and impressed their minds with higher thoughts. Thus the reading of God’s Word brings the mind to a higher and clearer knowledge of the heavenly.
(24LtMs, Lt 187, 1909, 4)
We do not half consider and estimate the Lord’s gifts in the flowers in their natural loveliness as gifts of God, full of gems of truth. This is why I appreciate Christ’s Object Lessons. This is why I am ever seeking to draw our sanitariums and our schools away from our cities. This is why I tried to secure the home which we thought we had purchased in Buena Vista. But after a long time of waiting, our school could wait no longer with nothing settled. We stated in letters that if we were not to be enabled to secure possession of the Buena Vista property, then the money that was given them to hold the place should be returned; and lo, it was returned.
(24LtMs, Lt 187, 1909, 5)
Then we knew not just what to do, although in the dreams of the night the assurance was given that we must not become discouraged; if we could not obtain the Buena Vista place, there would be a more advantageous place for our school. After some sleepless nights and much prayer we received a letter telling of the offer of the Angwin property. Some statements were made, and then I could rest, believing this was the place.
(24LtMs, Lt 187, 1909, 6)
Now this lesson given us at this time of our great necessity was one of the most remarkable adventures in our experience. The particulars we have not time to give here; but I am so grateful for the advantages in buildings. While not as costly [as those at Buena Vista], they are fully as convenient and sufficient for our school to commence at once. I thank the Lord that there is a house with main building well adapted to house the students, and they have so many advantages exceeding the place we had pledged our money to take. But they made no provision for us to take possession; and then this Angwin property [was offered us], with all its delightful scenery; and the buildings that were made for pleasure would at once be utilized for our school.
(24LtMs, Lt 187, 1909, 7)
Here were two fruitful orchards with a variety of excellent fruit, and barns filled with hay, and horses and carriages, and special conveniences to sustain a large number in the summer months, in a good location only eight miles from the sanitarium. All the rooms are furnished with excellent mattresses, clean and wholesome, and the scenery close around the buildings is nice. I did not intend to bring this in, but I cannot but express our advantages in some feeble representations. There are hundreds of cans of fruit—all in glass jars—in the cellar, and I have named only a few advantages.
(24LtMs, Lt 187, 1909, 8)
But the best thing of all is that not one man or woman can bring in one objection. I thank the Lord for this. Oh, I will praise the Lord with heart and soul and voice that not a human being have I heard question this matter. We have no unnecessary, expensive buildings. But, thank the Lord, we are perfectly satisfied. When we accomplish the work of heating our rooms for the students in an inexpensive yet safe way, I will now say, I am satisfied to climb the mountains and hills and have the purest water that can be obtained. Bless the Lord, O my soul!
(24LtMs, Lt 187, 1909, 9)
Now we need, our brethren, to raise the unpaid money, that at the appointed time it will be reported that our school is free from debt. Do not let us be behind in this settlement, my brethren and sisters. We expect to do our best to have this school under the discipline of Brother and Sister Irwin, with persons connected with them to run the school after the order the Lord has repeatedly given, the education of the higher order to fit the students to be transferred to the heavenly school above.
(24LtMs, Lt 187, 1909, 10)
Christ’s Object Lessons will open before you the teachings of Christ. When this book was written we did not have in prospect the advantages of schools on the hillside, in the groves, where pure water is furnished by our Lord from the everlasting channels, where human feet may never tread. There is the tilling and the sowing and reaping, and after our long waiting and our sleepless nights, my soul will praise the Lord! Today I am eighty-two years old and writing you this letter. Our brethren and sisters in the faith will, we hope, be ready to place [the purchase price] in the hands of the owners of the Angwin property. We believe they will, for not a word has been expressed unfavorable to this school being established here.
(24LtMs, Lt 187, 1909, 11)
Lt 188, 1909
Evans, I. H. St. Helena, California September 15, 1909 Previously unpublished.
[E. G. White comment appended to an I. H. Evans letter to W. C. White, September 10, 1909, concerning keeping or abandoning the Iowa Circle Sanitarium in Washington, D.C.]
(24LtMs, Lt 188, 1909, 1)
I have no special light more than that which I have heretofore given. I am much worn and will not consent to any expression of words that are not positive in communicating wisdom.
(24LtMs, Lt 188, 1909, 2)
Go to God, pray and believe, and do not cease praying until you see light and are willing to carry all the responsibility of any move.
(24LtMs, Lt 188, 1909, 3)
You shall see the time has come for you to have an experience for yourselves and know the will of God and follow His will.
(24LtMs, Lt 188, 1909, 4)
Lt 189, 1909
Dear Brother St. Helena, “Elmshaven,” California March 8, 1909 Previously unpublished. Not sent. Dear Brother:
Your letter is received. I have a very deep interest in you. I have had many things presented before me of your discouraging situation in the past. The Lord has kept His loving kindness over you that you should have courage and press your way through the moral darkness to light and faith and hope, and that you should stand with the body of believers and be settled and rooted and grounded in the truth. Then will your influence be to strengthen, to build up souls in the truth. At your house the most precious light was given me that the work now for you is to stand firmly and not hesitatingly. There was a Judas in Christ’s day working under the spirit of covetousness. There are Judases in every church; there are men acting the part of Judas.
(24LtMs, Lt 189, 1909, 1)
You have had evidence that the testimonies I have borne to you and to others were verity and truth. Now you have light, most precious light, and it is your privilege to extend that light decidedly. There was a Judas among the disciples¬—one was sent out with the apostles. Christ had His purpose to number Judas with the ones sent. Our Saviour’s purpose was not specified, but Judas had the result before him of the ministry of Christ and His healing and working. And he, Judas, had labored with the apostles to act an unselfish part, as Christ had ordained them to go forth and told them how to carry the work. We have not a history of what part Judas acted, but consider that he was to deal in the expenses and carried the bag containing the means of settling the expenses. There is a Judas in every organization, in every country, in every organized church. This Judas-working will offer opposition to the genuine, true work.
(24LtMs, Lt 189, 1909, 2)
Jesus accepted the gift of Mary in anointing Him, showing her appreciation of His work for her. Judas remarked on the expense as he saw the costly ointment poured upon the Lord Jesus Christ by Mary. Martha’s character in some respects was different from that of Mary. Mary’s sins had been forgiven by the sin-pardoning Saviour, and in return she, in a most appreciative manner, poured the costly ointment, very precious, upon Christ’s feet and the perfume filled the house. Judas suggested he might have had this ointment sold and the money given to the poor, then that money would come into his hands to handle as he pleased. Judas’ remarks were not genuine. Jesus does not condemn Mary’s anointing His feet. “Let her alone, she has done this with a prophetic anticipation of My burial. The poor ye have always with you; Me ye have not always.” [John 12:7, 8.] This action in that company was a distinction of a class.
(24LtMs, Lt 189, 1909, 3)
Christ would have all understand that their objections were not to be taken up. Her deed was not to be reproved, but to be justified by One who reads the heart, and that prepared the evidence that would fill its place when needed. Christ came to our world to give a message to all who would humble their hearts to perfect obedience to do His teachings. All who receive the message are to bear the testimony to the world. To all who practice the truth and obey His commandments, He proclaims that life which is from everlasting to everlasting. Christ came to this world of sin and sorrow—away from His heavenly home—to endure rejection, shame, and reproach, and to enter His life of conflict to save sinful human beings. Christ always realized He was in a sinful world as One sent to seek and to save that which was lost. The Father knew when He sent His Son into the world that as His representative He must suffer many things. He would represent the Father in sinless character, but He ever had before Him the satanic agencies to make His life a life of suffering, conflict, disappointment, and grief. He knew that the last severe test was soon to come, the severest that satanic agencies could devise for the holy, heaven-sent Messenger. It is not the good and gracious Missionary to our world who is honored of the world.
(24LtMs, Lt 189, 1909, 4)
(John 5.) At a feast of the Jews, “a certain man was there which had an infirmity thirty-eight years. When Jesus saw him lie, and knew that he had been now a long time in that case, He saith unto him, Wilt thou be made whole? The impotent man answered Him, Sir, I have no man, when the water is troubled, to put me into the pool: but while I am coming, another steppeth down before me.” [Verses 5-7.] Christ’s heart of pity and compassion was always ready for any such emergencies. He had wrought many miracles to relieve suffering humanity on the Sabbath day, and “Jesus saith unto him, Rise, take up thy bed, and walk.” [Verse 8.] “Then asked they him, What man is that which said unto thee, Take up thy bed, and walk? And he that was healed wist not who it was: for Jesus had conveyed Himself away, a multitude being in that place.” That wonderful miracle of healing seemed to have no influence upon those Jewish authorities to remove their prejudice, but if they could have had a chance to have condemned Christ then and there, they would have done Him harm.
(24LtMs, Lt 189, 1909, 5)
“Afterward Jesus findeth him in the temple and said unto him, Behold, thou art made whole: sin no more, lest a worse thing come unto thee. The man departed, and told the Jews that it was Jesus, which had made him whole. And therefore did the Jews persecute Jesus, and sought to slay Him, because He had done these things on the Sabbath day.” [Verses 12-16.] The Sabbath day is never desecrated by the Lord Jesus Christ. But when their wrath waxed strong against Christ for relieving the poor, suffering human being—this act of mercy in working so wonderful a cure—the facts of healing were in perfect harmony with His Father’s plan to relieve suffering humanity. It was not a desecration of the law of God to do these wonderful works in our world. It was in harmony with the law of God to give relief to the suffering humanity.
(24LtMs, Lt 189, 1909, 6)
“But Jesus answered them, My Father worketh hitherto, and I work. Therefore the Jews sought the more to kill Him, because He not only had broken the Sabbath, but said also that God was His Father, making Himself equal with God. Then answered Jesus and said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, the Son can do nothing of Himself, but what He seeth the Father do: for what things soever He doeth, these also doeth the Son likewise. For the Father loveth the Son and sheweth Him all things that Himself doeth: and He will shew him greater works than these, that ye may marvel.
(24LtMs, Lt 189, 1909, 7)
“For as the Father raiseth up the dead, and quickeneth them; even so the Son quickeneth whom he will. For the Father judgeth no man, but hath committed all judgment unto the Son: that all men should honour the Son, even as they honour the Father. He that honoureth not the Son honoureth not the Father which hath sent him.” [Verses 17-23.]
(24LtMs, Lt 189, 1909, 8)
Read carefully the words of Christ and practice them. There is the most important lesson for every member of the human family.
(24LtMs, Lt 189, 1909, 9)
“Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that heareth My word and believeth on Him that sent Me hath everlasting life, and shall not come unto condemnation; but has passed from death unto life.” [Verse 24.] “And shall not come into condemnation; but is passed from death unto life.”
(24LtMs, Lt 189, 1909, 10)
When we think of Jesus as coming from the Father to act the part God has sent Him to act, let us have a much higher, larger faith that will not become weak and inefficient when tempted and tried. What words are these, “I am come,” surely come, according to the arrangements God made with His Son, that great and full sacrifice that would save every repenting soul. [Verse 43.] This was a sacrifice and death unlike all other deaths—the just and righteous suffering for the unjust and the unrighteous of all the sinful race. Christ without the guilt or stain of sin takes the guilt of every sinner upon His own divine soul. He that was guiltless, He that was equal with God, sent on such a message to our world! Can we comprehend it? I speak to church members, Can you comprehend this matter and be so indifferent in regard to saving souls ready to perish? In all the cities there are souls to be saved. As I stand before the congregations of believers and unbelievers, it seems that I am bearing a message to all, that they should consider putting before them eternal truths upon which their souls’ salvation is pending, according to their treatment of the message. I feel to the depths of my human being the result of the message I am giving. It is no time now to treat these efforts made by ministers and their helpers in any indifferent manner.
(24LtMs, Lt 189, 1909, 11)
Christ declares “He that sent Me is true.” [John 7:28.] John 7:7-20. From whom do our ministers and our medical workers in our sanitariums get their message? Will you consider this, all you who are working in various lines to bring those for whom you labor in our cities to the understanding of the Word of God? Human lips are to speak—as Christ has spoken—the most sacred truths ever given to human beings.
(24LtMs, Lt 189, 1909, 12)
If they receive the Word, they are truly sanctified through the Word and may say, I am bearing to you the wonderful truths of the Word of the living God and am in earnest. Sanctification is through belief of the truth. Your own souls and bodies speak the wonderful message, magnifying by your works the law of God. By living true, sincere, sanctified lives through obedience to that law which is holy, just, and good, all who will may be fashioned under its sanctified requirements. An unholy world needs the message that comes from pure and sanctified hearts to tell the wonderful truths of the Word to the souls who are perishing out of Christ. Why this little is being done is surprising. All our churches are to be warned and given the message. Now is our time, our opportunity, to not only preach the Word but practice the Word.
(24LtMs, Lt 189, 1909, 13)
Jesus says through His Word presented by His messengers, “Think not that I am come to lessen one precept of the holy law of God; for no sinner, whatever his pretension to righteousness may have been, is accepted unless he is truly living the holy law of God with a sanctified, holy heart.” In all our cities the work must be carried, and they decide their own destiny. The true God is high and lifted up, exalted, and not one sinner will be permitted to enter the golden gates of the city of our God, the New Jerusalem, with sins unrepented of and unforsaken. They will be working out the teachings of Christ, who came to the world to educate and to do the ministry of healing and to work in perfect harmony with the Father. Christ comes in human flesh to offer Himself as an offering to a sinful world who will refuse Him, the Son of God, who will refuse to forsake its own way, and refuse to practice the virtues of Christ in this world.
(24LtMs, Lt 189, 1909, 14)
“I am come” are the words of the heavenly Messenger. “Think not I am come to destroy the law or the prophets. I am come not to destroy but to fulfill.” [Matthew 5:17.] The Lord Jehovah is true; obeying His righteous law and working the works of Christ, to become one with Christ, man becomes in words and works partaker of His divine nature. Humanity lays hold of divinity. The Lord Jehovah has condescended that the pattern of the heavenly being should be represented by His only beloved Son. “For what the law could not do, in that it was weak through the flesh, God sending His only begotten Son in the likeness of sinful flesh, and for sin, condemned sin in the flesh, that the righteousness of the law might be fulfilled,” in the new power He would give them. “For what the law could not do, in that it was weak through the flesh, God sending His only begotten Son in the likeness of sinful flesh, and because of sin, condemned sin in” the human nature, for Christ was tempted upon all points like as man is tempted. “For what the law could not do in that it was weak through the flesh, God sending His own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh, and for sin, condemned sin in the flesh, that His righteousness of the law might be fulfilled in us, who walk not after the flesh but after the spirit.”Romans 8. [Verses 3, 4.] Christ says, “I am come; the way, the truth, and the life.” [See John 14:6.] Christ tells us Himself, “I am not come to call the righteous but sinners to repentance.” [Matthew 9:13.]
(24LtMs, Lt 189, 1909, 15)
Now the work of every enlightened soul is to give the word of invitation: “Come, partake of the waters of life freely.” [Revelation 22:17.] Wherefore the One who has said, “I am come,” tells us, “Come unto Me, all ye that labour and are heavy laden and I will give you rest.” [John 10:10; Matthew 11:28.] He came that He might give the invitation, “Come.” He had first to come in human form, that we might come to Christ. He came in human likeness, that we should not be extinguished by His glory. He laid off His royal robe and His kingly crown and came as a divine Teacher, that humanity could have speech with Him, and learn of Him His meekness and His perfection, that they may in their humanity reach toward divinity by being partakers of His divine nature.
(24LtMs, Lt 189, 1909, 16)
For God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son that Christ in His humanity might grasp divinity and that the human nature shall be able, through faith, to grasp the divine nature, having overcome. Romans 4 and 5. I cannot write this all out, but I see that our own people in cities in any and every place have a work to do and should carry it in a different manner than they have done for years in the past. The Lord has been laying our cities out before them, but they have eyes but see not the work to be done. All who believe are to work for unbelievers in all our cities. Truth in all its sanctifying power is not magnified in the work of soul saving in our cities. The Lord has presented the matter before the people in its magnitude. The Lord declares there is no longer to be a few men in one place to keep the work and carry it as it has been done, that this great work cannot be left as is now represented. A change must come that will place responsibilities upon more than a few minds. The Lord calls for decided changes.
(24LtMs, Lt 189, 1909, 17)
The work is many years behind, under the plea, “There is not means to open the cities.” And there never will be means unless there is a decided change made. Appeals have been made to work the cities. All nationalities you will meet. Redeem the time. When men will move out under the Lord’s directions, and show their faith by their works, there will be decided changes. Men in our cities are to hear the message of warning and then God will impress the men of our cities to give means to help advance the work. If Christ was on earth, in the place of handling one or two centers He would send men into cities. He would work with them. All the means possible would be raised to begin the work. But there needs to be the converting power of the Holy Spirit moving upon human minds. Men in official positions need to wake up, to heed the words of God and go into cities. Physicians converted to the truth should unite with gospel ministers, and men who will not fail or become discouraged but work diligently, as Christ worked when He sent out His disciples. The very ways and means will come when men will follow the directions of the Lord Jesus.
(24LtMs, Lt 189, 1909, 18)
As long as unbelief bars the way our cities will be unworked, as they have been the last twenty years. The Lord forbids the plans that bar the way. Better not appoint large interests for too large schools where work has already been carried on, but go into the cities. I lie awake hours night after night, praying and planning. The Lord has given special light for Portland, Maine, and there are other cities also to be worked, too many to be reckoned up. Go with the work into places that have never been worked, and establish your small places for schools, and then educate the workers by taking them with you to instruct them in different lines of work. There need to be men of inventions who will work in a humble way. The Lord is not pleased with the neglect of the cities and centering in companies in a few places but neglecting the very work to be done. Put up no extravagant buildings for a display. Put up buildings in the cities that are unpretentious. Commence missionary work in several places and merge in one city and then divide and enter the next city. And thus several cities are being worked, and the Lord will respond to the earnest efforts made and will make the truth a power.
(24LtMs, Lt 189, 1909, 19)
I have been instructed if the inventions had been made in our large cities, as Portland, many years in the past, thousands would now be converted and would have worked for other souls. But if any souls need converting now it is those who have had the message before them for years. The Lord calls for a change. There are to be no buildings that shall need so much means invested that the very work in missionary lines shall be left undone. Satan looks on these neglected centers with delight. He is ordering and directing his forces year after year to make it harder to reach souls. Now the time has come to establish schools in new places, not large schools but schools where there will be workers preparing and educating workers, dispensing books and papers. The papers are to take in and deal more fully with the simplicity of Bible lessons. Our own people need the very instruction that is given. Physicians, men and women physicians, can do a great work they little suppose could be done. Acts 8 had better be carefully studied. The Lord would have much spreading about, and it will not be done until there is division and sub-division among the men who have acted an important part for years. And now if the Lord will accept us, let us give our individual selves to God and the Holy Spirit will cooperate with us. All heaven has been waiting for truly converted men to be baptized with the Holy Ghost.
(24LtMs, Lt 189, 1909, 20)
[The remainder apparently added in 1910.]
Wake up, brethren, wake up! Let the converting power of God come to your souls else Satan will use you as he did Saul to hunt up souls to be persecuted. Acts 9. This whole chapter is a lesson to us all. There are some who are not converted who will work to do all in their power, as did the satanic agencies in Christ’s day; they crucified the Lord Jesus Christ, the only begotten Son of God. Read the account of Lucifer in Ezekiel 28. Bear in mind that history is to be repeated. A great education in experience does not help if it does not perfect the knowledge of the glory of God to exalt the Lord Jehovah and His only begotten Son Jesus Christ. Lucifer’s act to exalt himself will be a power he can exercise upon just such men as we shall have to deal with in our present and future experience. Read and understand Acts 9.
(24LtMs, Lt 189, 1909, 21)
I am not to say a word to discourage. But when men are warned and do not take any heed to the warning the Lord gives but follow their own way, then the Lord will not let them go on to hinder His work. There is a God in heaven who is looking upon souls who have drawn themselves away, who will think they can interpret the way of the Lord God and pursue the same course in exercising the confident spirit they have done for years, but their minds and their influence are directly opposed to the Word of the Lord God. And after all that they have heard of the Lord’s work through the messages He has given, they are not thoroughly converted in spirit and we cannot trust them. We have a work to carry out and we want men who will be glad to be counseled, else they can be no help to us in this perilous time of this earth’s history. We do want to honor God. It has nearly cost me my life to have to meet and work against the spirits that have been seeking constantly to make impressions in their own way. Nine years have passed into eternity, with the warning kept before them to give the message to the cities that have not been warned.
(24LtMs, Lt 189, 1909, 22)
In a humble, unpretentious way, take the Word and work for souls that have never heard the truth. Neither in Washington nor in any other place is the message to be confined and labor given entirely to our own people. Give the truth to them that have not yet heard it by entering neighborhoods and cities and so arranging the meetings that physicians and ministers, and all who understand the truth, shall go to work not merely for our own people but invent every means to present the gospel in the most convincing manner possible. There are our own people that for years have devised and planned and followed out their own inventions.
(24LtMs, Lt 189, 1909, 23)
The Lord has given me the labor and sustained me in helping the ministers to give the gospel trumpet a certain sound. This I did and have worked to give the truth in its own sacred bearing, and more, to give the message to those who should have been doing the very work in our cities that has been kept before them for the last twenty years. The last work in messages given me has nearly cost me my life, but I shall never cease as long as men in places of responsibility do not give the trumpet a certain sound. Lucifer I have referred to again and again. I have met the spirit of satanic agencies and had them work against me until I have become so distressed under the strain that I have thought I should never recover.
(24LtMs, Lt 189, 1909, 24)
I am now nearly 83 years old. I have been kept awake nights. Two whole nights I could not gain any sleep, and then after a few hours of sleep the burden was upon me. It may seem a very light matter to those who have not united with me in the messages God has given me to bear for His people. And those who have been placed in positions of high influence I know were not following on step by step in the way of the Lord.
(24LtMs, Lt 189, 1909, 25)
Here are the various responsibilities to be carried, and if they had a jot or tittle where they could differ with the Lord’s faithful servants, they would not come into line but would make a jot and tittle of matters where there was a difference of opinion, notwithstanding light had been given. But they supposed they could get out something new, exalt themselves, and if permitted they bring in dissension and strife and divisions. The unworked cities would have, and should have, been a subject of great need of repentance on their part, considering the souls they have left unwarned.
(24LtMs, Lt 189, 1909, 26)
When will these men of responsibility understand they have paid very little heed to the presentations of the cities that have not heard of the Sabbath question—that the seventh day was the Sabbath of the Lord our God? When the word of the Lord has been disregarded and the cities left unworked, it has been a question how we shall treat the matter. Means have been called for to send the message to foreign fields, while a very large number of all nationalities are in our cities. For the last 20 years every minister of Jesus Christ, by substantial ways and means, should have arranged to meet the people. Right in our own congested cities are thousands that have never heard the truth, and in simplicity worked out the health reform principles, and the Bible Sabbath principles, which are testing the people today. Thousands of people are unconverted and ought to have heard the warning. But the enemy will work on human minds to exalt some little item of difference of opinion, and make a world out of an atom, which the enemy of all righteousness has exalted before some minds, while the great message has been “Work the cities.” Souls are perishing for the light, the soul-saving light, to come to them.
(24LtMs, Lt 189, 1909, 27)
The Sabbath is the truth brought in from the time the Lord made the world in six days and rested on the seventh day. “Thus the heavens and the earth were finished and all the host of them. And on the seventh day God ended His work which He had made, and He rested on the seventh day. And the Lord blessed the seventh day, and sanctified it: because that in it He had rested from all His work which God created and made.” [Genesis 2:1-3.] The Lord has never removed the sanctification He placed on the seventh day; it is to be observed without any change.
(24LtMs, Lt 189, 1909, 28)
But Lucifer, the most glorious angel next to Christ, thought himself equal with God and made the effort, because of his beauty and glory, that he should be next to God, and then he could work out God’s plans. Thus Lucifer claimed the position next to the Creator. But Christ was the only begotten Son of God. Lucifer made war in heaven and would not take the position God assigned him, therefore he fell from his high estate and has been in the world, a warring element against God’s plans, and has had great power to allure and deceive souls to ruin them. There have been two parties in the world, the true and the false.
(24LtMs, Lt 189, 1909, 29)
*****
We have reason to walk carefully before God to honor and to fear Him and to glorify His holy name. I have a message to bear to our people: The Lord is not pleased with the course they have pursued the last ten years. We were called from Australia to come to America, and it has been a hard and trying time for us. We have had to meet the many perversities of human beings claiming to be the people of God. The Lord has had a people, but Lucifer has wrought, and strange things have had to be met. For the last twenty years in Australia and in America we have seen the working out of Satan’s plans.
(24LtMs, Lt 189, 1909, 30)
Let every man consider he has himself to bring into order. Read 2 Peter, chapter 1, verse 1, to the close of the chapter. When we came from Australia we expected to remain a couple of years and then to return. But the Lord has instructed us to remain. We have not been dismissed from the field. I had a special work to do in the Washington camp meeting, and I could not venture to go without the Lord’s bidding. The Lord gave me the message to bear to the people and I was strengthened and greatly moved by the Spirit of the Lord. But there were leading presidents who took not an interest in the Lord’s working, and therefore they that were appointed as presidents of conferences were not all sanctified and prepared.
(24LtMs, Lt 189, 1909, 31)
Lt 190, 1909
Andross, Brother St. Helena, “Elmshaven,” California February 1, 1909 Previously unpublished. Not sent. Dear Brother Andross:
I have received your letter. Thank you, my brother, for stating the things you have to me concerning Elder Ballenger. I have written some things to you and yet I hardly know the best course to pursue. We should, I fear, make a great mistake to entrust the flock of God with one who takes the position that he does without one reasonable excuse. Whether to encourage the man in his great weakness of discernment to have any place to put his version of things into other, unguarded, minds—I cannot recommend it.
(24LtMs, Lt 190, 1909, 1)
W. C. White, Dores Robinson, and my helpers that accompany me, will call at Paradise Valley and labor some with them before we go to the conference. I want to call at Loma Linda also. I have a letter written to you, but I am so much surprised to meet with a phase of unbelief in Elder Ballenger that I have been greatly disturbed with his words. We had a short period of conversation after I had spoken three times in the church. I requested an interview, stating plainly that I wished to understand what was the reason for which he based his words that he had not confidence in the testimonies of Sister White. That is all explained in the letter that will come to you. We were seated close together. Sara McEnterfer was in the room, I think, with me. I asked wherein had I given him reason to make his assertion. The letter tells you that I had written that there were 40 rooms in a sanitarium when there were only 38. You will read the letter.
(24LtMs, Lt 190, 1909, 2)
If he considers this a sufficient reason for his assertions, this settles the question with us in his case, because if his mind is so narrow, and that narrowness is brought into his work, he reveals a mind disqualified to serve the flock of God in these perilous times. I answered him the best I could. I have labored for more than half a century and never did anyone express such an inconsistent representation as this, such a weak reason, and I have met all classes of people. Now, a mind so determined to hold such a reason to disbelieve the message the Lord has given me for His people for half a century! I actually question whether I should say one word more to the man. But I did have some words of explanation, just as I have written to you, that I said there were 40 chambers in a sanitarium when there were only 38. The testimonies God has given me are all null and void [in his view]. Well, I was so surprised that his statement was so strong that I was only able to say a few words.
(24LtMs, Lt 190, 1909, 3)
The Lord had given me that day a most solemn message to the people, of which you shall have a copy. And then I was led out in prayer. All were deeply moved and pledged themselves to seek the Lord most earnestly. This man was in that meeting. That this man who has been with us, and united in the work, could dare to take the reasons he offers to lose confidence in the testimonies when the testimonies had nothing to do with the statement made! I do sometimes ask, when writing in regard to Paradise Valley and other sanitariums, how many rooms there are in this sanitarium or that, but stated just as they who presided there had stated to me. Now this is something that is unanswerable, because it is all in uncertainty still, and if any mistake was made he would have no more faith in the work God has given me, for he decides his own position to yield up all the confidence and evidence he has had, because a statement was made to me and repeated. Would that man want his religious experience weighed in the balance of Elder Ballenger, as he has judged me? As ye judge, ye shall be judged. The man has decided his own case. A man convinced against his will is of the same opinion still. Such men we cannot accept as men to be guides and judgment counselors for others. As ye judge, ye shall be judged. I would not recommend him to take charge of any interest in the work unless he evidences that the Spirit of God has brought him to his senses. Then we will thank God.
(24LtMs, Lt 190, 1909, 4)
God’s work is too sacred to be handled and spoken of with voice and spirit that will awaken elements in minds that are easily led astray and need to be converted. Another spirit has taken possession of the man. He is under a deception of the enemy and is not to be encouraged to act any part in the work unless he becomes a sane man. I have been so surprised that it is impossible for me to express it. I see that such a man, unsubdued by the Holy Spirit of God, will do great harm in any place where he may go. Now I send you this message with many heartaches, but the Lord’s name will be magnified in His work.
(24LtMs, Lt 190, 1909, 5)